Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (Part II)   Posted by Cap'n Rae.Group: 0
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1501 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Tue 27 Oct 2009
at 23:36
Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Sunday, Oct. 15
0800hrs.
37F
Scattered clouds
Slight breeze from the NE
Southwest of Otwock, Poland


Small Boat

Dawid wisely tosses a grenade into the garrish Viking boat before sending Jan over the tall gunwhale. He and the others are suprised to hear not one, but two distinct explosions following one after the other. After a brief pause, Jan climbs up and over the tall side of the tourist vessel, cutting his hand on a piece of jagged railing in the process. Dawid follows right behind. They find three men strewn upon the open deck of the passenger compartment. Rivulets of blood run like litte tributaries from beneath each of the bodies, joing a growing pool of blood collecting in a low spot on the dirty deck. Apparently, one of the men was just about to throw his own grenade when he was caught by the blast from Dawid's frag.

At the stern of the boat, is an enclosed cabin with windows facing forward. It's most likely the boat's bridge. Atop the compartment is a flat platform that probably served as an elevated observation deck. The rest of the boat appears to be unoccupied.

Hamlet

On Stoner's mark, the militia riflemen toss grenades through the two lower floor windows. As soon as they explode, Stoner climbs through the NW window. As he lands on the wooden floor in the smokey room, he slips on something slick, slightly twisting his left ankle. Through the smoke, he sees smears of blood leading from a small puddle under the windowsill to the only door leading from the cluttered room in the far wall. Bedrolls, mess kits, items of clothing, and other miscellaneous bits of personal snivel gear are spread out over the floor. As he surveys the room, the two militia riflemen climb through the window and join him.

Just outside, Wicks, partially covered by the militia RPD gunner, rushes the pirate's Rapira. Hunkering down in front of its gunshield, Wicks can see several bodies lying around the spread trails of the anti-tank gun. From this position, he can see behind the large two-story house which Stoner is currently storming. As he props the long barrel of his RPK over the gunshield, he sees several men running south from the house towards another, smaller house situated about 40m away. The first three men are running, the fourth. lagging behind, is staggering under the weight of a fifth. None of them look back.

Konrad, Mariusz, the militia PKM gunner, and the ankle-shot militiaman, now in the process of bandaging his own painful wound, are now safely behind the action.

Minh makes clear her intention to the move the wounded. She, the two able-bodied militiamen and their slightly wounded friend lift the hastily bandaged Wicks and the the seriously wounded militiaman and carry them out of the building towards the west, and the waiting Wisla Krolowa. That leaves Drew and two militia riflemen to hold the northern end of town. At the eastern end of the roof of the second building, Drew isn't even aware of their departure.

Wisla Krolowa

The tug holds her position in the weak current to the north of the mouth of the Swinder. Walter's skillful handling keeps her out of the path of the burning oil slick which drifts away from the burning PT boat. Thick white steam mingles with jet-black smoke as the flames of the settling torpedo boat reach the frigid water of the Vistula.

So far as Ondar and Tucker can make out, the western shore line near the tug remains free of enemy presence.

Next Moves?

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...248&t=h&z=16

This message was last edited by the GM at 23:48, Tue 27 Oct 2009.

Tom Jones
 player, 17 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Wed 28 Oct 2009
at 09:41
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Jones wipes the sweet from his forehead as he props the RPK on to the anti-tank gun. As he checks the breech to make sure the weapon is loaded, he then sees the fleeing pirates. Spreading his legs Tom fires on the furthest pirate then each fleeing man until he lines up the last and fires his final 5 round burst.

OCC: Tom will fire two ten round bursts first, trying to hit as many of the front pirates in those two initial bursts. Then short 5 round bursts at any survivors still fleeing.

Tom Jones
RPK-74 (45/45)
Firing on fleeing pirates
Anti-Tank gun shield

This message was last edited by the player at 17:36, Thu 29 Oct 2009.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 580 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Wed 28 Oct 2009
at 12:23
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz looked at Bayer, "What should we do now? There are rienforcements coming by river, should we evacuate the wounded to the riverside?"
Minh Quyen
 player, 446 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 29 Oct 2009
at 10:40
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Unsure of just where everyone is, Quyen presses ahead with the evacuation of Wicks and the other wounded men. With Wick's rifle and webbing slung over her shoulder and back, she keeps her own at the ready while covering the "stretcher bearers".

Quyen
Moving SW (roughly following the road)

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1056 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 29 Oct 2009
at 10:57
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz looked at Bayer, "What should we do now? There are reinforcements coming by river, should we evacuate the wounded to the riverside?"


"We're pulling back to recover." Bayer answers. "Get yourself and your team back to Drew's position. Grab him and make your way around to the river. Stop by where the wounded are and get them moving too. Everyone will rendezvous near the stream. Understood?"

He collapses the M72 and slings it back over his shoulder. "I'm moving up to collect Stoner's group. I'll take the M72 for now."

Bayer will then move south, only going as far as he needs until he can get either Jones or Stoner's attention.

Bayer
G36 + M72
Moving S

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 581 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Thu 29 Oct 2009
at 11:12
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"Understood, Sir," Mariusz replied, he gathered up the remnants of his team and led them back to Drew and the wounded's position.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 156 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Thu 29 Oct 2009
at 12:47
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Jan again scanned his surroundings, then moved toward the cabin, AKM tucked into his shoulder. He'd clear the room, first checking the windows for obvious threats, then opening the door and going inside.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 520 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Thu 29 Oct 2009
at 17:13
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"Keep us here if you can," Griet said nervously, the nearby shots had been followed by explosion, she only hoped that things were going well fo her companions.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1411 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 30 Oct 2009
at 10:28
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
The RPD was thrust over the gunwale, followed by his pack. Then Dawid hoisted himself up, and sloppily tied the boat's paiter off on the railing.

"Oooff! Shit. That should hold for now."

Stepping over the corpses, he noted what weapons they were armed with. He wanted more 7.62x39mm ammunition like the AKM used (for the RPD). Even though he realised he probably wouldn't get a chance to reload or top off the RPD's drum magazine.

Leaving the pack and RPD where it was, he made his way forward to cover Jan at the door of the small cabin, pistol in hand. "Another grenade, eh?"


Dawid Piotrowski
Stechkin/21 rounds, + 2 spare magazines
3 RGD-5 Grenades, 2 Smoke, 2 Flares
Covering Jan at the boat's cabin

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1503 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 31 Oct 2009
at 18:08
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Viking Longboat

While Anneka and the SLR militiaman (Jerzy) wait in the Krolowa's small boat, Dawid finds three loaded 7.62mm S magazines among the torn-up dead on the longboat's open viewing deck. He also finds a British 9mm Sterling SMG and an 5.56mm N M231 Bradley firing port weapon. Meanwhile, Jan pushes back to the closed module at the stern of the tourist vessel. As he draws near, someone inside the cabin but out of sight calls out in thickly-accented Polish,

"I give up! I surrender!"

Peeking through a window over the sights of his AK, Jan sees a man seeted on the deck at the back of the wheelhouse, his legs stretched out in front of him. One of his trouser legs is hiked up and there is a bloody bandage wrapped around his calf. A rifle lays across his lap.

Hamlet

From behind the gunshield of the Rapira AT gun, Jones sets his sights on the cluster of feeling pirates. Two pirates in the lead group fall in the hail of bullets from his first burst (-6 rounds). The fusilade is cut well short by a particularly inopportune jam. Jones can only watch as the rest of the pirates make the relative safety of the hamlet's southernmost houses. The pair that he hit, however, stays down for good. Jones will need help if he decides to try to turn the AT gun on its former owners (the militia RPD gunner is just a few meters away).

As Jones begins blasting away at the retreating pirates exitting from the far side of the now quiet two-story building, Konrad moves up to make contact with Stoner's small assault team. Looking in through the window through which they'd disappeared a minute or two before, he finds the room currently uninhabited.

Stoner and his team have just moved out of the recently secured room into a large downstairs living area. It too is cluttered with the signs of sloppy camp life. As Konrad follows close behind, calling out to announce his presence, Stoner's team finishes clearing the downstairs. They find blood trails throughout and one dead pirate and an RPK-47 in the other north-facing room. Konrad catches up to Stoner as the SEAL is about to lead the group up the central stairwell to the second story. Blood drops on the stairs suggest that the upper level of the house has been vacated as well.

Meanwhile, Mariusz and the PKM gunner help the ankle-shot miltiaman back to Drew's position at the north end of the hamlet. The two militiamen posted inside the house are ready to leave. Mariusz jogs over to the other house to find it abandoned. Minh and the others must have left on their own innitiative. In all likelihood, they're headed towards the Vistula.

Minh and the militia stretcher bearers press on towards the river, meeting no opposition along the way. It's a tense journey- they all know just one or two game stragglers could end their war at any moment.

Wisla Krolowa

The crew of the tug can only watch and wait as events develop out of sight of the river. Communications between the various scattered groups have been poor, making another friendly fire incident a dangerous possibility. Griet and the others are in a frustrating position.

Next Moves?

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...248&t=h&z=16

This message was last edited by the GM at 01:29, Tue 03 Nov 2009.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 583 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 31 Oct 2009
at 19:04
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz assessed the situation and made sure that any loot that had been left around was ready for transportation. He got on the radio and said, "Kaptain, this is Mariusz, the wounded must be already on the way, I'll move back slowly providing cover for the retreat."

He shouted up to Drew, "Drew, I'll move back to there, he pointed to a position about a hundred meters to the rear. You cover our bound and then we'll cover you, is that OK?"

As he waited for a reply he contacted the Krowla, "Queen, this is Mariusz, we are starting to move back toward the river, I'm dropping orange smoke on the point I'm at now, hopefully you'll be able to see it, anything north of that is bandit country."

He prepared the grenade and awaited Drew's reply.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 521 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sat 31 Oct 2009
at 19:12
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Griet almost jumped as Mariusz' voice came over the radio, "Roger that Mariusz, we have the Mk-19 available for fire support if people try to stop your retreat. We won't fire without someone's say so, there've been enough friendly fire incidents today. Good Luck."

She called out to Ondar, "If you see orange smoke, call me and give Radislaw the co-ordinates, we'll use it as a reckoning point if we need to fire."
Tom Jones
 player, 19 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sat 31 Oct 2009
at 22:09
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tom moves his weight slightly to angle his RPK towards the fleeing pirates just as the weapon jams with a slight click. The string of expedites is heard by all in a surprisingly large area. He works franticly as the last of the pirates disappear in the cluttered houses to the north, then giving up and slumping against the gun shield.

He looks at the gathered bodies around him. Motioning for the RPD gunner to join him he begins to search as he provides cover. Hoping to find personal weapons and ammunition for the anti-tank gun, his last action is to open the breach of the gun and remove the shell inside.

Tom Jones
RPK-74 (39/45)
searching bodies
Anti-Tank gun shield

This message was last edited by the player at 09:18, Sun 01 Nov 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1412 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sun 1 Nov 2009
at 12:54
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #10):

"Excellent." Dawid stuffed the AK magazines into his chest harness. If and when he got the chance, he would try and top up the RPD. He left the subgun and bastardised M16 where they lay, Anneka could collect them if she cared. Right now he was rather loaded down!

Hearing the man call his surrender from the wheelhouse, he chuckled.

"Ha ha, had enough grenades for now, eh? Okay, keep your hands where I can see them! Cover me, we're missing a weapon, I think."

With that he stepped in, ans carefully walked towards the man, looking for any weapon. They found two along with two bodies, so it was likely this man was also armed. With a pistol?

In truth, he was a little vexed at what to do with the man. He didn't like shooting prisoners, but he'd done so before when there seemed to be little other option. They couldn't take him with them, but leaving him there didn't seem like a bad idea, as it was unlikely any reinforcements could get by the Queen. That reminded him.

"Jan, get on the radio, warn the Queen there may be reinforcements coming. Also, find out from the Kapitan what shape that AT gun is in. If it's working, I can use it against the town."

He searched the man. "Things aren't looking so good for you now. No reinforcements, because we own the river. All your other boats are sunk. Including the PT Boat. Your buddies in town are getting their asses kicked. Better cooperate, we'll go easier on you. Otherwise, you're about ten seconds away from being summarily executed for crimes against the Polish People, including robbery, piracy and murder. How many reinforcements are coming? From what direction, how are they armed?"


Dawid Piotrowski
Stechkin/21 rounds, + 2 spare magazines
1 RGD-5 Grenade, 2 Smoke, 2 Flares
Searching the prisoner, trying to Persuade him to give up information.

This message was last edited by the player at 09:10, Mon 02 Nov 2009.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1504 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sun 1 Nov 2009
at 15:12
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
He searched the man. "Things aren't looking so good for you now. No reinforcements, because we own the river. All your other boats are sunk. Including the PT Boat. Your buddies in town are fucking off. Better cooperate, we'll go easier on you. Otherwise, you're about ten seconds away from being summarily executed for crimes against the Polish People, including robbery, piracy and murder. How many reinforcements are coming? From what direction, how are they armed?"


Then man raises his hands as Dawid pulls the rifle (an M-16A1) from his lap and searches him (two loaded magazines, a trench knife, a lighter, a pack of Russian cigarrettes). The wounded pirate's accent and DPM fatigues suggest that he may be a British national. If so, he clearly has no idea that Dawid speaks English.

"I don't know! If more soldiers are coming, they will come from north, on land- from the Baron. Or the men who ran will come again from south. Please don't kill me. I am wounded. I will not bother you any more."

He seems exhausted. He looks like he might be crying if he had the energy.

This message was last edited by the GM at 22:05, Sun 01 Nov 2009.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 682 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sun 1 Nov 2009
at 20:28
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Tucker continues to scan the starboard side of the ship for any new threats hearing the gunfire in the distance.
Steven Drew
 player, 56 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Mon 2 Nov 2009
at 00:25
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

  Drew tired of sitting it out on the roof waves and shouts to the others who were left behind to get there attention.

    He looks around trying to get another visual on what is happening around him especialy where the gunfire is and that cloud from the explosion, making sure he is well away from there and certainly not anywhere near where it blew or downwind.

  As he looks at the cloud he mutters,

"That evil....itch....she's earned her place in hell.  .ucking .unt." he hisses.

  Drew gathers up whats left of his ammo and hustles down stairs.  As he runs down he looks for any items inside the building that may be of benefit.

  "Fucking rambo shit...running around with a machinegun....fuckers....pull out and leave me behind....mutherfuckers."

  Drew sprints out of the house and down the road looking for the best route to flank the enemy undetected.

Sgt Drew
M240
Getting into the fight after having been left behind.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1058 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Mon 2 Nov 2009
at 03:18
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz Tokarski:
"Kaptain, this is Mariusz, the wounded must be already on the way, I'll move back slowly providing cover for the retreat."


Bayer toggles his radio transmit and responds, "Sunray roger. Makes sense. I told her to get Wicks to help. Keep moving to the RV. Out."

He then calls forward again, "Stoner! Break contact and pull it back. We're heading back to the riverside. Let's go." Bayer will then lead the last of the group back through the cleared part of the hamlet before cutting across the same route Mariusz took to the inlet.

Bayer
Withdrawing with the last of the group

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 584 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Mon 2 Nov 2009
at 16:52
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz radioed the Kaptain, "Kaptain, I'm ready to pull people back in hops, just waiting for Drew to respond now. Would it be worth checking to see if there's any more ammo with the AT gun while you wait for us?"
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 158 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Tue 3 Nov 2009
at 12:19
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Jan covered the prisoner with his rifle, as David removed the M-16.

"Your Name, Rank," he barked in English.

(Jan intends on leaving the man there, making sure before leaving the viking tour boat that all weapons have either been taken, or thrown overboard.)
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 683 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Wed 4 Nov 2009
at 02:45
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Tucker continues to scan the starboard side of the ship for any new threats hearing the gunfire in the distance.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1507 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Wed 4 Nov 2009
at 02:50
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Viking Long Boat

"Your name, rank!" Jan demands forcefully.

The wounded man in the messy cabin looks startled to hear his mother tongue, then mumbles (in English),

"Er, sergeant Neil Van Brokhorst, Royal Army."

That's all he volunteers, but his demeanor is more submissive than hostile.

The small boat waits alongside.

(As stated previously, Jan will load all of the captured weapons and ammo aboard the small boat when he and Dawid are ready to debark.)

Hamlet

"Stoner! Break contact and pull it back. We're heading back to the riverside. Let's go." Konrad yells, calling the intense SEAL out of his battle rage.

Stoner [NPCed] turns reluctantly away from the stairwell, a youthful look of disappointment on his deeply tanned fave. "Yessir. Come on boys! Away we go. Grab that RPK! No, over there! Yeah. Wait! Get the mags! B-u-l-l-e-t-s! Yes, bullets. Good. Let's go!" Stoner leads the pair of AKM-armed miltiamen down the hallway to the back rooms and the three men clamber out of the house the way they came.

Outside, Jones spots a long wooden crate with rope handles lying near one of the dead Rapira crew. It looks to be just the right size to hold a couple of shells for the 100mm AT gun. Momentarily losing his situational awareness, Jones starts easing around the gun shield to grab the rare ammunition. A bullet clangs off of the gunshield just a few inches away, reminding him with a start that moving around to the other side of the gunshield exposes him to direct fire from the house at the southern end of the hamlet.

The RPD gunner arrives behind the mantlet just as Jones jumps back from the near miss. (The Rapira is pointing north so, technically, the pair are in front of the gunshield.) He looks at Jones inquiringly.

Mariusz, at the far north end of the hamlet, walks back to the eastern house looking for Drew. He sees him just as the irate Marine is about to charge south towards the slackening gunfight. The two militiamen from inside the building look impatient. If they only knew about the deadly gas cloud steadily creeping towards the hamlet...

Minh and her casualty evacuation party can see a break in the trees ahead. The smell of the river is growing strong. As the heavily burdened group trudges closer, they can see the bright orange streaks of the rising sun stretching off away from them across the slate grey water of the Vistula. They're almost there...

Wisla Krolowa

Tucker, feeling a little dizzy now that the adrenaline is starting to wear off, is having a hard time seeing much of anything on the east bank of the river. The bright sun, low in the clear sky, is shining almost directly into his eyes.

"Target! East side! Movement in the trees!" Ondar shouts from the bridge roof.

Squinting, Tucker can just make out movement, east-southeast of the tug's current position.

Next Moves?
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1415 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Wed 4 Nov 2009
at 07:35
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #22):

Seeing Jan wasn't going to warn Konrad of reinforcements, he grabbed the radio.

"Sunray, this is Eagle... be advised we have word of enemy reinforcements. The Baron's troops, probably coming by land from the north. Also, if anyone is near the 100mm gun, please recover all ammunition possible. Out."

After the man answered Jan, Dawid offered the man a cigarette. Then he began treating the leg wound.

This message was last edited by the player at 04:53, Thu 05 Nov 2009.

Tom Jones
 player, 20 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Wed 4 Nov 2009
at 09:58
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Crap Jones thought to himself that was close. As the RPD gunner joins him Jones indicates to the man where the fire came from and that he wants him to cover him as he grabs the ammo box and the shell from the gun breech.

He then waits for him to get ready and unslings the AK-74su. Once the man has the house in his sights Jones jumps up and fires a ten round burst at the house aiming for the windows he then makes a dash for the box and lastly retrieves the shell in the gun.

Once back behind the gun shield Jones will engage the pirates in the southern house with the RPK as Stoners group moves towards his position. He will also yell to Drew or anyone with him to destroy the still.


Tom Jones
AK-74su (30/30)
Getting ammo
Anti-Tank gun shield

This message was last edited by the player at 18:14, Wed 04 Nov 2009.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 585 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Wed 4 Nov 2009
at 10:50
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz saw Drew and called, "Drew, thank God. I thought we'd lost you for a moment."

He looked around and saw the militia getting jumpy, "I'll tell you what, I'll cover you and you lead the militia back. Then we'll retreat in jumps from there. What do you think?"
Steven Drew
 player, 57 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Thu 5 Nov 2009
at 03:35
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #25):

Drew:

  "Sorry, I got tunnel vission there for a bit.....glad I finaly caught up with you guys..."

  Drew listens to the plan,

"Okay, leapfrogging is a good idea.  I suggest one support weapon takes position while the other group moves just in case, then they can lay down cover fire if need be."  Drew pauses,

"If we make contact..they may try an keep us from gettin back ya know.  We should also develope a rally point and alternate route just in case."

  Drew pauses as he knees listening and looking around scanning the area for movement.

Sgt Drew
M240
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 684 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 5 Nov 2009
at 09:49
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Cap'n Rae:
Wisla Krolowa

Tucker, feeling a little dizzy now that the adrenaline is starting to wear off, is having a hard time seeing much of anything on the east bank of the river. The bright sun, low in the clear sky, is shining almost directly into his eyes.

"Target! East side! Movement in the trees!" Ondar shouts from the bridge roof.

Squinting, Tucker can just make out movement, east-southeast of the tug's current position.

Next Moves?

Robert will try to shake off the effects of having the dizziness start to bother him as he hears Ondar call out that there are targets out there.  Squinting through the sunlight, Tucker picks up some movement as his hand reaches down to que the radio, "Ondar, Tucker.  Confirm movement East-Southeast as threats before I fire, copy?"

Heaing of the militiaman who opened up on some of their party before from the other Dushka made Tucker a little leary about just opening up now not knowing if there's a chance it's our guys or not.

Tucker
Starboard Dushka
Waiting for Ondar to confirm hostile threats before firing
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 159 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Thu 5 Nov 2009
at 13:40
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
As David began to work on the man's wound, Jan said. "No time, lets go." He kept his eye on the wounded pirate as they left the room.

"I was going to hold off on the radio until we left the room. A speaker of english in there." Jan said.

"Launch reporting. We have cleared a pirate tour vessel in the tributary, and are now proceeding in our own boat upstream. Will update you again when we land." Jan clicked the radio off.


Jan's intentions:



The group will land, announce their location on radio, secure the launch, move up to flank the pirate hamlet, announce their location again as they near, and assist in clearing the last buildings.

When Jan finds out that the wounded are not there to be evacuated, he will propose that the main force walk back to the Vistula, while the launch crew return the launch to the tug.

This message was last edited by unknown at 14:06, Thu 05 Nov 2009.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 586 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Thu 5 Nov 2009
at 15:37
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"Good idea," Mariusz agreed, he turned to the militia, "move to there, Drew and I will cover you. Once you reach there you cover us. We'll keep doing that until we reach the river."

He looked at Drew, "That way we'll always have the militia's back, that OK?"

If Drew was happy with the idea, Mariusz and the marine would cover the retrat to the first point before joining the militia there.
Minh Quyen
 player, 447 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 5 Nov 2009
at 16:52
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Still at the lead, Quyen signals for the ORMO transporting the incapacitated to stop. While they rest, she motions for them to be quiet as she scans around the forested area around them for signs of danger. Satisfied they were still safe, she whispers, "Almost there." to the men and motions for them to continue on.

Quyen will then resume covering the casualty team as they carry Wicks and the other down to the river's edge.
Alexei Ondar
 NPC, 127 posts
 Starshiy Praporshchik
 Ex-GRU/Spetznaz
Fri 6 Nov 2009
at 00:26
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Robert will try to shake off the effects of having the dizziness start to bother him as he hears Ondar call out that there are targets out there.  Squinting through the sunlight, Tucker picks up some movement as his hand reaches down to que the radio, "Ondar, Tucker.  Confirm movement East-Southeast as threats before I fire, copy?"

Heaing of the militiaman who opened up on some of their party before from the other Dushka made Tucker a little leary about just opening up now not knowing if there's a chance it's our guys or not.


"Wait! Men carrying wounded. Could be our friends... Yes, I think I see the Vietnamese woman. It is our friends. Hold your fire. Hold your fire."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 685 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Fri 6 Nov 2009
at 00:36
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Alexei Ondar:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Robert will try to shake off the effects of having the dizziness start to bother him as he hears Ondar call out that there are targets out there.  Squinting through the sunlight, Tucker picks up some movement as his hand reaches down to que the radio, "Ondar, Tucker.  Confirm movement East-Southeast as threats before I fire, copy?"

Heaing of the militiaman who opened up on some of their party before from the other Dushka made Tucker a little leary about just opening up now not knowing if there's a chance it's our guys or not.


"Wait! Men carrying wounded. Could be our friends... Yes, I think I see the Vietnamese woman. It is our friends. Hold your fire. Hold your fire."

"Roger that Ondar.  Good lookin' out.  Call 'em out to me if you see them, I'm not doin' so good over here.  Feeling kind of light headed.  Fucking arms are killing me.  Over"
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1509 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Fri 6 Nov 2009
at 01:00
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Hamlet

As the militia RPD gunner sprays the last pirate-occupied house with automatic fire, Jones scampers around the gunshield and grabs one of the handles of the wooden ammunition box. He drags it back to safety with some difficulty, the heavy crate catching a couple of times on the corpses of dead gunners. He wants to check the breech for a loaded shell but that would take too long under the current conditions. Stoner and his team emerge from the house next door and the miltiaman calls his comrades over to help carry the 105mm ammo box. As they leave, Jones rolls a fragmentation grenade down the barrel of the Rapira, hoping to render the gun useless should the pirates return for it. The grenade detonates, followed a second or two later by a secondary explosion and when they look back, the gun is wreathed in smoke, its barrel propped on the ground by its muzzle brake.

On they way out of the hamlet, Jones and the RPD man shoot up the large still set up on the north side of the large workshop. Methanol pours out of the numerous bullethouse before a tracer from the RPD ingnites it. The still and the north side of the workshop are instantly engulfed in the ensuing conflaguration. The pirates Zil 6x6 cargo truck is already shot all to hell thanks to its most recent owners.

As the rest of the assault team makes its way back to the Vistula, Minh waits on the east bank with the wounded in plain view of the Wisla Krolowa river tug. Unfortunately, without its launch, the tug can't reach them. Wicks clearly can't wait any longer. As the remainder of the assault team arrive just as the New Zealander breaths his last. The group hadn't known him very long but they'd all come to respect his courage under fire.

Small Boat

Having recovered weapons and ammunition from the kitschy tourist boat, Dawid and Jan leave the wounded British pirate alone with a cigarette and lower themselves, with some difficulty, into the unsteady small boat. Anneka (NPCed) informs them of Konrad's recall order and Jerzy (the SLR-armed radioman), making no effort to hide his relief, swings the boat around and makes for the Vistula.

Wisla Krolowa

It takes a half-an-hour to ferry all of the assault team back to the Queen. The tedious operation is completed unmolested by the pirates. With everyone back aboard, Adam steers the agile tug back into the main channel and begins the journey upriver to Gora-Kalwaria. Smoke rises up over the trees from the nameless hamlet, now a cemetary to around half of the pirate force (the number is agreed upon after each element delivers their informal after action report). The pirates have been broken as a effective riverine force. The Vistula north to Warsaw has been reopened. Upon reflection, the cost is staggering. Half of the Gora-Kalwaria militia's core of veteran fighters is either dead or seriously wounded. Two of their foreign "advisors", Wicks and Angelita Ling, are dead. Minh's been shot in the leg. All of the party's ground vehicles (the Tarpan-Honker, the Ural motorcycle and sidecar, and the STAR 6x6) have been captured or destroyed. And, the militia's trump card- the three 155mm VX shells- have been used or lost, with uncertain results.

The journey back to Gora-Kalwaria is a somber one. But after days of grey skies, cold, and precipitation, it's looking to be a sunny, relatively warm day.

Next Moves?

OOC: Let's spend a turn on the tug. This is when IC interaction is important. Converse. Take care of what business you can on board. The party will be back at the town after this turn.

I'll post a list of gear that the party recovered in the intel thread with the assumption that all of it, except the 105mm ammo, will be donated to the G-K militia. If you want to keep any of it for yourself (selfish, selfish...), let me know and I will make the transfers. PLEASE make sure to update personal ammo usage on your PC's char-sheet.

This message was last edited by the GM at 01:01, Fri 06 Nov 2009.

Tom Jones
 player, 21 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Fri 6 Nov 2009
at 10:10
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Jones looks at the body of the Brit army officer, he hadn’t known him long but the loss of a skilled soldier was always a blow.

He then climbs to the quarter deck on the tug setting up the RPK to face over the stern of the tug if no one wants him anywhere else. Jones will man this position all the way back to the village lost in his own thoughts.

Tom Jones
RPK-74 (39/45)
Manning quarter deck position
Tugs Quarter Deck

This message was last edited by the player at 10:11, Fri 06 Nov 2009.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1059 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Fri 6 Nov 2009
at 10:52
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Back on board the tug, Bayer waited until he got a confirmed head count from the NCOs before passing on his instructions for Griet to withdraw the tug from the area.

He visited Wicks for a moment, then silently waved a motion with his hand for the body to be covered up with the man's rain poncho. The officer could be buried back in the town where the people ought to remember the sacrifice he made for them. Bayer looked across the deck at Quyen, but didn't say anything to her or anyone about the matter... they all tried very hard to get him to help.

As the boat steamed away from the enemy camp, Bayer announces, "Post mission drills are to begin immediately. Busy yourselves as if you are heading back into the fight by noon. I want turn around time and return to maximum combat readiness in short order. All wounded report to the sick bay, so we can get a better understanding of who is non-combat capable."

"Dawid, see to ammunition and stores replenishment for the platoon. I need a sitrep on our capabilities and status as well."


Tapping the empty grenade pouches on his tac vest, Bayer adds, "I'm short four 40mmHE and one 40mmHEDP. I could use one or two HC smoke grenades too... canvas the platoon and see if any of the team have some extra ones in their gear."

He then digs into his webbing, pulling out his tactical radio and removes the batteries. He then does the same with his NVGs, and says, "Here. Get someone on everyone's batteries."

After ensuring platoon was getting busy conducting unit admin and not slacking off just yet, he approaches every member of the team and asks the same question, "Do you have a chemical defense suit?"

This message was last edited by the player at 10:54, Fri 06 Nov 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1417 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 7 Nov 2009
at 10:10
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid replied, "Sorry, my Kapitan, I unfortunately do not have a chemical defence suit. We captured a man who reported the Baron was sending reinforcements. Maybe they will be killed by the gas? We can hope."

"We may have enough ammunition to resupply our small arms. It was a very costly victory in terms of people and supplies. We won. Next time, we shall need to do better."


He looked at Wick's body. "Shit. We shall grieve for his loss, later. Angelita, too. You westerners die, we Poles die, and I pray it is for some greater good, so the strong may not hold dominion over the weak."

Crossing himself, he said a short prayer. Then excused himself to retrieve his beads from Griet.

Philosophizing done for the moment, he concentrated on topping up people's ammo supplies as best he could for their weapons, as well as explosives.

"Everyone, check your weapons, clean them. We may need them, soon enough."

Once done, Dawid examined the captured 100mm ammunition (thanking Tom profusely in the process) and replaced the ammunition in the captured RPD's belt. As well, he searched for another belt as a spare for the weapon.

This message was last edited by the player at 10:10, Sat 07 Nov 2009.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 587 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 7 Nov 2009
at 10:33
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz' heart sank as he realised the cost of the engagement. Still, there had been no other option but to fight, and there would be no other option until evil had been purged from the land or they were all dead, he felt grimly that it would be the former rather than the latter, but that couldn't be helped. He made sure that the men of teh Gora Kalwaria militia were comfortable and resupplied as much as possible from the looted equipment and ship stores.

He stripped fifteen rounds of belted ammunition from the stores and placed four of the Soviet grenades into his pouches.

As he reloaded his partially spent magazine he spoke with Kaptain Bayer, "I don't have an NBC suit, Sir, but if you want people to head back on reconnaissence, I'm willing to wrap up from head to toe and use my gas mask. Someone else might want to risk using the wet suit. It's risky, but if you want to take it to the enemy before we lose momentum, I'll do it."
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 522 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sat 7 Nov 2009
at 10:37
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Griet toured the boat to ensure that everything was ready should they have to face combat in the near future. As soon as the reached the town, she began to make arrangements for making repairs to the hull.

Her reply to Kaptain Bayer's request was, "No, I don't have a chemical defence suit, I'm sorry."
Steven Drew
 player, 58 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sun 8 Nov 2009
at 02:30
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Drew:

  Drew boards the vessel silently, looking back at the smoking village.  He wonders,

"What was it all for?"

  His mind floats to the scene of the old movie "Platoon."  Where they are leading the villagers out of the village as they set it ablaze.


  Drew looks at the tired faces some covered with blood and grime and soot.  He suddely feel tired.  So very very tired.  His weapon feels so heavy in his arms and his eyes burn from the smoke and swet.  His nose is dry the smell of gunpowder fills his nostrils.  His mnouth is dry and the harsh taste of burning oil, metal and gunpowder is all he can taste.

  Drew looks at the wounded in his boat as he shuttles to the tug.  He looks at their wounds and bandages as best he can.  He then mentaly triages them, using his experience learned durring his years as a EMT.  He will tell them who needs to be seen first once they get to the ship.  He muses,"Damn....how many times have I done this?  Cruisin back ta the ship after a mission...damn...it never changes."  Drew tries to spit to clear the bitter taste from his mouth.  He has no sliva and it is stringy.  The wad sticks to his lip and in a long string flops down his shirt.  "Shit." he mutters.  He feels the acid in his stomach build and a cough brings a bit up his through.  He swallows hard and grimaces at the harsh burning taste.  He instinctivly moves his hand to his canteen and stops half way.  He doesn't have one.

  They are manuvering to the side of the ship.

  As the vessel comes alongside and ties off he will call out to those on the ship which of the wounded are immediate, who are priority and who are routine.   Those who are dead or close to death are routine and left to the last.

  Drew helps load the wounded making sure they do get aboard the ship.  And that it is understood that their condition is known.

  Once the wounded are loaded, Drew will check the boat and pick up any stray gear before boarding.

  Once on board Drew will report to whomever is in charge of the the ships sickbay and remind them he does have training and experience as an EMT, he just needs time to wash up and stow his gear and he will lend a hand.

  As he goes to his bunk he passes Bayer the sour German officer he met a couple days earlier,

<OOC I have cut and pasted Bayers comments and am replying in character here>

"Post mission drills are to begin immediately. Busy yourselves as if you are heading back into the fight by noon. I want turn around time and return to maximum combat readiness in short order. All wounded report to the sick bay, so we can get a better understanding of who is non-combat capable."

"I'm off ta help out in sickbay.  I don't have time for that crap."  Drew still remembers the krouts sour disposition and is not in a mood.

[Bayer]
he approaches every member of the team and asks the same question, "Do you have a chemical defense suit?"

Drew:

  Getting angry at being delayed snaps,

"You know I ain't got jack.  All I got is the clothes on my back and what you guys gave me....<catching himself> I gotta go, but if ya can find some extra 7.62 I'm runnin low and maybe a belt and canteen, a frag or two.  And I'd love a shotgun with a dozen or so rounds for close quarters or when I leave the 240 in position....<Drew feels the weight of the last several weeks crush him>  If ya got a med kit, <he is so very very tired now> I was a medic  before the war.  If ya got a kit, next time...<he is almost chocking on the words> maybe I could have saved a couple...I gotta go...theirs wounded."  Drew dumps his meager gear and heads to wash the grime from his hands and face before helping with the wounded.

  As Drew makes his way down to the sickbay he will introduce himself by saying,

"Where can I help?" he asks,  "I was an EMT in college before the war."

Sgt Drew
Helping with the wounded in sickbay
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 686 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sun 8 Nov 2009
at 19:29
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Tucker collpases to a sitting position once the last of the shore dismounts is loaded back onto the tug.  He reaches into one of his pockets and pulls out some pain relievers and swallows them down with some water.  When Konrad comes around checking posts, Robert will carefully and painfully shift himself into a better position when he sees his boss around.  He knows he's going to ask and aleready has an answer for Bayer, "I'm fucked up boss.  I took all I could take from that Duska pounding the shit outta my arms.  I don't think I could carry on a conversation with my arms right now, they're like fucking jelly boss.  I feel useless!"
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1511 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sun 8 Nov 2009
at 21:56
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Sunday, Oct. 15
1000hrs.
39F
Clear skies
Slight breeze from the NE
Gora Kalwaria, Poland


The trip 'home' to Gora-Kalwaria is uneventful. A somber, almost oppressive quiet hangs over the ship and its crew and passengers. Of course, there's a sense of relief at having survived the confused and brutal battle. On the other hand, there's also the lingering fears, doubts, and guilt felt by those who have left brothers in arms lying on the battlefield. The two emotions seem to go hand in hand these days.

The town's chopped-down skyline comes into view. It looks somehow cleaner and less forlorn in the bright sunshine. The resonant sound of a ringing church bell from one of the town's many damaged churches (or synagogues) signals the return of the river tug gunboat. Walter raises the Krakow flag as the prearranged signal for success (and to let the remaining town defenders know that the tug is not now crewed by the Baron's pirates). As the tug passes the pylons of the fallen railway bridge, the sentries stationed there give her three cheers. Taking note of the joyless expressions on the faces of the tug's crew, the last cheer dies off abruptly. A quick headcount reveals that the returning tug carries no more than half the number of fighters which had left by ferry in the trucks the night before. Perhaps the trucks are on the way back with the rest, they hope...

The Bishop and Petr wait at the ferry/pier, along with a horse-drawn wagon and a few other townspeople. As the tug ties off alongside, the Bishop greets them with a face that belies neither hope nor fear.

"Thank God you have returned. There is food waiting and space has been made for the wounded." The Bishop seems to know better than to ask for more news, trusting that he will be told everything in time. His only follow up question is a hesitant, "Are there others?" The look on Konrad's face is answer enought. "Very well. Let us go."

With that, the civilians board the tug to help offload the wounded. They are gently loaded aboard the wagon and driver heads off towards the hospital (which is attached to a convent), leaving the able-bodied to walk the kilometer or so back to the settlement. Closer to the town, the road is lined with townspeople. They shout thanks, ask for news of their loved ones, and make signs of the cross at the passing procession of tired warriors.

The party is brought back to the parish hall at the Bishop's erstwhile headquarters. A table is waiting, set with a hearty Polish country breakfast. The Bishop waits until everyone who wishes to partake is seated and ready. In lieu of a spoken prayer, he closes his eyes and lowers his head. After a lengthy minute (or three) of silence, he speaks.

"Please, eat." Then he sits near Bayer, patiently awaiting a report on the battle.

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 21:57, Sun 08 Nov 2009.

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 161 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 03:38
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Jan ate.

When he had finished, he turned to Dawid sitting beside him.

"My father’s ancestors were from Bohimia. A great uncle of mine in the ’20s collected stories of their past from every relative he could find. He wrote them out on a red typewriter and I read the pages as a child. Did you know that at the end of the 30 years war in the 1600’s only one-quater of the country’s population remained? My ansestor’s village fortified their church to hold out against the robber barons and mercenary bands. With the countryside deserted of people, the wolves prospered and increased."
Steven Drew
 player, 59 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 05:18
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

  Drew:

  Having helped in whatever way he could in the sickbay finaly finds a corner and leans against the wall and slumps down exhausted.  He smells of smoke and battle.  And is covered now in blood in addition to the other stains.  He stares at his blood covered hands.  And then to the floor.  His head slowly falls back against the bulkhead and falls asleep with his knees against his chest.  Drew will remain there for sometime until someone wakes him.


  When Drew does awake his will grit his teeth in agony, his knees burn, his legs having fallen asleep in the cramped position.  The boats jolting wakes him.  And he fights through the pain as the blood rushes back to his legs.  He gets up unsteady.  He works his way on unsteady legs back to his berth.  He sees his weapon sitting on his bunk.

"Fuck" he whispers.  He pulls out a rag and begins to wipe the machinegun down as he disassembles it inspecting each part and wipping it the carbon off, he sets the peices in order of assembly.  When all is finished he will then reassemble the weapon and test it doing a function check.  He will then do an ammo count.  That is the bulk of his equipment.

  Drew in a fog realizes his mouth is very dry.  He moves down the corridor to find the galley and get something to drink to quench his thirst.

  He sits down in his bloody and grimy clothes.  Realising how they look he pauses.  He finishes drinking then goes off to wash his shirt at least and get some real sleep in his bunk.


  As the tug moves into port Drew awakes.  He hears the activity within the berthing area and on deck and stirs.  He grabs his blouse which is still semi damp and forces his arms through the sleeves.    He goes to see what is going on.

  He watches as the people line the dock.  The wounded are off loaded.  He wonders "How are those poor bastards gonna get along...whats gonna happen when we go....poor fuckers."


  Drew is silent.  He thinks of the wounded and the dead.    His damp uniform blouse is drying in the sun.  He feel slightly warm.  As the people prepare to leave the boat Drew wonders if he should do or not.  He decides to go.   He goes back to his berth and grabs the rifle and grenade launcher that was loaned to him.  He wonders,  "What was the name of the guy who loaned this to me?  I gotta get it back ta him."  He grabs the weapon and follows the mass of people silently.

  Once there he takes a seat and pauses as the preist says his thing.  He then like a robot eats, taking food, passing it to his left and his right as asked.  But he eats in silence.  He doesn't eat alot but he does eat and since he hasn't eaten much in the last several days he is full rather quickly.

  After eating he feels sleepy.  He feels a bit more comfortable.  A evil thought comes to mind,  ""All I need now is a drink and a hot woman, hehehe."  A smile forms across his face with that thought as he sits there and observing the people.

Sgt Drew
Partaking in the breakfast
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1419 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 10:22
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #42):

Pausing from eating, Dawid looked at Jan and nodded wearily. Still, his face wore a ghost of a smile.

"Yes my friend, I can well imagine. Perhaps one day the wolves will roam here, too? Maybe we too should fortify ourselves inside the church, if not literally. I would do anything to deliver my people from these horrors, but it seems like all we accomplish costs so much. Were that I was a wolf myself, without conscience or mercy."

He grew more serious. "It's lucky that soldier of the Baron's we captured cooperated. I would have shot him without a thought, otherwise. Others may see this conflict as NATO vs. Warsaw Pact, fought according to the laws of war and the Geneva Convention. To me, most of who we fight are all criminals, the pirates and ruthless warlords like the Baron. I will not rest until all the wolves are dead. At least those that walk on two legs."

Drew come in, carrying Dawid's Tantal/BG-15. "Sergeant Drew! Please, come over here and have a seat. How did my weapon perform? Was it stalwart and trustworthy?"
Minh Quyen
 player, 448 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 14:33
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
After getting back aboard the tug, Quyen reported to the sick bay where he leg needed proper attention. She had it wrapped in field dressing, but the job had been in haste and had come loose. Blood covered the wound, bandage and he pant leg downward from the injury.

Along the way, she overhead the exchange between the Hauptmann and Drew, but passed by quietly. She hadn't spoken since coming aboard, and barely uttered a word to Anneka when it was her turn to be under her hands.

Konrad Bayer:
After ensuring platoon was getting busy conducting unit admin and not slacking off just yet, he approaches every member of the team and asks the same question, "Do you have a chemical defense suit?"


When the CO came by, Quyen replies quietly, "No sir. I don't have one. Just my respirator."

Sitting in the cramped sickbay, Quyen waits until she is can be discharged by Anneka. While she waits she says to Drew, "Hey... yeah you. Careful. People with bad attitudes on board have been known to be tossed overboard. Even those who had a shitty week."

She then rises when Anneka discharges her and heads to galley. While she eats, she remains quiet... a million thoughts going through her head.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1060 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 17:51
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
After canvassing the team for any chemical defense suits, Bayer waits for the tug to reach its destination up on the bridge with Adam. He acts as lookout, scanning the banks of the Vistula for hidden danger. It also served as excuse for his own silence and solitude. He still hadn't addressed the team on the raid, still mulling over the right words. Knowing him, when it came to the time, he probably just leave it at "well done."

Once they finished unloading and marching back to town, Bayer entered the parish hall where he neatly dropped his gear, rifle, and body armor in a corner. Then sitting down, looked over at the Bishop...

Cap'n Rae:
"Please, eat." Then he sits near Bayer, patiently awaiting a report on the battle.


"Well..." Bayer started slowly. Then clearing his thought, continued, "Well. We've achieved most of our objectives. A significant portion of the pirate forces have been... umm, eliminated. They have also lost a number of their riverine assets, the boats rather, and certainly the larger vessels." He found the words a challenge to come by. Suddenly finding English difficult to communicate with. How could you sum up all that happened easily to this man? It would have been far easier to give him an impersonal sitrep on the mission, but tried to keep it "real".

He continued, "Our losses have been heavy as you can see. This includew one of of my officers that I've lost. Your men were exemplary. Solid, well rounded soldiers the lot of them. Heroes, from what I've seen really."

He shook his head, "It was a tactical victory. However my men and I will need to return. To leave it now I believe would be a mistake. I won't ask any of your men to join us this time around. I initiated a withdraw, to preserve our forces, but the task is unfinished, and I would like to try to recover some equipment."

Changing the topic for a moment, mostly to clear his thoughts on the matter, he asks, "In all of the fighting around here. Has anyone in your community been able to salvage a chemical defense suit... it looks like a set of overalls but is made of a thick material?"

Following an answer he continues, "So. Yes. A large part of the enemy force has been dealt with enough losses I believe will significantly reduce the threat they pose to your town. A warlord in Warsaw may be another matter... which is why I want to return to the pirate camp."

"In addition the gas has been put to use and no longer a burden or danger to your people. Which is why I need one or two suits."


"In the meantime, my team will request rest and food."

He stops and adds, "Any specific questions or concerns you have I will answer. Until then, pardon my limited report. Today has been a challenge."

This message was last edited by the player at 17:53, Mon 09 Nov 2009.

Tom Jones
 player, 22 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 18:42
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom moves down from his position on the quarter deck once the tug docks. He helps with the movement of the wounded but with no real medical skills he leaves the treatment to those who know what they are doing.

When the Captain canvas him on the NBC suits he explains most of his kit was lost in the hasty retreat his unit undertook near then end of their last combat manoeuvre. He then moves towards the body of Lt Wicks transferring it towards the makeshift morgue near the triage. Tom removes the lieutenants drop leg holster, pistol helmet and uplifts his webbing and grenadiers vest that Minh had left by the body.

He then sits on the step of the building and creates a list of the equipment to give the Captain. Once completed Tom follows the other members of the group towards the food and drink offered by the town leader.

When Tom sees the Captain he approaches and gives him a run down of the kit recovered from Wicks offering up the gas mask and three NBC filters from the New Zealanders pack. He then joins the other and begins eating.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 588 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 19:27
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz looked at Tom and Drew and said, "After food I'd like the pair of you to come with me on the tug. I don't know what we have left by way of equipment and clothes since our last encounter with refugees, but what we have is yours. You'll have your pick of what we have."
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 523 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 19:32
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Griet listened to the Kaptain's assessment, "I'd concur that your men were exemplary, Bishop, and the losses are tragic. However, their lives weren't in vain, with the pirates robbed of their transport and the Warlord of Warsaw on the other side of the river, the town is in a more secure position, if you can keep them from crossing the river in force, they'll have difficulty reaching you."

she was weary and wanted to make clear that no one had died in vain. Whilst the Krowla was around, the people her were safer than they had been. Once it left their lives would be harder as constant vigilance would be the price of security.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1420 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 21:14
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg #49):

Dawid looked up, and excused himself from the conversation with Jan.

"I concur. Things went well and the Pirates are largely beaten. The Pirates are criminals. There is a chance they will call it quits after the beating they just took, but we can't be sure. As well, the Baron's men were supposedly coming to reinforce their Pirate allies, that's something we need to address."
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1512 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 00:11
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The militia leader listens carefully as the obviously fatigued German officer gives his informal report on the morning's battle.

"Thank you Hauptman. I don't think we have any proper chemical suits. I may be able to find some gas masks for you, though." He clears his throat. "Coming to the point, Hauptman, how many of my men were lost?" The Bishop had most certainly noticed the conspicuous absenses of several of his core of veteran militia fighters.

This message was last edited by the GM at 00:13, Tue 10 Nov 2009.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 687 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 02:18
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Tucker carries himself and his gear off of the tug and then follows the others to get something to eat.  Tucker adds nothing to the conversation unless he is specifically asked and looks like he can barely hold his body up and eat properly.

This message was last edited by the player at 03:43, Tue 10 Nov 2009.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1061 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 03:31
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Cap'n Rae:
"Thank you Hauptman. I don't think we have any proper chemical suits. I may be able to find some gas masks for you, though." He clears his throat. "Coming to the point, Hauptman, how many of my men were lost?" The Bishop had most certainly noticed the conspicuous absenses of several of his core of veteran militia fighters.


Bayer answers the Bishop after a quick mental calculation based on the head count he ensured was given before the raiding party left the objective. He then adds, "Unfortunately we were in no position to retrieve all of our dead. Hopefully on our return we will be able to scatter the enemy enough to do so."

While he eats, Bayer listens to those who augmented his report. He nods silently when Griet mentions the river now a much more effective obstacle in keeping the enemy at bay. He was disappointed however upon hearing about the lack of any old chem suits, as he really wanted to recover the AGS and a few other items which they could decontaminate in order to help offset the material losses they suffered. He then explains the purpose of his interest in acquiring the suits.
Steven Drew
 player, 60 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 04:54
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Minh Quyen:
Along the way, she overhead the exchange between the Hauptmann and Drew, but passed by quietly. She hadn't spoken since coming aboard, and barely uttered a word to Anneka when it was her turn to be under her hands.

Konrad Bayer:
After ensuring platoon was getting busy conducting unit admin and not slacking off just yet, he approaches every member of the team and asks the same question, "Do you have a chemical defense suit?"


When the CO came by, Quyen replies quietly, "No sir. I don't have one. Just my respirator."

Sitting in the cramped sickbay, Quyen waits until she is can be discharged by Anneka. While she waits she says to Drew, "Hey... yeah you. Careful. People with bad attitudes on board have been known to be tossed overboard. Even those who had a shitty week."



  Drew:

"Yeah just like your kind, a real betty badass.  Fuckin MP's like that say sweety, can't spell WIMP without an M and a P."

  As he looks at her injured leg.

"Yer in no position ta be talkin smack chicky.  Who do ya think is gonna be changin yer dressings or the next time ya take a round or two.  Lemme tell ya a big rule of the grunts, <as he closes to her almost nose to nose> "DON'T FUCK WITH THE PEOPLE WHO YOU EXPECT TA SAVE YER LIFE!"  <he backs off and adds in a more normal tone>  "It isn't all that smart there Betty."

Drew backs off returning to his duties and then replies,

"Don't ever fuckin threaten me again.  I aint got a warm fuzy for ya.  Especialy after yer firing off those poison rounds....yer fuckin evil."  He casts an icy stare at someone he truly considers evil.
Steven Drew
 player, 61 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 05:02
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #42):

Pausing from eating, Dawid looked at Jan and nodded wearily. Still, his face wore a ghost of a smile.

"Yes my friend, I can well imagine. Perhaps one day the wolves will roam here, too? Maybe we too should fortify ourselves inside the church, if not literally. I would do anything to deliver my people from these horrors, but it seems like all we accomplish costs so much. Were that I was a wolf myself, without conscience or mercy."

He grew more serious. "It's lucky that soldier of the Baron's we captured cooperated. I would have shot him without a thought, otherwise. Others may see this conflict as NATO vs. Warsaw Pact, fought according to the laws of war and the Geneva Convention. To me, most of who we fight are all criminals, the pirates and ruthless warlords like the Baron. I will not rest until all the wolves are dead. At least those that walk on two legs."

Drew come in, carrying Dawid's Tantal/BG-15. "Sergeant Drew! Please, come over here and have a seat. How did my weapon perform? Was it stalwart and trustworthy?"


  Drew:

Drew nods and forces a smile and takes a seat as directed.

Drew smiles at the man,

"Luckily I wasn't required to use it.  I carried it, but I used the machinegun.  So it is as you gave it.  But, I would like to clean it before returning it to you none the less.  Again, I thank you for trusting me enough to loan me your rifle."
Minh Quyen
 player, 449 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 05:24
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Steven Drew:
"Yer in no position ta be talkin smack chicky.  Who do ya think is gonna be changin yer dressings or the next time ya take a round or two.  Lemme tell ya a big rule of the grunts, <as he closes to her almost nose to nose> "DON'T FUCK WITH THE PEOPLE WHO YOU EXPECT TA SAVE YER LIFE!"  <he backs off and adds in a more normal tone>  "It isn't all that smart there Betty."


"That's exactly the problem. I don't expect you to do anything." she replies. "Except maybe moan and cry when people need answers or for you to work with the team."

"Who's going to change the dressing? Everyone here I've come to trust. I have no reason trust you."


Steven Drew:
"Don't ever fuckin threaten me again."


"Don't worry. You won't get a second chance." she adds.
Steven Drew
 player, 62 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 05:37
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker carries himself and his gear off of the tug and then follows the others to get something to eat.  Tucker adds nothing to the conversation unless he is specifically asked and looks like he can barely hold his body up and eat properly.


Drew:

  Drew will be one of the troop bringing up the rear of the group.  He sees Tucker,

"Hey, hows it goin Army?  Whats the score?" he asks trying ta be semi cheerful.

This message was last edited by the player at 06:04, Tue 10 Nov 2009.

Steven Drew
 player, 63 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 05:39
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz looked at Tom and Drew and said, "After food I'd like the pair of you to come with me on the tug. I don't know what we have left by way of equipment and clothes since our last encounter with refugees, but what we have is yours. You'll have your pick of what we have."



  Drew:

"Thank you.  Thank you very much." Drew says feeling very humbled.

"Thank you for hooking me up dude.  I really do apreciate it."
Steven Drew
 player, 64 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 06:03
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Minh Quyen:
Steven Drew:
"Yer in no position ta be talkin smack chicky.  Who do ya think is gonna be changin yer dressings or the next time ya take a round or two.  Lemme tell ya a big rule of the grunts, <as he closes to her almost nose to nose> "DON'T FUCK WITH THE PEOPLE WHO YOU EXPECT TA SAVE YER LIFE!"  <he backs off and adds in a more normal tone>  "It isn't all that smart there Betty."


"That's exactly the problem. I don't expect you to do anything." she replies. "Except maybe moan and cry when people need answers or for you to work with the team."

  Drew:

"Oh that's rich sweetheart,  I was with a team, covering the guys with my 240.  You were on your own playing Jane Wayne with those poison rounds doin your own thing.   Fuckin EM PEEs you fuckers aren't team players....oh man, hahaha what a joke."

"Who's going to change the dressing? Everyone here I've come to trust. I have no reason trust you."


"At least I haven't used weapons of mass destruction....what kind of a sick person uses em,  no sane person wants to.  I bet you felt like God."

Steven Drew:
"Don't ever fuckin threaten me again."


"Don't worry. You won't get a second chance." she adds.


  Drew pauses,

"You just fuckin did.  Just like a bitch, has ta get the last word it."

  As he eyes her wounded leg.

"Stay the fuck away from me, or I may just forget you got a fucked up leg.  Now get the fuck outa here, we got wounded ta deal with or are you that selfish you wanna finish a pissing contest and deny them treatment for your own ego."

Drew turns and returns to helping the other wounded.  He is done quibbling with a self centered woman/MP who has a need to be in control and get the last word in while it robs others of his skills.

Drew
Returning to helping the wounded
Ignoring the egocentric MP
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1421 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 06:58
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid smiled as he accepted the rifle and lifchik ammo vest.

"I am glad! You are a true warrior."


Steven Drew:
  Drew pauses,

"You just fuckin did.  Just like a bitch, has ta get the last word it."


Dawid laughed at the unintentional irony. "Indeed! A true bitch always has the last word, eh?"

He smiled, non-confrontationally. "Look, Sergeant Drew, I see you are upset. No one has actually threatened you, Corporal Quyen was using what you would call a figure of speech. No one's been thrown overboard, but we have encouraged troublemakers to leave. There is little enough of a formal command structure, we can only tolerate so much dissent, even from seasoned warriors."

He held apart his hands in a mea culpa gesture.

"I have my share of complaints, but I know when to pull back, and I never make it personal with anyone. If you are going to blame anyone for the use of chemicals, I'm a representative of the true Polish government, and I advocated for employing them. I take full moral responsibility."

"You may have been asked to stay for the mean time, but to be clear you are... how shall we say... on probation?"

This message was last edited by the player at 07:08, Tue 10 Nov 2009.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1062 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 11:36
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
When a chance was given, Bayer turns to Dawid and says, "Regarding that stores request I mentioned back on the tug... Secure Wick's gear and put aside the 40mm for me. Anyone need supplies should see you as soon as possible."

"What's the count on the remaining mortar bombs by the way? Any?" he asks, getting an early start on figuring out the status of the unit. Then Bayer adds, "Good shooting by the way. We almost had it at one point."

With the positive reinforcement started, Bayer continues, "Actually yes, it must be said - well done everyone. We had great odds against us today and numbers weren't the only thing not in our favor." He then looks at Mariusz and adds, "Be proud. You led your squad well."

OOC - Who is not at least partially combat capable? Only Tucker?
Tom Jones
 player, 24 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 22:12
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

After finishing his meal Tom returns the Ak-74su to the militia stockpile and removes the drum magazine from the captured RPK. Seeing it wont fit his own weapon he returns it to the pile.He then adds Wicks gear to the general stores when he accompanies Drew and Mariusz to the tug. He loads the 40mm grenades requested by the Captain into his pack as well as the sig pistol and holster, the ka-bar knife and the m65 jacket. The rest he adds to the weapons locker on the tug.

Once finished he thanks Mariusz and walks back to the village dropping off the grenades on the way. He then finds Dawid and asks if there is any tasks that need doing.

This message was last edited by the player at 21:45, Thu 12 Nov 2009.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1514 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 22:55
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Konrad Bayer:
Bayer answers the Bishop after a quick mental calculation based on the head count he ensured was given before the raiding party left the objective. He then adds, "Unfortunately we were in no position to retrieve all of our dead. Hopefully on our return we will be able to scatter the enemy enough to do so."


"I don't think you should go back. Without their boats, the pirates' threat has been diminished considerably. You can't hope to win a battle of attrition with them, especially if they've been reinforced by more of Czarny's men. I would have hoped our dead could receive a proper Catholic burial but it is not worth losing more men to bring back their bodies. He will understand."

He crosses himself before continuing,

"We need you more here. The weapons you captured will help equip more of the militia but most of them still need more training. Our defenses could also use your professionally trained eye. You have a combat engineer among you? Please, I wouldn't presume to try to order you to do- or not to do- anything. But I really think another the risks of another trip to the pirate camp outweigh the potential rewards."

This message was last edited by the GM at 22:56, Tue 10 Nov 2009.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1064 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 11 Nov 2009
at 10:23
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Cap'n Rae:
"Our defenses could also use your professionally trained eye. You have a combat engineer among you? "


Nodding to Quyen, Bayer says, "We have a skilled combat engineer yes." Then motioning to Tucker and Dawid, he continues, "And as you've seen earlier, my NCOs have more than sufficient expertise in small unit cadre training for the men who will man those defenses."

After a brief pause Bayer taps the table lightly and says, "If you don't want us to further harass the pirates, then I will make no objection to that. I can settle with the current situation. However, I am still very concerned about recovering some of our gear... particularly an automatic grenade launcher weapon and its ammo, among other things."

"That won't interfere with us here. We will still be able to assist you with a defensive plan." he adds.

Bayer isn't interested in arguing his concerns with the Bishop. If the man still objects, Bayer will leave it how it is for now. Changing the subject he asks, "That trader. The one with the camel. Do you know of his whereabouts, or when he is expected to return?"
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1517 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Wed 11 Nov 2009
at 16:01
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Konrad Bayer:
Cap'n Rae:
"Our defenses could also use your professionally trained eye. You have a combat engineer among you? "


Nodding to Quyen, Bayer says, "We have a skilled combat engineer yes." Then motioning to Tucker and Dawid, he continues, "And as you've seen earlier, my NCOs have more than sufficient expertise in small unit cadre training for the men who will man those defenses."


"Excellent." He addresses Quyen. "I would like you to look over the map of our defensive perimeter and make suggestions. If you can ride, I could even give you a tour of all of our established defensive positions."

Konrad Bayer:
After a brief pause Bayer taps the table lightly and says, "If you don't want us to further harass the pirates, then I will make no objection to that. I can settle with the current situation. However, I am still very concerned about recovering some of our gear... particularly an automatic grenade launcher weapon and its ammo, among other things."


The Bishop frowns slightly, "Your automatic grenade launcher may have damaged during the battle. Or it could be gone when you get there. And, without protective gear... I have seen what VX does to a man. I will say no more but I don't think you should return to that hornet's nest for so small a thing. It is, however, your perogative. Please think on my words."

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer isn't interested in arguing his concerns with the Bishop. If the man still objects, Bayer will leave it how it is for now. Changing the subject he asks, "That trader. The one with the camel. Do you know of his whereabouts, or when he is expected to return?"


"Jupyzyk 'the Gypsy'? He's still here. His camel is sick, he says." He chuckles softly. "I can't keep a straight face when I say it. I think he wanted to stay to until the assault force returned. He's got another trip planned, I believe. Would you like to speak to him? I can send for him or Lukasz can take you to his 'warehouse'.

The Bishop's smile evaporates quickly. When he continues, his tone is solemn.

"There is one more thing. I'm not sure how to say this- there's been so much loss today, already... Your comrade, Kasparov, he died last night. The sisters did everything they could for him but they could not save him. I'm sorry."

This message was last edited by the GM at 16:36, Wed 11 Nov 2009.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1518 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Wed 11 Nov 2009
at 16:32
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Sunday, Oct. 15
1700hrs.
43F
Clear skies
Slight breeze from the NE
Gora Kalwaria, Poland


The day passes slowly and quietly. It is warmer than it has been for weeks. The team is free to come and go as they please. In the late afternoon, as the temperature begins to drop again, a funeral mass [in absentia] is held for the fallen in the open square in front one of the town's churches. Most of the town, it seems, is packed into the square in order to pay their respects. Looking out over the crowd, it is surprising how many unescorted (i.e. single) women there are in the town's population. The males, a minority in Gora-Kalwaria, are mostly quite young or rather old. The fruit of the town's manhood serves in the militia, and the loss of even a dozen fighters represents a significant fraction of Gora-Kalwaria's masculinity.

The party walks back to their lodgings in a subdued mood, stopped a few times by grateful townspeople. They also catch a couple of accusing glares. Dinner is served early.

OOC: This would be a good time to discuss the group's near future plans, IC. The town clearly needs you. With the pirates hold over the Vistula broken, Adam is eager to return to Warsaw in search of his family. The town is open for your PCs to explore and you are free to interact with its people. I don't want to script things too much but there may be a couple of setpiece encounters.

This message was last edited by the GM at 16:34, Wed 11 Nov 2009.

Tom Jones
 player, 26 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Wed 11 Nov 2009
at 20:21
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tom sets up the RPK and field strips the weapon beginning a through examination and clean. He tops off all his magazines (-96 from stores)and puts them into his chest rig. He then slings the weapon and heads off to find Dawid.

So whats the plan chief, are we going back ? Would'nt mind ending this for good. We should bring along one of the prisoners get some on the ground info where stuff was and where they stored the ammo for it ?

I could go and "persuade" it out of them now if you like ?

Tom looks towards the Polish NCO, a slight smile on his face Dawid does get the impression he is deadly serious.

Or we could hit the group that camel guys been trading with ? What where they Russian ? Did they get the equipment from the party on the other side that hit the mortars, should be an easy walk to get that stuff ?

This message was last edited by the player at 20:33, Wed 11 Nov 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1423 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 12 Nov 2009
at 03:31
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #62):

"Kapitan, of the 82mm ammunition, there is one fragmentation round remaining. Two phosphor. Two anti-armour."

"We now have five 100mm anti-armour rounds for the MT-12, and one fragmentation. No anti-tank."

"When I say "anti-armour", I mean the explosive shaped-charge rounds, not the solid anti-armour shot."

"And Kaptian, it was my pleasure to provide what assistance I could. We eked out a slim victory today, and I'm glad I could assist those of you in the line of fire the best I could. Were it only that we could recover more 82mm ammuition!"


Dawid secured Wicks' gear, and handed over the grenades. He then checked if anyone needed western 40mm grenades, passing on to Konrad that Tuck might need some replacement rounds.

When it came to what was going to happen, he had two things to say.

"We left those bandits unmolested to the south of town. They were murdering travellers, leaving their bodies to rot in the ditches. Anyone who's staying, I would suggest that's some unfinished business that needs to be taken care of, if there's going to be any trade in that direction."

Dawid sighed, looking close to tears.

"I kind of would like to continue on to Warszawa with Adam. My sister is there... dead or alive, I need to find out what happened to her. She's also the person I'm assigned to make contact with. I have a duty to carry out my orders for the Polish Home Army."

"It is with a heavy heart I say this... it's been an honour and a pleasure to travel with you all. If we part ways now, it will be with heavy heart, as you are all my friends and comrades."

This message was last edited by the player at 23:28, Thu 12 Nov 2009.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 690 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 12 Nov 2009
at 04:20
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Tucker listened to Dawid give his farewell speach and the only thing that went through his mind was, "Good riddance scumbag!"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1425 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 12 Nov 2009
at 07:01
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #70):

Dawid grinned as he looked in Tucker's beady bloodshot eyes, somehow reading his cheap and greasy thoughts. Fuck you Tucker, you completely worthless shit-for-brains asshole! I hope you can read my thoughts! But you can't, because thoughts and thinking is alien to someone like you.

He said aloud, "hey Tucker, great sailing with you, you are a true hero! Until we meet again, my friend."

Dawid continued thinking, if I do, Tucker my "friend", you'll still be sitting on your lazy ass like you always do. At that point, for a pack of cigarettes, you can suck my dick before I slap you around and put your bony ass on the street as my whore! Good thing I'm thinking this and not saying it aloud, or else there would be trouble! Ah, who am I kidding? He's got no balls whatsoever!

Seemingly amused by some private thought, Dawid began laughing uproariously as he looked at Tucker, then turned away to light a cigarette
Steven Drew
 player, 65 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Thu 12 Nov 2009
at 08:04
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Drew:

  Drew comes back with some new weapons in addition to the borrowed AK.  He scrounges up some rags and goes to work doing a thurough cleaning of the weapons.  He has what looks like a small arsenal before him.  His soft cover tipped up, a cigarette hanging in his lips as he works intently with a old toothbrush scrubbing away the carbon on an AKs gas piston.

 "Fucken commies....damn pollacks don't even know how ta keep their weapons clean....lazy bastards."  Drew is talking and swearing at no one in particular.  But he seems content.  As the saying goes, "when troops are bitching they are happy....or at least content."

  Drew finishes with the peice and he runs a rag through the guts of the reciever before punching the bore and looking through it.  He makes a face as he looks down the barrel with one eye.  Muttering,

"Nope." and he runs a cleaning rod through the barrel once more.  After a couple more minutes of cleaning, he runs the rag through the trigger guard and in less than a minute of clicking and popping the weapon is reassembled.  Drew sets the weapon atop a rag to keep it clean.

  Drew still has the M240, he disassembles the weapon once more.  Again like before he inspects each peice as it comes off.  Setting it in order.  When the weapon is totaly broken down he will begin to again inspect and clean each piece.  This weapon he spends much more time on.  To those observing they are learning all kinds of new swear words as he cleans off cacked carbon.  And they come out in very colorful strings when he finds pockets of dirt and carbon and unburnt powder.  The crux of his swearing usualy has to do with a lazy son of a whore who is illegitimate who preforms fellacio.  That is the one term that seems to echos quite frequently from the stern of the boat where Drew has set up shop.

  He spends the better part of the afternoon cleaning the weapons.  When he is done he will return them to his berth.  Then he will return the AK/BG to Dawid before he departs.

  "There ya go, clean as a whistle.  Good luck and thanks."

  As he watches the man depart.  Staring after him.

Sgt Drew
Sitting on the fantale of the ship watching people go.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1427 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 12 Nov 2009
at 08:44
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Accepting the Tantal, Dawid pulled back the bolt and checked the chamber with a critical eye and a slight frown, then smiled.

"Uh... thanks, and you are most welcome! A most fine job, absolute perfection, you're a real natural at this! Pardon me, I have some other maintenance to perform."

Tsking jovially, he expertly and quickly broke down the Tantal and BG-1, making sure it was up to to standard. After, he cleaned the Vasilek and Rapira, as well as the RPD, whistling contently all the while.

This message was last edited by the player at 23:26, Thu 12 Nov 2009.

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 162 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Thu 12 Nov 2009
at 14:02
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Jan approached the Bishop. "Until we leave, I am willing to train with your Militia, sir. I like to see them train first, to see how I can best help."
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 524 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Thu 12 Nov 2009
at 17:04
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Griet looked at her father and then over to the tug boat. She sighed at the enormity of what they still had to do. They had a boat with more holes in it than there should be and very little in the way to protect it and they had just made an enemy of the biggest dog in Warsaw.

Now they had to put their head into the lion's mouth and try to facilitate a rescue of people they didn't even know were still alive. She spoke to her father quietly, "I'll return to the Queen and get her ready for the journey to Warsaw."
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1065 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 12:42
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Bayer was torn. Adam was his and the team's employer and up until this moment had always campaigned for keeping everyone focused on that fact. But now, with the Captain wishing to draw anchor, his own priorities were kicking in. "Captain... Adam. Please consider. I know we are close. But I insist we stay a while here. To recover and rebuild ourselves. And to gather information about Warsaw and surrounding places before stepping blindly. Don't let your feelings cloud tactical judgment." He didn't think it would have any effort on the man, but could let things go without something said. Bayer then looks at Griet for support, despite the realization she'd be going with him no matter what. "Griet?" he asks.

After Adam responds, Bayer tests the waters with the rest of the team. Dawid had family issues in Warsaw too, but wanted to feel out the rest of the group's thoughts. Although he was tired of this nomadic lifestyle and realized the need to rebuild the fighting ability of the team... Bayer would ultimately go where most of the others went. "Jan...Tom... who else?" he inquires aloud.

This message was last edited by the player at 12:42, Sat 14 Nov 2009.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 693 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 12:50
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #76):

"Wouldn't mind staying a bit here boss."

This message was last edited by the player at 13:08, Sat 14 Nov 2009.

Minh Quyen
 player, 451 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 13:04
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Konrad Bayer:
"Jan...Tom... who else?" he inquires aloud.


Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Wouldn't mind staying a bit her boss."


Quyen shook her head slowly, for either decision she made would make her feel like a traitor to the other. But the Hauptmann was right. Adam was acting on emotion fueled impulse. And regardless of the strong loyalties she had to both of them, survival was always the most important thing. Adam had very likely saved her life pulling her out of that village so many miles back up the river, so her throat burned as she made up her mind.

Following Tuck's reply, Quyen nods her head at Konrad and says quietly, "I will stay."
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 525 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 14:53
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"I'll stick with my father," Griet said sadly, "but I think that pushing on now will be difficult. Our security force looks like it's breaking apart, we have little ammunition for any heavy guns that you decide to leave with us and we've pissed of this warlord in Warsaw. Taking the Krowola downstream in these circumstances seems to be suicidal."

She looked at her father, "It would be more sensible to let a few of us try to get into Warsaw to see if there's anyone there to rescue. If there are, then we could plan something. Now, you'll know I'll follow you wherever, but if we go now, I hope you won't let those bastards take me alive when they overwhelm us."
'Old' Adam Rataj
 NPC, 76 posts
 Polish (NPC)
 Captain of the Queen
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 17:16
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"You are right, of course. You have fought hard these last days and you all need rest. It is just... we are so close and I have waited so long. But what is a couple more days? The tug needs some repairs and maintainance, anyway. I will wait. Does 72 hours sound reasonable?"

Adam looks and sounds somewhat crestfallen. But, he has shown himself to be a wise man and he clearly sees the wisdom of Konrad's suggestion.

This message was last edited by the player at 18:07, Sat 14 Nov 2009.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1519 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 18:06
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Monday, Oct. 16th
0800hrs.
40F
Clear skies
Gora Kalwaria, Poland


The day dawns clear, bright, and warm. The whole party gets an entire, uninterrupted night's sleep. Breakfast is served at eight in the parish hall.

At the Bishop's bequest, the merchant, Jupyzyk, makes an appearance. As he helps himself to some eggs on toast he explains,

"I'm headed back to Kozienice. You did well bringing back guns for the militia, but they need to zero them and practice their marksmanship and you need ammunition for that. I doubt even I can prise more ammo from the army garrison there, but I've got to try. Have you got anything they might want badly enought to part with it?

"After that, I'm thinking of heading to Warsaw. The Bishop and I have been going back and forth about it. I don't think this Baron knows anything about my little company. I'm hoping I can maybe get some information. A couple of smoked hams would be well worth it, methinks. The Bishop doesn't want us to end up as slaves, though. He's made some persuasive arguments. We'll see. First things first. The trip to Kozienice is no longer routine, if you take my meaning. The bandits didn't catch us in the snow and rain on this last trip. This weather is much nicer today but it does complicate things. Do you think your doctor could look at Cleo? Her cough isn't getting any better."


After breakfast, the party has the run of the town. The townspeople seem very relaxed. The few fields around the town that have been cleared of mines have also been harvested of their fall crops. Teenaged shephards graze their sheep and goats on the stubble emerging from the rapidly melting snow (only a few patches remain here and there in the shadows). A couple of wood gathering parties (under armed guard, of course) leave the relative safety of the town's defensive perimeter to gather fuel for the coming winter. A construction team works on repairing or demolishing damaged buildings. The newly armed militia familiarize themselves with their new weapons.

Adam and his crew begin conducting repairs on the Krolowa down at the town pier.

You feel pleasantly full and well rested. It's a beautiful day.

Next Moves?

OOC: This round isn't very structured so you need to be proactive if you want to participate. Otherwise, I'll assume your PC is just lounging around, taking it easy. That's fine, though. Ya'll have earned a break.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 589 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 19:23
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Despite the rigours of the day, Mariusz picked lightly at his food and rubbed the bruise on his chest thoughtfully.

He pulled out the collection of crucifixes, crosses and Stars of David that he'd collected over the last few years, his mother and father's were the first and now he added the one that Brother Stanislaw had given to Kasparov on their first meeting. Five more had been added to the chain since he'd joined the Krowola, with a total of thirteen of the crew or security unit dead.

Tears stung his eyes and the silver chain dug deeply into the flesh of his fist. He listened to the talk around him. Seventy two hours, a reprieve of sorts, maybe the deaths that those days would have brought on their journey would be avoided, or they might merely be averted.

He lowered his head, not far from the Eastern bank of the river was the road that he'd buried his parents beside. Now, he needed to attend to the graves of yet more comrades and loved ones.

He stood up and walked slowly to the cemetary.
Steven Drew
 player, 66 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 19:48
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Drew:

  Drew with the MP5 hanging on his shoulder and for once in clean camies and boots that are clean but in need of polish is seen inspecting the boat and its gun enplacements.  He will inspect the damage that it has sustained and what kinds of protection for the key funtions and positions they can implement.

  He will pay particular attention to the positions of the guns and mortars, inspecting them and even running their traversing and elevation mechanisms to ensure they are functioning.  He will check for the mask and overheard clearing of the guns.  And note the dead spaces as well as areas that can be armored or sandbagged or protected with logs or timbers.

  Drew next will inspect the fire prevention systems.  Fire hoses, ensuring they are not battle damaged or rotten.  And make notes for filled barrels and buckets as well.

  Drew will then go below to the sickbay and look for Anneka,

"Soleblume,  hey Soleblume." he will call,

"I'm trying ta put together a med kit for when we go ashore our people aren't left without aid until they make it back ta the ship.  Got anything ya can spare?  I'll take bandages and tournequettes and alcohol if thats all ya got."  Drew will also inspect the sickbay and make sure they have distilled water <which should be easy since the vessels engine could produce it.>

  After Drew has inspected the ship, he will beging on helping repair some of the battle damage.  If anyone has started already he will find out what they are doing and lend a hand.

Drew, MP-5
Inspecting and repairing battle damage

This message was last edited by the player at 20:32, Sat 14 Nov 2009.

Tom Jones
 player, 27 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sun 15 Nov 2009
at 07:38
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Looking between the Captain and Dawid, Tom was glad to hear of the delay. Even though he was largely unscathed from the last conflict he need some down time. Turning to the Captain he asks.

Sir could we mount a recon mission of the area where the mortars where attacked maybe find some of the enemy forces equipment and keep some eyes on the pirate camp from a fairly safe distance from the gas ? or we could mount an attack on the bandits Dawid mentioned"

I'm happy to go if there are other volunteers.

This message was last edited by the player at 07:54, Sun 15 Nov 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1429 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sun 15 Nov 2009
at 08:32
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Tom Jones (msg #84):

Dawid had spent the rest of the previous evening cleaning and maintaining the Queen's weapons, get reacquainted with her crew.

He also made a point of hanging around Mariusz. Although Mari was a damn fine fighter and fearless, he was also a boy and not a trained soldier. Even his experiences as a Solidarnosc partisan he had been protected by the close cameraderie of the guerrilla band and of course the wisdom of Brother Switek. That was long gone now, and he was worried that the westerners, while generous enough, still occasionally tended to look down upon the Poles and treat them sometimes as outsiders or even inferiors, often without meaning. Mariusz probably could use someone closer to his age to talk to, to relate to. So many Poles had lost their lives in the war. The tragedy was, those that remained risked losing their souls. Especially the young and sensitive like Mariusz.

"Tom, I think that's an excellent idea. As well, we need to secure more 82mm ammunition. I volunteer as well. Does anyone know how long the poison gas remains effective?"

"But someone's gotta go with the merchant up the road! There's a pack of bandits in that goddamn town we stayed in. This is the fourth or fifth time I've brought this up!"

This message was last edited by the player at 08:58, Sun 15 Nov 2009.

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 526 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sun 15 Nov 2009
at 10:43
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Once the work on the boat was well under way, Griet sought out Bayer to talk to him. She looked at him over a steaming cup of parched wheat grain tea and said, "OK, we have several tasks to achieve and not much time to do it in. I've put some thought into it and I have the following suggestions for your consideration."

She sipped the tea and winced at the bitter taste, at least it was hot, "The crew of the tug have the repairs in hand and aren't likely to need much help, that leaves the training of the militia, aiding the merchant and getting some sort of recon under way."

She swirled the tea around watching the burnt grounds twist and spin at the bottom of the cup, honey would be nice, "We're not going to get much training done in three days so I'd suggest the following: we set up a series of talks and demonstrations for the militia, I'd say that you and Anneka could lecture on small unit tactics and fire observation, Dawid on heavier weapons, Mihn on booby traps and fortification and Ondar on small arms."

She sipped some more tea, "That way there's a chance something might stick in a few days, you might also want to suggest to Bishop that if they have any teachers in town, they might want to train up their best troops in instruction so as to keep up training when we leave."

"That leaves Mariusz, Stoner, Jan and Drew to work with the merchant. As for recon, the militia may be able to help us there."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 694 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sun 15 Nov 2009
at 17:34
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Tucker takes every minute of that uninterupted sleep that night and wakes up feeling a lot better after he washes up and takes a couple of minor pain relievers to try and comfort his sore muscles and arms.  He changes uniforms and puts the dirty one to the side and gingerly puts on his shoulder holster with his Colt Python and two spare sppedloaders, lighter and a cigar before he heads off for breakfast.

Tucker will eat and excuse himself when he is done (unless someone talks to him) and then goes to find a place where he can just sit and relax, smoking one of his cigars in peace.  He doesn't try to hide and will actually call out for Knorad if he does see him in passing.
Tom Jones
 player, 28 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sun 15 Nov 2009
at 23:22
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tom turns to discuss the next course of action with Dawid.

"Well I’m happy to help with either; hopefully they didn’t retrieve the small arms from the dead on their retreat to the boat. Sounds like the mortar group hit them hard so maybe we will get lucky."

"As for the bandits a small group attacking during the night shouldn’t have any trouble, and then maybe they could go with the merchant to access the strength of the unit he trades with, see if they could be hit."

"We should also re-interview the captives for a more accurate picture to the location of the 120mm and 82mm morters in the pirate camp and where the ammunition for these systems was stored."
Minh Quyen
 player, 452 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 16 Nov 2009
at 12:54
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Quyen spent the first part of the morning, disassembling the various demolition charges. All of the tools, explosives, wiring, and other components were returned to the chest and stowed back aboard the tug's armory.

With this self appointed task complete, she limped back to where her gear was stowed and cleaned her rifle. If given another job to do, she'll reassemble the AK74 get on it.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1066 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Mon 16 Nov 2009
at 14:29
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Bayer sat at the table, wearing only his uniform. His gear was stowed in one corner of the room, relieving him of the aching burden of his heavy Kevlar and tactical vest. With only his sidearm, he eventually arrived at to breakfast after purposely rising 'late'.

He listens to people's ideas, but says little, opting to stare in silence at his food as the suggestions register in his mind. He was grateful... no... shocked, that Adam gave in, but three days was still too short for what he had in mind. Nevertheless, he didn't complain and he put on his best 'appreciation' face. After all it was still better than watching him sail off on his suicide run.

...he snaps his attention back to the ideas being thrown around. Bayer then says quietly, "Yes. Five times it is Dawid. But noted and supported."

Following breakfast he has little else to say for the moment. Unit maintenance and admin was still underway and there was still time for the proposals to sink in. Intercepted first by Griet, he replies, "Reasonable. There are many things I'd like to get done here in town, and yet so little time. Come around in an hour or two for a quasi warning order." He then adds, "Oh. And thanks for speaking up about delaying heading to Warsaw."

After returning to the billet, Bayer approaches Tucker who calls him over. After a short discussion, he returns to the main quarters.

Once the majority of the team returned from their duties, he says, "Alright. I've heard a few proposals already, but before any are considered, lets have one last opportunity for suggestions. I haven't yet heard from everyone who usually speaks up during times like this. We've got three days at best... and a great deal of work ahead of us."

He was particularly thinking of a timetable for completing the following objectives:
-Eliminate the bandits
-Recover the AGS and any other spoils (like 82mm) at the pirate camp
-Give some basic lessons to the militia
-Recce the pirates

This message was last edited by the player at 14:30, Mon 16 Nov 2009.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 695 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Mon 16 Nov 2009
at 23:22
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Konrad Bayer:
After returning to the billet, Bayer approaches Tucker who calls him over. After a short discussion, he returns to the main quarters.

Tucker stands up when konrad comes over begore they start conversing.
Steven Drew
 player, 68 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Tue 17 Nov 2009
at 06:29
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Tom Jones (msg #84):

<Blue>"Tom, I think that's an excellent idea. As well, we need to secure more 82mm ammunition. I volunteer as well. Does anyone know how long the poison gas remains effective?"

/Blue>


Drew will interject:

"Forever.  But with the wind, the moisture and concentration not long.  A couple days, a week.  But anything in the AO would still need ta be deconed.  We ain't gotta worry about kickin up dust so if we go in with waders and gloves we should be good ta go.  Its kinda like "RAID" Bug spray.  Besides, they are binary rounds, they need the spin of firing ta arm and mix right and I doubt that happened so I bet their effectiveness is less than normal.  Of course, I could be wrong."
Steven Drew
 player, 69 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Tue 17 Nov 2009
at 06:52
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Konrad Bayer:
Once the majority of the team returned from their duties, he says, "Alright. I've heard a few proposals already, but before any are considered, lets have one last opportunity for suggestions. I haven't yet heard from everyone who usually speaks up during times like this. We've got three days at best... and a great deal of work ahead of us."

He was particularly thinking of a timetable for completing the following objectives:
-Eliminate the bandits
-Recover the AGS and any other spoils (like 82mm) at the pirate camp
-Give some basic lessons to the militia
-Recce the pirates


Drew will speak up;

"Well cheif, I see we got three main things.  Repair and uparm the ship.  Prep the townies as best we can.  And get intel on the hostiles."   as he holds up three fingers.

  "I suggest we put those folks to work who are best suited to those tasks.  I can work on the boat and lend a hand with the townsfolk.  I think we need to get a cadre together of the most able townies so they can work on training their own, and they work with our cadre so they can both work on putting a plan together, or training schedule."

  Drew pauses,

  "With the time we got we gotta use the KISS method.  So teach em the basics, some basic team organization and team formations, fire and manuver and covering your buddy as you move.  I got alot of time on the range, I can spend a couple hours with em working on snapping in and aiming and developing muscle memory and combar reloads and stuff, we can do that anytime.  Maybe toss in some basic first aid too.  I suggest we break em into squads for training ta make it easier for the cadre.  That's just my idea on the subject cheif."

  Drew will return to the 82mm where he will be familiarizing himself with the gun.

Drew, MP-5
Weapons familiarizarion with the 82mm, later the 120mm
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1430 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 17 Nov 2009
at 10:10
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Konrad Bayer:
...he snaps his attention back to the ideas being thrown around. Bayer then says quietly, "Yes. Five times it is Dawid. But noted and supported."

He was particularly thinking of a timetable for completing the following objectives:
-Eliminate the bandits
-Recover the AGS and any other spoils (like 82mm) at the pirate camp
-Give some basic lessons to the militia
-Recce the pirates


He laughed. "Thank you, Kapitan! I still remember passing by the bodies of those travelers, thrown in the ditch."

"I am happy to assist with whatever is needed, and I am happy to sail with Adam, not go at once."


Dawid nodded his thanks to Drew. "I believe the gas was deployed so storage time is not a factor, and it's clear that due to the nature of deployment the dispersal and binary activation would not be the same as the binary artillery rounds I am familiar with using."

"My question was specifically what kind of agent it was, and what are the characteristics? If it's a NATO compound, those tended to not be as persistent as  our agents. Decontamination is probably wise under any circumstances."

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1067 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Tue 17 Nov 2009
at 10:47
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"My question was specifically what kind of agent it was, and what are the characteristics? If it's a NATO compound, those tended to not be as persistent as  our agents. Decontamination is probably wise under any circumstances."</Blue>


Bayer replies, "NATO. VX rounds. Persistent. A mostly liquid exposure agent... especially with the cold temperatures we're having. Direct skin contact is the biggest concern now."

"Even with the facilities we have here, decontamination of equipment that has been abandoned at the site is not a problem. That's why I want us to collect our AGS. I'd prefer a proper protective suit for those who attempt to recover the gear, but waders and other civilian gear may have to do."

He then asks, "Any more suggestion on the general concept? Seems everyone is pretty much saying the same thing."
Tom Jones
 player, 29 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Wed 18 Nov 2009
at 02:39
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


"One last thing, seems there is an armoured grave yard on the other side of the bridge, one of the militia mentioned it. Maybe a good place to look for additional armour for the town emplacements and the tug, hatches, ramps and the like. Would make good bunkers if we could somehow get a couple of APC’s across the river."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 696 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Wed 18 Nov 2009
at 02:56
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #95):

Tucker takes another pull from his cigar continuing to talk to Konrad.
Anneka Soleblume
 player, 1252 posts
 Major
 Israeli Medical Officer
Wed 18 Nov 2009
at 05:39
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Anneka had been completely swamped after the battle tending to the wounded. So busy she'd not even found the time to change her clothing until nearly dusk, let alone contribute to planning for the coming days.
Steven Drew:
Drew will then go below to the sickbay and look for Anneka,
"Soleblume, hey Soleblume." he will call,

"I'm trying ta put together a med kit for when we go ashore our people aren't left without aid until they make it back ta the ship.  Got anything ya can spare?  I'll take bandages and tournequettes and alcohol if thats all ya got."

Major Soleblume's almost angelic face crinkled into a frown.
”That would be “ma’am” to you Sergeant...”

Medical supplies was another reason she was frowning, or more to the point, the lack of them.

"All we have are a few oral pain reliever, sedative and antibiotic tablets. Bandages and almost everything else are in short supply."

All they really had was a few first aid kits scattered about the tug and the larger bags both Stoner and herself routinely carried.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Does anyone know how long the poison gas remains effective?"

"Days...weeks..." she shrugged.
"It depends on the weather and about a thousand other factors."
Griet Niewiadomska:
"We're not going to get much training done in three days so I'd suggest the following: we set up a series of talks and demonstrations for the militia, I'd say that you and Anneka could lecture on small unit tactics and fire observation...."

An eyebrow cocked.

"Are you sure a medic would be the best person to teach that?"
Besides, she had half a towns menfolk to nurse back to health before they left...
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1431 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Wed 18 Nov 2009
at 09:26
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Anneka Soleblume (msg #98):

"Major, I guess you could set up some kind of clinic for the people in town and outlying areas. It won't be a lot with the need to conserve supplies, but it may be more medical care than they've gotten for months, or years."
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
 NPC, 345 posts
 HM2 (E-5)
 US Navy
Thu 19 Nov 2009
at 13:40
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
While content with the performance of the Soviet built AK-74 and grenade launcher he'd been carrying since joining the unit, Kasparov's untimely demise freed up a better weapon in the form of the Australian built Steyr AUG and it's underbarrel M203.
So, after a thorough cleaning of the AK, he traded it in for the AUG, it's six plastic magazines and as many of the 40mm grenades as he could find.

"Anybody know where that British lieutenants grenade vest went?"* he called, wanting something a little better than normal ammo pouches to put the grenades in.

Much of his time after the usual post battle routine was spent assisting with the wounded. There was little time for idle chat as long as even one person remained in danger of infection or other complications.


* Wicks

This message was last edited by the player at 13:57, Thu 19 Nov 2009.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1070 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 19 Nov 2009
at 17:24
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Bayer begins by laying out a simple and brief framework for the team to get focused. Following the general plan that everyone seemed to be in agreement to, he left out specific instructions, leaving the team commander's to conduct their mission as they see fit. He announces, "Alright. Listen for you names and your tasking for today..."

"Doctor Solemblume, Stoner, and Drew - setup a medical aid station and provide some professional help for the townsfolk. Include the wounded from battle in this any whatever else you can help with."

"Dawid, Jan, Jones, Mariusz and myself - training cadre for Day 1. Divide yourselves up for lessons on individual field craft, small arms handling, and fire control. I'll be taking the militia's leadership aside and running them through coordination and small unit tactics."

"Tucker, Minh, and Ondar - you're on light duties for today. Help out where you can but recovering is the real priority. You'll be taking over the instruction cadre tomorrow while the bandits are dealt with (weapons, small unit tactics, and improvised fortifications & obstacles). Some easy duties for today could be getting together equipment for recovering the gear at the gas site... protective clothing and detergents for decontamination. Another suggestion is gathering intelligence for us from HUMINT sources. And a third suggestion is checking out the armored graveyard for suitable salvage."


He left out Griet, assuming she already knew she would be helping on the tug.

General Timetable:
Day 1 - training / medical services / recover (random duties)
Day 2 - training / recce camp + recover gear
Day 3 - training / eliminate bandits (taking along the militia for OJT and to summarize the completion of their training).

This message was last edited by the player at 17:28, Thu 19 Nov 2009.

Tom Jones
 player, 30 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Thu 19 Nov 2009
at 19:55
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Jones turns to stoner "I put the vest in the weapons locker; all the grenades are with the Captain. If there’s nothing more I'll get started."

He then moves off towards the training grounds. He intends to take the militia armed with the LSW's and machine guns and concentrate his time with them.

He will cover maintenance, deployment and tactics. Given that several of the militia will be using the newly recovered weapons from the raid he will focus on the basics trying to get their confidence up.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1434 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 20 Nov 2009
at 09:22
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #101):

Dawid explained to Stoner and Jones, "Kapitan Bayer wanted the 40mm ammunition from LT Wicks' grenade vest. He probably has the HE rounds."

After listening to Konrad, Dawid nodded. "That shouldn't be too hard to arrange. I'd prefer fire control, but we'll see what Jan, Tom, and Mariusz want to handle."
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1071 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Fri 20 Nov 2009
at 11:09
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Bayer wanders over to his piled gear and rummages through the utility pouch. He hands Stoner a handful of 40mm grenades. "Here." he says. "Anyone else?"

OOC - Handing off to Stoner...
5x 40mm HE
2x 40mm APERS Buckshot

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1522 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 21 Nov 2009
at 01:14
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Monday, Oct. 16th
1200hrs.
49F
Clear skies
Gora Kalwaria, Poland


The training cadre puts in a good, hard morning's work, trying to push the militia beyond static defense and light patrolling. It's slow going. Those among the militia with military experience (these are mostly former rear echelon and service support types) catch on quickly; those without take longer to grasp even basic small unit tactics. Morale among the troops is hard to gauge. There seems to be some lingering pride in the veteran groups' demolition of the well armed river pirates but that pride is tempered by still-fresh grief at the loss in so many of their best fighters. The seed of doubt is there. If nearly a dozen veteran warriors can be killed in a fight with marauders, what chance does a group of REMFs and over/underage civilians stand, especially if a vengeful Baron leans his full weight on the town? Konrad, supervising a group of trainees, feels uncharacteristically fatigued. He's also developing a cough. A faint rattling sound eminates from his chest with every deep breath.

In the town's hospital- a dormitory wing of a large convent- Anneka, Stoner, and Drew do what they can for the wounded militia and the town's civilian infirm. The sisters on duty there have nothing in the way of proper medicines. Without functioning central heating, the patients are kept warm by a series of wood-burning stoves which have been installed at intervals in the long room. The sisters do their best, keeping the patients warm and well fed, and providing psychological and spiritual comfort to the sick and injured. Besides the ache in her left leg, Minh is also beginning to suffer from a cough. A quick check of her temperature indicates a low fever.

By lunchtime, the Krolowa's crew have completed the repairs of the hole bored through her hull by a pirate RPG. After a brief break and a quick bite to eat, they begin cleaning up her topsides, chipping away spots of rust and preparing to spread a fresh coat of paint over the scoring and blast damage from a trio of 23mm HE hits to the forward superstructure, as well as scores of bullet impact points. Just behind the rythmic pinging of metal on metal, a low, steady thrum begins to grow. Eyes turn to the sky...

The conspicuously foreign sound rolls like a huge wave across the town, moving slowly from south to north. It is quickly joined by the cries of children. Windows throughout the town are filled by the curious and the concerned, straining to catch a glimpse of the source of the familiar yet vaguely remembered noise. Looking skyward  to the southeast, you see a large biplane off in the distance. Most of you recognize it as an AN-2 "Colt". It is painted matte grey and, throught binnoculars, you can just make out the white and red checkerboard of the Polish Airforce painted on its fuselage and tail. It moves slowly across the sky, following the line of the Vistula a couple of miles to the east of the river. It can't be flying at more than 5000 feet. As it proceeds north, passing the town, it seems to descend. After several minutes, the slow-flying aircraft is out of sight. If it was a collective halucination, it was a damn vivid one.

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 01:16, Sat 21 Nov 2009.

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 527 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sat 21 Nov 2009
at 16:42
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Stupid radio, Griet cursed to herself as she tried to get the damned thing warmed up, never ready when you want it, always needs coaxing, just like a goddamned man...

The biplane was moving away as she got the machine working, she tried the Polish emergency channel and got no response. She paused for a moment and cursed again, she wished she'd paid more attention in the theory classes she'd been through, she stuck her head out of the deck house door and yelled, "Can anyone remember the damned Polish Air Force channels?"

As she waited for an answer she flicked back to the emergency channel, hoping that the craft was still in range and might just be monitoring channels, "Unidentified Polish Aircraft flying above Gora Kalwaria, this is the Krowala Vistula, please identify yourself."

She frowned, trying to ignore the odds that the craft was either a spotter for the Black Baron or the authorities at Lublin. They'd gunned one fly bird down before really establishing if it was a friend or a foe, at least this time the pilot would have a chance to declare themselves friendly.
Minh Quyen
 player, 453 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 21 Nov 2009
at 19:22
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Quyen hangs around the little hospital for most of the morning, keeping off her leg. As much as she would have liked to get out and get some easy jobs done, she ended up getting nothing accomplished but rest.

As noon approached she began to scribble down some basic field fortification, obstacles, and booby-trap diagrams for tomorrow's lessons. Noticing the doctor pass by she briefly talks to her and carries on drawing and labeling.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 590 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 21 Nov 2009
at 20:07
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz had done his best to show the militia troops how to stay alive in combat during the morning training session, but he noticed that many were, what would the British call it? Rather windy, that was it. He pushed his broth around listlessly at lunchtime and barely noticed the subtle seasonings that the town's cooks had added to the meal.

Finally he stuffed some of the bread into his mouth to fuel up and left the refrectory in preparation for the afternoon session.

After glancing up at the plane and shrugging, he carried on about his business. What would be would be. He looked around for the leader of the town, and finally found him making sure that the older members of the town, those almost too old or frail to contribute anything to their fragile little society were eating their share.

Mariusz nodded at this act, time and again the oldsters would start giving their food away or missing meals when they thought they were useless. It was a form of suicide and at the same time the gift of life to others in this dark age, Mariusz approved of the priest's firm hand with his flock as he ensured they lived for yet another day.

He moved close to the weary man and waited for a break in his vigil.

"Father," he said softly, when the priest looked at him, "I know you must be very busy, but could I possibly speak with you for a moment."
Steven Drew
 player, 70 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sat 21 Nov 2009
at 21:22
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

  Drew:

 Appalled at the towns primative clinic Drew did what he could.  Upon hearing that members of their band had the beginings of infection his frusteration grew.

"Damnit!  Don't any of these people know about irrigating wounds!" Drew thought in frusteration.

  Drew goes to Solenblum and and Stoner.

"This is BS!" he declares.

  "I know we are short on meds but we can improvise.  Those would could have been irrigated with distilled water ta flush em out.  We might be able ta still do it, it may save em from looosing life or limb.  Didn't any of you read FM-76?  Birch bark tea can do the same thing as aspirin, add some pineneedles for extra vitimin C and make a tea for those people it'll help.  And of course some alcohol ta help em sleep easy.  At the least, it'll ease their suffering."

  Drew waits for comments on his suggestion of using folk remedies.

  As the plane flies by Drew pauses as the sound registers.  He then darts to a window and looks out, his eyes tracing the direction of where the plane had come and following its direction as it departed.

Sgt Drew
MP-5
At the clinic
Tom Jones
 player, 31 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sat 21 Nov 2009
at 21:42
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The morning session had gone well, at least that’s what Tom thought. Most seemed to be getting the basics some where struggling but hopefully with another day or so.

As he sat with the others eating the lunch provided, he wasn’t the first to hear the engine noise of the small plane to engrossed in his food. Tom grabbed his RPK and waited for the plane to make the first move, he also used it as a training aid. Giving instruction to the militia, leading forward of the target when trying to engage etc...

The plane did bring back his own memories of going to the local air shows with his father and grandfather. He remembered seeing the Biggles flying team in very similar aircraft, staging dramatic aerial battles and fake bombing runs. It was this airfield that attracted the RAF and then the Russian missiles. He watched as the plane moved off into the distance, probably not a good omen if this baron fella is running his own air force.

With the morning show over Tom collected his group together for a quick run over where the militia are positioned with the support weapons in the defensive line. This is so he can give them some instruction in the localities they will be during an attack. He will also covers firing and movement and small group LSW tactics to the best of his abilities.

When the training session is over he will move down to the river near the bridge to see how the scavenging crew did on the other side in the armoured grave yard. Tom had a couple of other things he wanted to get underway as well. Firstly he wanted to try and get the ZPU-2 AA gun up to the bridge entrance to act as a diversion and also repair the underwater chain that the Lt put in place.

This message was last edited by the player at 00:20, Sun 22 Nov 2009.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1523 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 21 Nov 2009
at 22:49
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz Tokarski:
"Father," he said softly, when the priest looked at him, "I know you must be very busy, but could I possibly speak with you for a moment."


Father Andre is probably in his early 70s. Despite his advanced age, his bearing is erect, his face long and deeply lined but not unhansom. His full head of thick, white hair gives him a particularly dignified air. His bright, blue eyes are offest by his dark clergyman's cassock.

"Certainly, my son. Is there something troubling you?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1436 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sun 22 Nov 2009
at 09:36
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid spent the day training the town's ORMO. They weren't too bad; they'd been through a couple fights and despite taking casualties had come out on top. They'd successfully defending their homes and survived, and that kind of experience couldn't be duplicated, only earned the hard way.

He was cautiously optimistic, but he could see Mariusz was feeling less positive. Over lunch he tried to cheer up his friend, but there wasn't much he could seem to do. After, he saw Mariusz leave to talk to one of the priests, and hoped he would find something to help him out more than his feeble pep talks.

When the biplane flew over them he was too far from the Dushkas to man them and bring the aircraft down. Frustrated, he decided to let the plane go rather than waste ammunition shooting at it with the RPD. "Damn, I bet that's the Baron's lackeys having a nice look at us. Shit, we can't seem to catch a break, but I guess it would have been better to move on to Warszawa sooner rather than later. No use crying about it."
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1072 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sun 22 Nov 2009
at 17:41
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Bayer spent the morning with the senior leadership of the town's militia. With the town's small armed force required to defend a comparatively much larger area, he narrowed down his teaching points to those of running an elastic defense with small, light, and mobile units. He covered the aspects of coordinating rapid response teams, decentralized control, and utilizing the town's future obstacle plan into an active part of their defense strategy.

When noon arrived, Bayer dismissed the men and retired to the hospital. He barely took notice of the aircraft, on his walk over to see the doctor. He more troubling thoughts on his mind than airplanes.

When he arrives he drops his gear and seats himself wherever there's a spot. When Anneka has a spare moment Bayer nods for her to come over and talk. "Major... Doctor. I need a checkup when you have a minute. Respiratory system. I need you to check for lung infection, a cold, disease, or the possibility of VX poisoning." He's straight to the point, knowing full well that in today's world even trivial ailments of the past are now easily fatal. "I need your best diagnosis, starting with the chance of gas contamination."

Looking over at the wounded members of his team, he nods silently to Tucker, then says to Quyen, "How are you feeling Quyen?"

This message was last edited by the player at 17:42, Sun 22 Nov 2009.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 591 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Mon 23 Nov 2009
at 20:09
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"Many things, Father," Mariusz said, clutching his right hand cautiously with his left to quell the tremor that had begun, "but there is one I would like your advice about. It's the Militia, Father, they are this town's sword and shield and I'm worried that they have lost some faith in themselves. We have struck a great victory over the pirates, destroyed their boats and assaulted them in their very den."

"We lost men," tears welled in his eyes at the memories, "too many, always too many, but we went up against forces three or four times our size and left them dead or driven to the four winds. Now some of the men doubt their ability as warriors and I don't have the words to give them back the faith in themselves and their comrades. I wanted to ask your advice on how to find those words."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 698 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Mon 23 Nov 2009
at 22:05
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Tucker will return to the Krolowa and retrieve all of his gear and find a place to bed down for the next three days until the tug pulls out back towards Warsaw.  He does nothing but rest and will try to catch up with Ondar & Minh to see how they want to handle what for their training the next day.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1526 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Mon 23 Nov 2009
at 23:47
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

About 30 minutes after the plane disappeared from sight, it reappears, heading south along the Vistula. It is even farther off on its apparent return leg. If it weren't for a few eagle-eyed kids, it may have passed unoticed. After a couple of minutes it is gone again, vanishing to the southeast. Try as she might, Griet can't raise the aircraft on the tug's radio.

Anneka preps herself to perform surgery in a room off of the main hospital wing. Minh is first on the table. After a closer inspection of the wound, Anneka determines that the risks of an operation- especially given the lack of proper anesthesia and surgical tools- outweigh the potential benefits of an attempted removal. The wound appears to have been caused by a small caliber bullet and no bone, nerves, or major blood vessels appear to be threatened by the embedded projectile. The condition of Ondar's leg wound is generally similar. Thankfully, Tucker's wounds are relatively clean through-and-throughs. Anneka, Drew, and Stoner clean, irrigate, pack, and rebandage the various bullet and shrapnel wounds and administer antibiotics from the group's dwindling supply.

Both Konrad and Minh's coughs get a bit worse by the afternoon. Both of them are experiencing body aches and chills as well. Mariusz begins to show symptoms similar to those experienced by Konrad and Minh earlier in the day. Anneka has a listen to each of their lungs through a borrowed stethoscope. Although a little wheezy, the signs do not point to serious infection, either viral or bacterial. This may change, however, as whatever is ailing them progresses.

The afternoon session with the militia is mostly positive. Despite a frustratingly slow start in the morning, they appear to be making progress. They are moving with more confidence and tactical accumen, now. The paucity of ammunition, however, limits the amount of realism in the drills and excersises and precludes any proper marksmanship training.

The Wisla Krolowa is looking much fresher. Much of the battle damage has been repaired or at least covered up with a fresh coat of paint.

As the sun goes down, and the group gathers in their town lodgings for another evening meal, Adam reports that the tug is ready for another short jaunt downriver.

Next Moves?

OOC: Day 1 is ending. Now would be a good time to sort out what you'd like to do on Day 2. IIRC, I think the plan was to return to the pirate camp?

This message was last edited by the GM at 01:20, Tue 24 Nov 2009.

Steven Drew
 player, 73 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Tue 24 Nov 2009
at 03:56
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #116):

Drew gets a chill going down his spine when he learns of the people with what may be a cold, or the flu or something worse.  When he hears of symptoms and more than one people he curses to himself.  And he begins wearing either his bandana or large blue handkercheif over his mouth and nose when dealing with a patient, even if he does look like a bandit from the old cowboy movies.

  Drew
  MP-5
  Taking precautions when dealing with the sick
Tom Jones
 player, 32 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Tue 24 Nov 2009
at 22:33
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Arriving at the base of the bridge Tom could see no one except the sentries at the top of the bridge. “If they can’t be bothered to help themselves why are we here ?” He says to himself as he surveys the damage caused by the mortar rounds. “Why where the woman and children not out lopping off hatches and ramps for overhead cover on these positions.”

He then climbs to the top of the bridge where the sentries are located. Nodding in their direction he looks out over the fields on the other side of the river, easily making out the boxy shapes of various armoured vehicles. He also notices the police boat that was pushed up on the bank, did they have a good look over it, he couldn’t remember. He shakes his head as he squats down and lights a cigarette while looking at the burnt out ZU on the dock. He then shows the cigarette pack to the sentries and flicks it into their waiting hands. Turning and sitting on the embankment facing down river towards the pirate camp he swings his legs back and forth trying to warm up.

He was looking forward to going back, hopefully by boat. Stop off and check the mortar group position for gear, then insert through the forest checking the various areas that engaged the boat and the area around the bridge where the anti tank gun was before they attacked. Running through his plan in his head “what did he care how they did it.” Finishing the cigarette Tom shoulders his RPK and heads off towards the hospital. He seeks out the major and hands her the three pill containers he found on Wicks Antibiotic x 16, Pain reliever mild x 16, Antifever x 25.

This message was last edited by the player at 06:25, Thu 26 Nov 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1439 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Wed 25 Nov 2009
at 09:41
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
As the plan was to return the next day to the Pirate camp, Dawid made sure his equipment was ready to go, and he slept as much as he could. At evening prayer, he lit a candle for each companion that perished on the long hard journey.

He especially thought about Wicks, the latest casualty. So much blood spilled in the dark waters of the Vistula, so many lives lost. The journey was almost over, it was true, but it seemed whoever was staying in Warszawa would be facing the toughest challenge yet.

Dawid ended his prayers with a prayer for Wicks, and for their injured, which included those injured perhaps not in body but in spirit.

Exhausted, his leg aching, he fell into a shallow sleep. He dreamed bodies were floating in the Vistula, which had turned the colour of clotted blood.

This message was last edited by the player at 12:11, Wed 25 Nov 2009.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1073 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 25 Nov 2009
at 11:47
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Bayer loitered about the lodging as the sun vanished beyond the horizon. His worsening condition sapped his motivation for getting what needed to be done started. Even if it wasn't a serious physical handicap, the worry was enough to exhaust the mind. He had planned on taking out a patrol downriver tomorrow, but the rapid onset of whatever was ailing him hinted that by tomorrow he mightn't be capable of field operations.

After some brooding, he sought out Dawid and woke him. "Dawid. Wake up. Listen. Warning order. Tomorrow you'll take out a patrol of yourself, Jones, Jan, and Drew. You'll be going back to the pirate camp to assess the enemy situation there and the potential for acquiring lost material." Quyen and Ondar would have been great patrol assets too, but like him weren't in any condition at the moment.

After coughing over his shoulder and not towards Dawid, he continues, "I'll stay here and work with Sergeant Tucker and his team. If the sick aren't too bad off we might sweep the area around town for some leg work with the militia."

Bayer then adds, "We'll talk again before you leave."

This message was last edited by the player at 11:48, Wed 25 Nov 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1440 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Wed 25 Nov 2009
at 12:06
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #120):

Dawid woke up and yawned, lighting the lantern by his pallet.

"Understood, Kapitan. I'll see how Drew is on patrol. He seems like he has a lot of experience, may as well make use of it. I guess we'll take either the launch, or the Queen, if it's available. I'll ask Adam to salvage that patrol boat that sank in shallow water, if he's not doing anything else."

He looked worried, but nodded in acceptance of the warning order.

"Sweet Jesus, Kapitan! Have you been checked out by the Major? I don't know what the symptoms are of that nerve gas, but only those who were in the area seem affected. Is there any antidote?"

This message was last edited by the player at 12:11, Wed 25 Nov 2009.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1074 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 25 Nov 2009
at 12:15
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Sweet Jesus, Kapitan! Have you been checked out by the Major? I don't know what the symptoms are of that nerve gas, but only those who were in the area seem affected. Is there any antidote?"


"Inconclusive at this point." he says. "Mariusz also feels ill... but he wasn't near the detonation area or downwind of it to my knowledge. So I am not sure myself."

He then thinks of something and goes off in search of the doctor.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1527 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Thu 26 Nov 2009
at 00:18
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz Tokarski:
"Many things, Father," Mariusz said, clutching his right hand cautiously with his left to quell the tremor that had begun, "but there is one I would like your advice about. It's the Militia, Father, they are this town's sword and shield and I'm worried that they have lost some faith in themselves. We have struck a great victory over the pirates, destroyed their boats and assaulted them in their very den."

"We lost men," tears welled in his eyes at the memories, "too many, always too many, but we went up against forces three or four times our size and left them dead or driven to the four winds. Now some of the men doubt their ability as warriors and I don't have the words to give them back the faith in themselves and their comrades. I wanted to ask your advice on how to find those words."


"I struggle to find suitable words for dire or grievous situations sometimes myself. I find that scripture speaks more eloquently than I could ever hope to. In times such as these, I often turn to the psalms. They contain much wisdom and encouragement. Here, let us find one that speaks to the present circumstances."

He rises and crosses the room to a large lecturn. He opens the oversized bible that rests there and thumbs through a few pages of the book of Psalms.

"Ah, here. Psalm 20. Listen.

"The LORD answer you in the day of trouble!
The name of the God of Jacob protect you!
May he send you help from the sanctuary,
and give you support from Zion.
May he remember all your offerings,
and regard with favor your sacrifices.

May he grant you your heart's desire,
and fulfill all your plans.
May we shout for joy over your victory,
and in the name of our God
set up our banners.
May the LORD fulfill all your petitions.

Now I know that the LORD will help his annointed;
he will answer him from his holy heaven
with mighty victories by his right hand.
Some take pride in chariots, and some in horses,
but our pride is in the name of the LORD our God.
They will collapse and fall,
but we shall rise and stand upright.

Give victory to the king, O LORD;
answer us when we call."


This message was last edited by the GM at 00:24, Thu 26 Nov 2009.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 592 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Thu 26 Nov 2009
at 20:14
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"Thank you, Father," Mariusz said softly, "your words are comforting. I will endeavour to make the others live up to the honour of those that have sacrificed themselves for this community."
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 528 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Thu 26 Nov 2009
at 20:17
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Griet was tired and dirty from the battle and the work after it. She walked off the tug and into the town almost in a daze. She brushed her hand against her cheek, oblivious to the greasy oil smudge she left there.

Finally she found teh man she was looking for, Bishop was busy with the militia, but she walked up to him and said, "The Queen is as ready as she can be for combat so I have some spare mechanic capacity, would you like us to have a look at this British swimming vehicle?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1441 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 27 Nov 2009
at 00:38
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Having napped a little after dinner, Dawid felt better.

He found Jones, Jan and Drew.

"Kapitan Bayer has decided to follow up on your suggestion, Mr. Jones, to have a look at the Pirate base and follow up on the possible effects of our attack."

"Jan, you're handy with a sharpshooter's rifle? Tom, I recall you prefer the RPK-74, is this correct? Drew, are you any good with a grenade launcher."

He explained the basic idea, and that they wouldn't know more until the next day.
Tom Jones
 player, 33 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Fri 27 Nov 2009
at 01:21
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tom was finishing up his meal when Dawid took a seat next to him. After explaining the plan for the next day Tom confirmed he preferred the RPK but he was pretty confident on the rifle and grenade launcher but that was the extent of his small arms skills.

He also added “If we go past the mortar groups old position we should check the dead, Jan said the enemy didn’t have time to collect their equipment”   after finishing his drink Tom added “Also on the way in or out we should check the vehicles we left, from the debrief the attacking group was in no real state to take them. Even if they disabled them I should be able to get one them moving, I was a mechanic in my past life.”

As Dawid gets up to leave Tom asks if he can question the mortar man prisoner tonight and gives the suggestion they take him with them.
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
 NPC, 346 posts
 HM2 (E-5)
 US Navy
Fri 27 Nov 2009
at 04:26
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"I wouldn't mind tagging along too. Might get the chance to try out this thing," he tapped Steyr and M203 "inherited" from Kasparov.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1442 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 27 Nov 2009
at 06:34
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Dave 'Bones' Stoner (msg #128):

Dawid grinned.

"Of course! I will consult with the good Kapitan. I would like to see what happened to the vehicles, too."

He thought for a second.

"Okay, we'll try this assuming Bones is coming with us: Jan on point, Me in the centre with a radio, Drew on the right with the M240, Tom on the left with the RPK light machinegun and Bones following with the rifle/grenade launcher. I'm probably the best we have with a machinegun but we don't need any more of those so I'll take my Tantal/BG-15. If Bones isn't coming then Jan in front, Drew on the right, I'll be on the left and Tom in the rear."

Sipping some tea, he continued.

"We are all professionals, of course, but it bears keeping in mind that if we see anyone, we are to avoid engaging. That means if we encounter anyone I may well order something cowardly like withdrawing before contact is made. If anyone decides to fight it out after the order to withdraw is given, well, you may be walking home."

This message was last edited by the player at 06:48, Fri 27 Nov 2009.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1529 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Fri 27 Nov 2009
at 16:46
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tuesday, Oct. 17th
0800hrs.
39F
Clear skies
Gora Kalwaria, Poland


At 0600 hours, Dawid, Jan, Stoner, and Drew board the Wisla Krolowa and prepare themselves for the now familiar jaunt north to Otwock. (OOC: Anyone else who'd like to come along as tug security/fire support is more than welcome).

Konrad, Minh, and Mariusz all have a restless night's sleep. Their coughing and body aches make it hard to sleep restfully. In the morning, each still has a low fever but, despite the persistent cough, their lungs sound mostly clear. This, at least, means that there's no fluid build-up. In Anneka's professional opinion, the trio is probably suffering from some kind of flu or flu-like virus. Based on their symptoms, it is unlikely that their current ailment is a result of exposure to VX gas.

The trip to Otwock aboard the Krolowa is quiet. The tug anchors out of side of the pirate anchorage. The recon team boards the small motor boat and heads for the mouth of the Swinder. The puttering noise of the small, alchohol-powered outboard seems deafeningly loud in the still of the morning.

As they approach the landing point, the burned-out PT boat greets them. The once powerful vessel is now little more than a gnarled, blackened husk portruding just a couple of feet above the water of the Vistula.

The team lands on the eastern shore just north of where the Swinder meets the Vistula. A water filled crater on the low, muddy bank just a few meters from the river speaks of the successful 120mm mortar barrage two days prior. Further up the bank, almost beneath the barren trees at the edge of the wood that covers the area between the river and the pirate's hamlet, they find four fresh graves. No abandoned gear is found in the area.

Cautiously, the group moves inland in a loose diamond formation, towards the pirate camp. After an hour or so, the first buildings come into view between the trees. The group goes to ground and silently observes the structures. An hour passes (it is now around 0800 hours) without any sign of activity or human occupation.

Back at Gora-Kalwaria, those that remained behind begin another day of training the miltia and preparing the town's defenses.

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 17:06, Fri 27 Nov 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1444 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 00:14
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Before leaving base camp, Dawid personally inspected everyone to make sure they had sufficient ammunition and at least a day's supplies (including water). He assumed everyone had cleaned their weapons but checked just to be sure.

As well, everyone was to have some kind of protection against chemical contamination, including masks and gloves. The fatigues everyone was wearing were all captured ones, stripped from the dead bodies of the pirates who had attacked GK before. These were to be discarded if they encountered chemical contamination. They used the time in transit to sew up any holes or rents in the fabric.

Lastly, and most important, everyone carried an empty sack of cloth or burlap. They were there to collect weapons and ammunition, and anything else worth grabbing, so they would need something to carry salvage. The bags could be dipped in the river as a kind of quick-and-dirty decontamination prior to returning to GK for a more thorough cleaning.

Personally, he divested himself of all extra weight, deciding not to take extra items like the RPG-76, Geiger counter or NVGs. He did take a spare set of fatigues (to be left on the boat) so he could change into them if need be.

At their first objective, Dawid gave a SITREP to the Queen for relay back to GK.

"Okay, everyone up, let's advance. Weapons ready."

Standing up, he let the binoculars hang by their straps around his neck. Shivering in the cold autumn air he charged the Tantal and loaded a 40mm HE grenade. His helmet was on but the mask was off for now.


Dawid Piotrowski
Tantal BG-25 (30/30 + 4 spare magazines, 3 spare 40mm HE)
Stechkin/21 rounds, + 2 spare magazines
1 RGD-5 Grenade, 2 Smoke, 2 Flares
Moving out cautiously.

This message was last edited by the player at 00:22, Sat 28 Nov 2009.

Steven Drew
 player, 74 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 00:19
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

  Drew is on alert more so after finding the fresh graves.  And when the sun begins to break he is almost on edge.  He studys the building they are hiding in for signs of recent occupation and activity.  With the rising sun he studies the ground outside and in the ruined hamlet.  He looks for signs of clean up after the battle, fresh graves and boot prints and paths or avenues of travel that groups of men working would make.

  Drew will also make note of avenues of attack and fields of fire should they have to fight it out.  He will also make it a point to have a couple lines of retreat as well.

Drew
Studying the landscape
M240
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1446 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 00:35
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Steven Drew (msg #132):

Noticing Drew was studying the landscape, Dawid paused the patrol and had them get down. He asked them, "so, what do you think? Someone has obviously been here, we'll probably find nothing. If we're lucky, the camp may be deserted. Let me know if you see any escape routes."

"Everyone listen, if we have to retreat, Drew and I will provide covering fire while the rest of you (Tom, Jan and Bones) withdraw to a position where you can cover our retreat. We'll move in bounds, covering each other. Understood"

"Lastly, if we do withdraw, go West and make for the launch we came in. If that's not possible or you get separated, go either West to the launch or Northwest and try to make the river and a pickup by the Queen. G-K is to the Aouth and the river cuts us off to the South and East, so we are not in the best position if we get into trouble."


To make sure he had his directions straight, he pulled out his compass and map and showed everyone what he meant.

Dawid Piotrowski
Tantal BG-25 (30/30 + 4 spare magazines, 3 spare 40mm HE)
Stechkin/21 rounds, + 2 spare magazines
1 RGD-5 Grenade, 2 Smoke, 2 Flares
Having a quick pow-wow before moving out.

This message was last edited by the player at 02:54, Sat 28 Nov 2009.

Steven Drew
 player, 75 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 04:05
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
<quote Dawid Waldus Piotrowski>
In reply to Steven Drew (msg #132):

Noticing Drew was studying the landscape, Dawid paused the patrol and had them get down. He asked them, "so, what do you think? Someone has obviously been here, we'll probably find nothing. If we're lucky, the camp may be deserted. Let me know if you see any escape routes."

"Right....unless they see us first." Drew whispers.

"Everyone listen, if we have to retreat, Drew and I will provide covering fire while the rest of you (Tom, Jan and Bones) withdraw to a position where you can cover our retreat. We'll move in bounds, covering each other. Understood"

"Thanks for volunteering me" Drew flashes a grin.  "I'll light em up with a burst, you<nodding to Dawid> take up a position and send a GL round at em as our break contact.  Everyone else get the hell outa dodge, Dawid and I will do that all the way ta the river."  Drew looks at Dawid for confirmation.

"Lastly, if we do withdraw, go West and make for the launch we came in. If that's not possible or you get separated, go either West to the launch or Northwest and try to make the river and a pickup by the Queen. G-K is to the Aouth and the river cuts us off to the South and East, so we are not in the best position if we get into trouble."


Drew adds "So, the launch is our primary rally point.  Launch to the West is secondary.  Anything else make to the river...gotcha." Drew nodds.

To make sure he had his directions straight, he pulled out his compass and map and showed everyone what he meant.

 Drew sticks his head over to confirm the directions as well as get an idea of what is in what direction.  He will orientate the river and the town for use as reference points.


Sgt Drew
M240
Getting the plan and direction
Tom Jones
 player, 36 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 04:51
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tom kept his mind on the task, he indicated to Dawid where the last of the pirates had retreated to prior to their egress from the area. He suggested they should move towards the bridge where the anti-gun was stationed as the German prisoner mentioned a fortified position with a MG, clearing buildings as they go.

He knew that Dawid had the map supplied by the prisoner and all the heavy weapons positions where indicated on it.


RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 ANTI-TANK grenades x 3
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Covering left flank

This message was last edited by the player at 08:48, Sat 28 Nov 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1447 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 06:25
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid laughed.

"Of course, I would like to be near you, Sergeant Drew! Always learn from the best. As well, I am an excellent machinegunner and if you die, well, I can recover the weapon and fight on! It's the Soviet way, so I've been told." He finished, more than a little tongue-in-cheek.

He looked down at the map he'd been given, then checked the directions with the compass.

"Confirm, primary rally point is the launch, off to the Southwest. Secondary is the bank of the Vistula to the West to Northwest for pickup by the Queen. That way and that way."

"I concur, Mister Jones, we shall check the bridge first. We will have a look-see at the house. Too bad I wasn't able to use that AT gun to take it out, that would have been something!"


With that out of the way, he signaled the patrol to continue on.

Dawid Piotrowski
Tantal BG-25 (30/30 + 4 spare magazines, 3 spare 40mm HE)
Stechkin/21 rounds, + 2 spare magazines
1 RGD-5 Grenade, 2 Smoke, 2 Flares
Moving Out, centre position.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1075 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 09:28
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
After ensuring a radio watch was established for communications with the recce patrol, Bayer assembled the group staying behind in the town. Although he wasn't much happier that he and the others weren't suffering from nerve gas poisoning, at least he knew what they were dealing with... probably.

Pulling aside Quyen and Mariusz he says, "We can't infect the others. Its our duty to ensure we use preventative measures. We'll see about getting some filter masks from the town. In the meantime, be aware and vigilante about your contact with other people."

Then returning his attention back to the small group he says, "This morning we'll continue with our compressed training program. Tucker, Ondar, Quyen... carry on with small unit tactics, weapons, and improvised fortifications & obstacles respectively. We'll split the ORMO into three groups and rotate them through your stands."

"I'll continue with the militia commanders as I did yesterday."
Roll for leadership?

Motioning to Mariusz, he says, "You're a floater. We could use you moving between the different stands to translate when there is a problem."

Glancing at his watch he says, "Around noon... we'll assemble the ORMO for a field exercise. For us it will be to recce and sweep that armored graveyard. For them, it'll be a chance for some footwork under supervision. Two things done concurrently."

After answering any questions, Bayer will dismiss the training cadre and move off to continue yesterday's lessons with the ORMO commanders. Lacking actual troops as a training aid, Bayer will create some miniatures using rubbish, stones and small pieces of wood with labels on them to represent squads, enemies, and support weapons. Later at noon, the commanders could practice leading and maneuvering real squads of men. Until then, he'll focus on concepts of reserves, where and how to setup OPs, mutual support between units, and how to conduct a basic fighting withdraw.

This message was last edited by the player at 09:30, Sat 28 Nov 2009.

Minh Quyen
 player, 454 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 10:00
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Konrad Bayer:
Pulling aside Quyen and Mariusz he says, "We can't infect the others. Its our duty to ensure we use preventative measures. We'll see about getting some filter masks from the town. In the meantime, be aware and vigilante about your contact with other people."


Quyen nods, and answers, "Understood. Will do." She then asks, "Are we the only sick? Or are there townspeople infected too?"

Konrad Bayer:
"This morning we'll continue with our compressed training program. Tucker, Ondar, Quyen... carry on with small unit tactics, weapons, and improvised fortifications & obstacles respectively. We'll split the ORMO into three groups and rotate them through your stands."


"Right." he answers enthusiastically, doing her best to conceal her sickness and exhaustion. "See you at lunch then."

Already prepared from last night, Quyen had her notes with her. Scribbled on them, were labeled diagrams of two man split trenches, bunkers, and every sort of obstacle and booby trap that she could remember.

Her training plan was to teach each group that came through her class a different aspect. Then, when all three groups were done, they could inspect the other group's completed demo and learn from them later.

Heading (limping) to her teaching area, indicated by a pile of simple tools she requested the night before, Quyen began to instruct the first group of militia students.

This message was last edited by the player at 10:01, Sat 28 Nov 2009.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 593 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 15:54
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz spent the morning flitting between the groups and clearing up any glitches in translation. He was careful to try not to spread whatever he had to others.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 529 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 15:56
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Griet waited on the bridge by the radio once more. She had ensured that the weapons were crewed and that the militiaman who'd been berated for the friendly fire incident was secure in his role.

She monitored the channels and made sure taht someone was keeping an eye on the skies...
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1531 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 17:44
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tuesday, Oct. 17th
0900hrs.
40F
Clear skies
2km Southwest of Otwock, Poland


The recon team moves stealthily towards the bridge at the southern end of the hamlet. They arrive unhindered, having seen no signs of the living. One small boat remains moored at the base of the bridge, but it has been stripped of its outboard motor. An inch of so of brackish water covers the bottom of the little boat.

Before leaving Gora-Kalwaria, Tom learned from the captured pirate mortarman that the pirate's second (and last) 82mm mortar and all of its remaining ammunition (just a handful of HE rounds) was mounted on a small harbor pilot boat- quite probably the one that escaped from the Wisla Krolowa during the later phases of the battle for the hamlet. After further questioning, the prisoner also admitted that his earlier mention of a 120mm mortar had been a bluff.

The recon team moves north into the hamlet. The place appears to have been completely abandoned. The pirates look to have done a pretty good job taking everything of value with them. As the group sneaks through the southern end of the hamlet, they come upon the remains of the pirates' motor pool. The Zil cargo truck is completely burnt out. The workshop/garage is a pile of blackened corrugated tin and steel. The house next door apparently also caught on fire and has burned down to the foundation. A good third of the hamlet has been reduced to ash and cinder. Some of the rubble is still warm. The pirate's only other ground vehicles, according to the prisoners, were a UAZ (shot up at the northern bridge by the assault group) and a motorcycle used to ferry orders and information between the Baron in Warsaw and the pirates in their camp.

Leaving the hamlet at its northern edge, the group finds something odd. At first, they'd thought that the papers they'd seen scattered about had blown away from one of the damaged hamlet buildings. Now, it becomes apparent that the papers have come from someplace else. Picking one up, Tom hands it to Dawid. It reads (in Polish):

BREAD OR BULLETS?

GENERAL AMNESTY

BREAD:

Until October 21st, approach any Polish Army position with your weapons unloaded and this flyer in hand. You will be well treated and processed back into the armed forces of the Socialist Republic of Poland. The grateful people of Poland await your return to her noble service. You will be provided with food, shelter, and medical services.

BULLETS:

The legitimate national government in Lublin is preparing a great offensive, including armor, heavy artillery, and airpower, to retake the area around Warsaw and clean it of armed foreign, reactionary, and bandit elements. Once the offensive begins, no quarter will be given.

Act now, all will be forgiven. Hesitation will be your death sentence.


The team moves north parallel to the main road until they reach the rise past which the Tarpan-Honker had run into the advancing elements of a group of reinforcments from the Baron. The sickly-sweet smell of death lingers here. The recon team put on their gas masks and rubber gloves provided by the town (in addition to any other NBC gear each may possess). Cresting the small rise, the group surveys the field ahead through binnoculars. The T-H sits in the middle of the road, surrounded by several bloated bodies.

Meanwhile, back in town, the trainers prepare the militia for the afternoon exercise. The militia seem more confident and enthusiastic today. It is clear that the party's efforts are starting to bear fruit. There is one unfortunate incident when a young militiaman recently issued with a 9mm Sterling submachinegun accidently discharges his weapon. Fortunately, no one is injured.

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 17:46, Sat 28 Nov 2009.

Steven Drew
 player, 76 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 21:13
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Sgt Drew;

  Upon learning the content of the flier his pulse began to race as if he were under fire.  He knows enough to read between the lines of the message.  And what it means to their crew.  He is on alert even more so now.

  Upon reaching the hill and seeing the bodies and burnt wreck he doesn't expect to find anything else of value here, it has been scrubbed clean.

Sgt Drew
M240
Scouting and eager to get back and pass the new intel on.
Tom Jones
 player, 38 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 21:16
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The sight of the Tarpan brings both relief and apprehension. Tom takes a knee and scans the left flank of their little group as Dawid surveys the battle site. The paper was interesting so the plane was these Lubin guys as was the group that the Captain and Wicks had encountered.

As they move off towards the Tarpan Tom is careful not to scrape his feet on the road or to kick up dust. The grenade launcher should be along here somewhere where the Captain dropped it off.


RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Covering left flank

This message was last edited by the player at 22:45, Sun 29 Nov 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1450 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sun 29 Nov 2009
at 17:14
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid sweated a little under the rubber mask, not so much from heat as from the eerie grimness of the situation.

"Ok. That explains the plane. Reconnaissance and leaflet-dropping, a little psychological warfare. The Communists in Lublin have not lost their flair for mind games. Well, on to business."

He indicated the Tarpan-Honker.

<Blue>"We shall approach the vehicle, but not approach closer than 30 metres out. If it looks like there are materials worth scavenging, Jan, Drew and I will cover while Tom and Bones does the dirty work. Remember, minimise time and exposure, as I think this area is in the effect of the nerve gas. All right, let's go!"

"For that matter, anyone know where this gas was deployed? I wasn't there, personally."<Blue>

Dawid Piotrowski
Tantal BG-25 (30/30 + 4 spare magazines, 3 spare 40mm HE)
Stechkin/21 rounds, + 2 spare magazines
1 RGD-5 Grenade, 2 Smoke, 2 Flares
Approaching abandoned vehicle and bodies

This message was last edited by the player at 08:52, Tue 01 Dec 2009.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 701 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 01:17
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Cap'n Rae:
Tuesday, Oct. 17th
0900hrs.
40F
Clear skies
2km Southwest of Otwock, Poland


Meanwhile, back in town, the trainers prepare the militia for the afternoon exercise. The militia seem more confident and enthusiastic today. It is clear that the party's efforts are starting to bear fruit. There is one unfortunate incident when a young militiaman recently issued with a 9mm Sterling submachinegun accidently discharges his weapon. Fortunately, no one is injured.

Next Moves?

Robert tries to grab the young boy so he doesn't hurt anyone with the accidental discharge from the sub-machinegun.  He takes the weapon away immediately and puts the weapon on safe and asks him to come to the side so that he can try and talk to him.  Waving for a translator (Mariusz if he's available or someone else is fine too), Tucker moves away from the main group to speak.  Through whatever translator is available, Robert simply tells the young man, "First off, make sure that your finger is always outside the trigger guard unless you plan to shoot someone or something!  If you're not going to shoot, make sure your safety is on!  If you're finger is off the trigger and the safety is on, your weapon should not discharge!  We're giving you a lot to digest here and we know it's not easy.  Just try to be more conscious of what we're trying to do here and you should be OK?  Do you have any questions?"
Steven Drew
 player, 77 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 04:29
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Dawid sweated a little under the rubber mask, not so much from heat as from the eerie grimness of the situation.

"Ok. That explains the plane. Reconnaissance and leaflet-dropping, a little psychological warfare. The Communists in Lublin have not lost their flair for mind games. Well, on to business."

He indicated the Tarpan-Honker.

<Blue>"We shall approach the vehicle, but not approach closer than 30 metres out. If it looks like there are materials worth scavenging, Jan, Drew and I will cover while Tom and Bones does the dirty work. Remember, minimise time and exposure, as I think this area is in the effect of the nerve gas. All right, let's go!"

"For that matter, anyone know where this gas was deployed? I wasn't there, personally."/Blue>

Dawid Piotrowski
Tantal BG-25 (30/30 + 4 spare magazines, 3 spare 40mm HE)
Stechkin/21 rounds, + 2 spare magazines
1 RGD-5 Grenade, 2 Smoke, 2 Flares
Approaching abandoned vehicle and bodies



  Drew:

  "Just remember, stay out of the low areas, thats where the gas will collect."

  Drew pauses,

"And if you're going to salvage anything, use a couple sticks or poles slide it through the item so ya don't grab it directly....Good luck." Tom truly wishes them luck.

Sgt Drew
M240
Covering the crew going for the salvage
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 594 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 19:33
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz finished translating between Tucker and the hapless militiaman and then returned to his other liaison duties. He made sure that everyone was comfortable with their roles and responsibilities and then watched Mihn for a while as she helped the militia build various traps and defences.

He marvelled at the range of works, perhaps this was why people had to study being soldiers, for Mariusz it had been pretty much on the job training, he'd killed his first man with an AK-47 even before he'd learned how to change a magazine and he'd been amazed at the concept of a safety catch. This concept of learning to fight when people weren't actually shooting at you was interesting, he wasn't sure if it was fair, but the concept was very interesting...
Tom Jones
 player, 40 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 22:17
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Walking towards the rear of the Tarpan Tom keeps his eyes out for the auto grenade launcher in the grass verge and any other bodies.

If there looks to be anything worth salvaging from the Tarpan Tom will approach but not touch anything. He will use a couple of sticks if he needs to move items. He will visually check the rear of the Tarpan for the anti-tank mine and any other salvage and also take a look underneath.

Once the Tarpan is cleared he will scan the area of the mortar strike in front of the vehicle looking for more items. When everything they are going to take is bagged Tom will leave it by the side of the road to be picked up on their return.

Then with the rest of the group he will move off towards the place where the trucks where parked. Tom is aware that the VX would have taken some time to affect the victims so he will keep watch for bodies in the trees and next to the road.

RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Pirate Camp Recon Patrol
Searching and collecting
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1532 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 00:42
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Gora Kalwaria

The situation with the young trainee's misfire could have cast a cloud over the remainder of the day's exercises but Tucker's masterful handling of the situation (with Mariusz's linguistic assistance) quickly defuses it and training continues apace. The militia actually seem to be looking forward to the afternoon's practice manouvers.

Pirate Base

The recon team approaches the Tarpan-Honker carefully. The half-dozen bloated bodies strung out along the road for 50m behind it hints at the success of Minh's VX-laced IEDs. No one has bothered to collect the dead's weapons. The angular shape of the party's AGS-17 "Playma" AGL still rests on the bitumen just below the back deck of the Tarpan-Honker. The olive green, semi-cicular magazine has been knocked loose from the launcher and a bullet hole can clearly be seen in the front of it (the mag). Oily stains and beaded drops of liguid speckle nearly every surface. The T-H is shot to shit, with four flat tires and dozens of bullet strikes in evidence. Two militiamen still occupy the passenger area, their waxy skin is yellow and stretched thin. One of them tilts his head back in a silent scream, his eyes swollen to slits and his gaping mouth dark with dried blood.

Despite all of the dead, and the stench that must be surrounding you (you can't smell anything but the strong plastic odor of the inside of your gas mask), there aren't any flies or other scavengers in evidence.

100m past the T-H (to the north), there are only half as many bodies as you were expected to believe would be(as per Konrad's briefing). There is however, a tight grouping of small blast craters eastern half of the enemy skirmish line had been (ditto). There are also several large, dark, greasy patches in the matted yellow grass. A single individual could not lose that much blood and survive. A few drag marks lead away north into some tall underbrush. Although a couple of empty AKM magazines are found in this area, no abandoned weapons are present. There is no sign of the PTS-M.

You are left to draw your own conclusions about what transpired here both during and after the battle.

Several hundred meters further to the north is the bridge across which the assault team had originally come on their approach to the pirate's hamlet camp. The party's vehicles had been last seen on the other side of that bridge.

Next Moves?

OOC: Let me know what you want to touch (I got that, when possible, you want to use sticks instead of your hands). I also need to know how much protective gear your PC is currently wearing. I'm assuming gas-masks and at least rubber gloves. Whatever your PC is wearing beyond that, I need to know specifically. Thanks.
Tom Jones
 player, 41 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 01:39
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tom looks at the others then moves down towards the Tarpan.* As he approaches he will take the weapons of the six bloated bodies as well as any magazines and grenades. He uses a stick to open pouches and put the weapons in plastic bags. When ever he moves something he does it slowly so as not to move the VX contamination.

He will look over into the bed of the tarpan looking for other items that the Captain briefed them on. He also checks for the assault groups weapons that where left behind, such as the militia RPK, militia AKM’s, Wicks weapons and any magazines. Time is not a factor so he will do a thorough search.

Once the salvage is bagged and on the side of the road Tom will follow the drag marks slowly, stopping to listen and look as he moves through the grass.

*Tom is wearing captured fatigues, thick rubber gloves, and his poncho with the hood up over his respirator. He has tied the gloves over his sleeves and has a NBC filter on the respirator. He also uses plastic bags over the gloves that he can pull them off once he has finished touching or moving something, so as not to contaminate other items. Lastly he has plastic bags over his boots. He would have briefed the other members of the squad so they could also undertake these measures.


RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Pirate Camp Recon Patrol
Searching and collecting

This message was last edited by the player at 02:51, Wed 02 Dec 2009.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 702 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 01:56
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Cap'n Rae:
Gora Kalwaria

The situation with the young trainee's misfire could have cast a cloud over the remainder of the day's exercises but Tucker's masterful handling of the situation (with Mariusz's linguistic assistance) quickly defuses it and training continues apace. The militia actually seem to be looking forward to the afternoon's practice manouvers.
</Orange>

Tucker will gather everyone around that is going to be involved in the practice maneuvers this afternoon.  With the help of one of the interpreters, he will say the following, "OK everyone, stand at ease or take a knee and listen up.  We're giving you all a lot of information here and it may not be the easiest for you to digest.  It's going to take some practice and we don't expect there not to be any mistakes out there this afternoon.  There's nothing wrong with doing walk-throughs or drills by yourselves with empty, safe weapons.

Folks, don't take your safety off your weapons until your ready to fire!  You all know we had an accidental discharge here this afternoon.  It happens but, you all need to try and get yourselves accustomed to working your safeties, chambering & unchambering rounds.  Remember, your weapon SHOULD NOT go off until you pull the trigger!  However, it is a man-made item and there is ALWAYS the possibility of a weapon malfunction, especially since a lot of these weapons are old and maintenance was not as it should've been due to spare parts.  Be conscious of your muzzle and your target and beyond.  If you all practice that, you should be OK.  Any questions or concerns?"

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1076 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 06:05
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
After the militia and training cadre finished lunch, Bayer assembled the training cadre and a selected number* of the militia on the edge of town. "Attention here." he announces. "What we're going to do this afternoon is a practical field exercise. The main lesson here is how to conduct different types of sweeps... woods clearing, cordon and searches, and clearance patrols. This is important and useful for you to project your strength outside of the town, keep the outskirts clear of bandits and observers, and to help maintain the fighting spirit by staying active."

He then paused, allowing for Mariusz to translate as this time he wanted to be sure everyone understood. While the translation was underway, Bayer says to Tuck, Quyen, and Ondar, "Each of you take a squad. Try to be as invisible as possible... unless they need it, leave most of the leading in the hands of the squad leaders. Remember its an exercise, but it has the potential to develop into a real situation, so stay sharp. Once at the graveyard, keep your eyes open for salvage opportunities."

Once everyone was ready, Bayer motions for the senior militia commanders to take over and deploy the platoon as he taught them with the map and model training he gave them over the last two days. "Alright. Lead them off. One up two back formation. Get your scouts out. Your objective is the tank graveyard. Once we get close, stop, go to cover, and we'll recce it in preparation for a sweep."

* I don't know how numerous the militia are, but Bayer intends on taking out a platoon's worth (3 squads of 6-8 men plus a few of the senior leaders).
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1451 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 08:55
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
The bone-quiet silence added to the grim tableau.

It was obvious the gas had had some kind of effect, and it seemed the Tarpan-Honker was near the centre of the death zone.

While he waited for the salvage to be complete, Jan and Drew kept watch 360 degrees, and so Dawid was free to kind of keep an eye on everything, at first splitting his attention between security and salvage. He didn't approach the vehicles but instead got the sacks from Drew and Jan, passing them to Tom and Bones.

Seeing that Tom seemed to have the right idea, Dawid kitted himself out to the same degree, then pitched in with the salvage operation. It wouldn't do to order Bones and Tom to do something he couldn't do himself.

"Sergeant Drew, I'm going to help Tom and Bones. I leave security in your capable hands."

"Tom, I see you are occupied, so Bones, help me with the Plamya, please.


He then pulled his mask down and waddled off to help Bones recover the AGS-17. He made sure that everyone who could come into contact with the VX was wearing rubber gloves with plastic covers. As well, plastic wrappings on their feet over their boots. Finally, instead of trying to put the AGS-17 into a bag, they just wrapped it in the garbage bags.

This message was last edited by the player at 12:50, Wed 02 Dec 2009.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 595 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 18:48
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz continued to stay near the Kaptain in case he needed more linguistic support.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 530 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 18:49
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Griet stood nervously in the wheelhouse monitoring the radio. This was the worst of it, waiting with no idea of what was going on and hoping that no news was good news...
Steven Drew
 player, 78 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Wed 2 Dec 2009
at 07:03
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
<quote Dawid Waldus Piotrowski>
The bone-quiet silence added to the grim tableau.

It was obvious the gad had had some kind of effect, and it seemed the Tarpan-Honker was near the centre of the death zone.

While he waited for the salvage to be complete, Jan and Drew kept watch 360 degrees, and so Dawid was free to kind of keep an eye on everything, at first splitting his attention between security and salvage. He didn't approach the vehicles but instead got the sacks from Drew and Jan, passing them to Tom and Bones.

Seeing that Tom seemed to have the right idea, Dawid kitted himself out to the same degree, then pitched in with the salvage operation. It wouldn't do to order Bones and Tom to do something he couldn't do himself.

"Sergeant Drew, I'm going to help Tom and Bones. I leave security in your capable hands."

"Tom, I see you are occupied, so Bones, help me with the Plamya, please.

Drew: "I got yer back, get er done."  as Drew watches over the recovery team read to la down a fire and a warning
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1535 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 23:45
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Recon Team

After the gear at the Tarpan-Honker is collected and bagged, the recon team moves north along the road towards the bridge. A few hundred meters short of the bridge, they come across the pirates' UAZ-69. Four dead pirates lie scattered around. It's got its bonnet up and a quick look at its engine compartment indicates that its been stripped of useful parts.

The team arrives to find the barbed-wire barricade that used to block access to the road across the bridge brushed aside. Looking down from the bridge they see two swollen corpses among the wilted reeds along the small river's banks.

Crossing the bridge, they head towards where the STAR and the Ural motorcycle had been parked. The vehicles are gone. Nearby, they find two dead militiamen, both stripped of their weapons and ammunition.

The team heads back to the T-H on foot and collects the bagged weapons and ammo (the AGS-17 with one damaged drum-mag, one RPK-74, Wicks' M-14K and H&K GL, eight AKMs- three belonging to dead militiamen; the rest from dead pirates- and numerous magazines. Four hand grenades are also recovered.).*

Heavily laden and sweating in their gas masks, the recon team returns to the riverbank, thoroughly exhausted. At the site where the tug crew remembers the RPG being fired at them, Jan finds another nearly worn-out AKM buried under some leaves and splintered wood.

The team makes a one and a half round trips to the Wisla Krolowa in the small boat, ferrying across the captured weapons and ammo. Tadeuz is waiting for them with two high-pressure water hoses, one spraying cold Vistula water and the other scalding hot water cycled through the tug's boilers. The recon team gets a spray-down with the bone-chilling river water while the gear gets the hot water wash.

Despite their fatigue, the group heads to the eastern shore and sweeps the area where the pirate landing party had last been seen. They find the lower half of a body, stinking and swarming with maggots. A shattered G3 battle rifle lies nearby, totally beyond saving. A couple of trails of darkened blood lead north. The team decides not to follow. They head back to the Krolowa for the trip back to Gora-Kalwaria.

Training Cadre

The exercise starts well enough. The militia platoon's constituent squads move competently towards the vehicle graveyard on the southeast side of town, halting among the rusting NATO and WTO armor, gutted hulks of burned out military trucks, and several vehicles so charred and/or blasted apart that you can't even tell what they'd been in better days.

Under Minh's supervision, the town's fixed defensive positions are improved, with more overhead cover and better fields of fire. Ondar and Tucker continue to train another section of less experienced militia to care for and dry-fire their "new" firearms.

All Together, Now...

The Krolowa announces its return with a blast from its steam whistle. Anneka meets them on the dock, ready to examin the recon team in the tug's sick bay for signs of VX contamination/poisoning.

Next Moves?
Tom Jones
 player, 44 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 00:38
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tom was pretty happy with their little walk, no casualties, no enemy contact and they had recovered their small arms loses.

He got stuck in cleaning the recovered weapons with others, he still wears the rubber gloves and plastic bag combination for the task. Once they have completed the cleaning, inspection and oiled the weapons, Tom will take Wicks weapons and give them another going over checking for damage. When it's all complete Tom strips off the fatigues, poncho, and lastly gloves. He bags them and follows direction from Dawid as to how he wants them disposed of. Tom gets dressed and slips the M14K between the back yoke of his webbing. He leaves the HK grenade launcher in the weapons locker on the tug. Then he has a look at the AGS-17’s magazine trying to work out whether it will work and if not what the problem is.

As he works on the weapon Tom does not notice the time slipping by. He’s glad of the chance to use some knowledge that doesn’t involve killing someone or blowing something up. The work reminds him of the sort of thing he got up to in his fathers garage, just spending hours tinkering. Once he is back at the village Tom will help unload the tug and report what he was able to work out about the grenade launchers magazine to Dawid.

This message was last edited by the player at 23:08, Sat 05 Dec 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1454 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 08:17
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Tom Jones (msg #158):

Dawid thanks and congratulates all the personnel for a job well done. Once on the Queen, he directs them to dispose of their outer covering (plastic "booties" and over-gloves, salvaged fatigues). He also set up a shower schedule with the Queen's hot water shower, taking the last turn in the tepid water.

"Tom, Jan, Drew, a fine job, all the way around. That is a shame about the Star and the bike, those were stalwart vehicles. Someone made a point of taking everything they could. I'm curious why the poison didn't panic them more, I would have thought they would have run screaming once the first one died convulsing, and completely abandoned the area without further salvage. Just another reminder we're dealing with people who are sometimes better than you would expect."
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 531 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 16:24
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Griet was relieved when the shore party came back alive and well and was amazed to see that they had been able to scrounge some kit from the old battlefield. She'd assumed that troops stationed in the ruins of post nuke Warsaw would be hardened to radiological and chemical hazards and that they'd have stripped the area bare.

The patrol's haul was better than nothing by a long chalk.

She made sure that the Krowola was secure at her moorings and well-guarded and then went to seek out Kaptain Bayer, she looked over at the patrol, "Good work men, I'm impressed. Now let's find the Kaptain and debrief."
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 596 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 16:27
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz helped out with the field exercises, still impressed that battles had once been able to destroy so much at once. He'd fought what he'd assumed were epic battles with the Krowola, this though was carnage on a whole new scale.

As he looked up from one manouvere he saw the tell tale smudge of smoke in the sky near teh river. He called over to Bayer, "Sir, the Krowola's inbound."
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1077 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 17:25
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz Tokarski:
As he looked up from one maneuver he saw the tell tale smudge of smoke in the sky near the river. He called over to Bayer, "Sir, the Krowola's inbound."


Looking over at the smoke trail, Bayer replies, "Danke Mariusz." He then instructs the militia commanders to march their men back to the village and stand down for the moment. He was pleased with the improvement of the militia, but knew that there was still so much for them to learn. "Well done." he announced as they left, then nodded his thanks silently to Tuck, Quyen, Mariusz and Ondar.

Following the militia's dismissal, Bayer will lead the small training cadre down to the river to meet the rest of the group and to receive their patrol report. After listening to how the camp was deserted and but some of the gear recovered Bayer gives a thumbs up and says, "I want to know the status of the AGS as soon as possible.". With his concerns over losing the AGS lifted, Bayer adds, "Good job out there." He then leaves them to finish their post mission drills.

A little while later, when everyone returned after the decontamination was finished and everyone got some personal time, Bayer announces, "Ok. Attention please. Informal warning order in a minute."

Before he continues, Bayer quietly asks Jan to ensure there are none of the locals assigned to taking care of their quarters around. Security was always an issue on his mind. More so now than ever before, with what happened further up the river. He wouldn't continue his semi-WO until he was sure the information was going to stay with only those in the room.

"Tonight we will conduct a raid on that bandit hide we discovered on our way into the town. It should be a no contest event. We'll take along some of the militia for field experience... but it'll be our show." he says. "We'll leave tonight under the cover of darkness. Groupings and tasks to follow shortly."

He then says, "Before former orders are issued for this, is there anything else we should consider getting done here before we depart? Its Warsaw after this. If something else will help us, I'd like to hear it now."

This message was last edited by the player at 17:27, Fri 04 Dec 2009.

Steven Drew
 player, 80 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 21:45
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Tom Jones (msg #158):

Dawid thanks and congratulates all the personnel for a job well done. Once on the Queen, he directs them to dispose of their outer covering (plastic "booties" and over-gloves, salvaged fatigues). He also set up a shower schedule with the Queen's hot water shower, taking the last turn in the tepid water.

"Tom, Jan, Drew, a fine job, all the way around. That is a shame about the Star and the bike, those were stalwart vehicles. Someone made a point of taking everything they could. I'm curious why the poison didn't panic them more, I would have thought they would have run screaming once the first one died convulsing, and completely abandoned the area without further salvage. Just another reminder we're dealing with people who are sometimes better than you would expect."


Drew "The truck was stripped.  Were all the poison rounds accounted for?  Or did any fall into their hands?" Drew asks pensively.

"IF, they got ahold of some that weren't detonated or were duds then....well we all know what they'll do...."

Drew pauses waiting for an answer

Sgt Drew
Warming after his hosing
Asking a very very serious question.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1456 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 10:02
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Steven Drew (msg #163):

Dawid shook his head, lighting a cigarette and offering the pack around. He didn't have too many left, but that's the way things were.

"I believe all the chemical rounds are accounted for. We have the only undetonated one. I've been thinking. After seeing the faces of those men killed by the tozin, the gas is evil. I believe we have the expertise to safely dispose of the shell, given its binary nature. As long as the precursor chemicals don't mix. I'm not sure how dangerous they are when separated."

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1537 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 19:58
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tuesday, Oct. 17th
1900hrs.
40F
Clear skies
Gora Kalwaria, Poland


The party sits in folding wooden chairs in the small parish hall. An old slate chalkboard on a wooden rolling frame sits at one end. Dinner had been served an hour before and the group feels pleasantly full. The Bishop is present, as is a group of militia selected by the training cadre*. Konrad, Minh, and Mariusz all feel pretty crummy. This virus seems to do its worst in the evenings. But, overall, they don't seem to be getting any worse than they had been the day before.

The purpose of the evening meeting is to discuss an expedition to the abandoned village south of Gora-Kalwaria. The objective of this expedition is twofold. First, the road to Kozienice must be cleared to allow the merchant caravan to do its business and, hopefully, secure more small arms ammunition for the militia. The sceond is to provide the greener militia with some real combat experience. Only three bandits had been seen in the village a few days before and they'd unwilling to tangle the well-armed group.

OOC: Time to plan out the anti-marauder search and destroy mission. No wheeled transport is available at this time. There is a Stalwart amphibious cargo vehicle in the town but it is not currently running and no one [in the party] has taken a look at it.

*How many militia do you want to take? What experience level group or do you want to mix them up? Weapons load-out?

The AGS-17 needs to be disassembled in order to determine if it is still functional. The drum magazine has a bullet hole in it. The jagged interior will need to be cut and filed so as not to impede the feed of grenades. One grenade has some bullet damage (leaving 17 undamaged grenades) and the belt has been severed in one place. This leaves two grenade belts of 8 and 9 sections which can be joined to create a 16-grenade belt.

This message was last edited by the GM at 20:18, Sun 06 Dec 2009.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1078 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 08:51
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
As there didn't seem to be much interest in talking about Warsaw, Bayer says, "Alright then. Orders."

"Situation. A small group of bandits, estimated at three, have been interrupting trade on the southern route to Kozienice. They're believed to be holding up in the ruins of Podgora, which is about 5 kilometers from here. Gora Kalwaria requires this route to be cleared to resume its trade, including for munitions needed by the militia here. We'll also be using this mission to provide some additional field experience for a some of the militia who will accompany us."

"Mission. Our platoon will eliminate all hostile forces in Podgora, tonight, in order for trade to resume."

"Execution. Phase one. Under the cover of darkness we will leave G-K and move to an objective rendezvous point NE of Podgora. The trade route is to the west of Podgora which is where I expect most if not all of their attention to be focused on during the night. The ORV will be amongst the ruins and woods providing concealment for the main body while the element commanders move up to recce the objective."

"Phase two. We will conduct a standard platoon raid. Support element opens fire, assault element closes and secures the objective killing or capturing anyone still alive, and security element ensures nobody is able to escape."

"Phase three. Secure all salvageable equipment. Sweep the village. Then wait for the Queen to pick us up riverside for the return to G-K."

"Groupings and tasks."

"Headquarters. Myself and Stoner. I will navigate the patrol to and from the objective and provide command and control. I will also carry a radio. Stoner will be the medic."

"Assault Element. Jan, Jones, Drew, and three militia will form a six man assault squad. Jan will lead for this mission and will carry a radio. Weapons are to be rifles and grenades. Each of you is to pair up with a militia soldier. This team will assault and clear the objective of hostile forces."

"Support Element. Dawid, Ondar, Tucker, and three militia will for a six man support squad. Dawid will lead for this mission and carry a radio. Support element will have one GPMG team, a sniper team, and a grenade launcher team. This team will maintain a fire base and support the assault element's approach."

"Security Element. Mariusz and three militia will form two - two man security teams. For the move to and from the objective, they will serve as scouts and flanking security. For phase two, they will setup two cut off positions to ensure nobody escapes, and to ensure nobody else enters the objective area."

Transport Element. Griet and the Queen's crew will provide transport back to the G-K, which will be useful if there are non-walking casualties. They won't depart until dawn however for both security reasons and because of the navigation hazards. Its a short trip anyways.

"Service and support. Only the Queen and what we provide ourselves."

"Command and signals. Minimum radios are myself and the element commanders. Open fire policy will be on self defense only. I'll initiate the raid by firing. Call signs to follow once we get a count of radios."


Bayer then turns to the Bishop and says, "So I need 9 of your men... preferably those identified to be team leaders or NCO type. Outfitted in warm clothing, good boots, a canteen of water, a military rifle and ammo. Don't tell them the details."

Returning his attention to the group, he asks, "I need to know who has a radio to determine call signs. Also, who has night vision. If there aren't enough, I'd like to pool any paraflares. Questions on the orders? Rehearsals to follow once the militia arrive."
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 597 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 19:03
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"I've still got the manpac radio, Sir," Mariusz replied to his Kaptain, "do you want me to keep it or give it to one of the larger contingents?"
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 532 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 19:04
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Griet listened to the plan and said, "I'll be manning the wheelhouse radio."
Tom Jones
 player, 46 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 19:13
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"Sorry no radio or NVG's, sounds good though, I've got no problems"

He listens to the rest of the team, then collects the M14 mags from the tug and the grenade launcher. On his way back he tosses the HK grenade launcher into Mariusz hands.

"He probably would want someone to use it. Keep it, give it away, I don't care.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1538 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 19:59
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

As Konrad solicits questions, Ondar speaks in his halting, heavily accented English,

"I like to go but..."

He points down at his bandaged leg, propped up in front of him on a chair.

"I will make group slow. I am volunteer to be man on boat, to guard. Is this OK?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 704 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 02:07
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Cap'n Rae:
As Konrad solicits questions, Ondar speaks in his halting, heavily accented English,

"I like to go but..."

He points down at his bandaged leg, propped up in front of him on a chair.

"I will make group slow. I am volunteer to be man on boat, to guard. Is this OK?"

"I've got a radio and night vision boss.  Um boss, kind of the same thing Ondar pointed out.  My arms are still a little messed up and I don't want to slow anyone up."

OOC: If the Gm thinks Tucker is OK to go, then he will go!
Steven Drew
 player, 82 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 03:21
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Konrad Bayer:
As there didn't seem to be much interest in talking about Warsaw, Bayer says, "Alright then. Orders."

"Situation. A
"Assault Element. Jan, Jones, Drew, and three militia will form a six man assault squad. Jan will lead for this mission and will carry a radio. Weapons are to be rifles and grenades. Each of you is to pair up with a militia soldier. This team will assault and clear the objective of hostile forces."

Returning his attention to the group, he asks, <Blue>"I need to know who has a radio to determine call signs. Also, who has night vision. If there aren't enough, I'd like to pool any paraflares. Questions on the orders? Rehearsals to follow once the militia arrive."


  Drew:

  "So you want me to leave the M240 behind on this one?" he asks. as he makes a mental note.

  "How good are these guys?  Go through the basics, a little less or more?  What level should we work em at?"  Drew asks wanting to know the level of his trainee.

Sgt Drew
Getting info on the upcomming op
MP-5 <soon to switch over to his M16A2 for the patrol.>
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1079 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 05:09
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Cap'n Rae:
As Konrad solicits questions, Ondar speaks in his halting, heavily accented English,"I like to go but...I will make group slow. I am volunteer to be man on boat, to guard. Is this OK?"

Bayer nods, and replies, "Right. I've forgotten. Yes you and Quyen can hold off the mission. Stay on the boat with Griet."

"Tuck. As you can walk, I can still use you... on a radio, controlling and spotting targets, or even mentoring the militia. Dawid is going to be busy on the GPMG so he could probably use you helping control the rest of support. You're call though... it won't cause a big problem if you opt out."


Steven Drew:
"So you want me to leave the M240 behind on this one?" he asks. as he makes a mental note.

"How good are these guys?  Go through the basics, a little less or more?  What level should we work em at?"  Drew asks wanting to know the level of his trainee.

"Yes. I'd like you light and up front on the assault. And besides, I want us to use as little of the machinegun ammo as possible. Just one GPMG (in support) will suffice tonight. Take your pick of whatever other weapon you want."

"From the training and what we've seen at the camp, I'd say the militia are competant, brave and very motivated to learn. They can handle themselves as individual soldiers fine, but need more work on being part of a squad or platoon."


Mariusz Tokarski:
"I've still got the manpac radio, Sir," Mariusz replied to his Kaptain, "do you want me to keep it or give it to one of the larger contingents?"

"I'd like the manpac with HQ... Stoner. You'll need a tac radio. If we can't get you one I'll give you mine and take the manpac myself."

"Dawid does your team have a radio?"


OOC - Sorry, I'm just a little unsure of just who has a radio and who doesn't.

"Doctor Solemblume. Perhaps you can accompany the tug with everything you need for life saving duties. If we have a casualty I'd like you to be closer at hand than us having to transport the wounded all the way back to camp first."

This message was last edited by the player at 05:15, Tue 08 Dec 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1457 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 05:41
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #173):

"I think we are in good shape, all things considered, Kapitan."

"Tuck has a radio, and I believe he also has an M203. The militia can carry spare ammunition and grenades, although it is understood that conserving ammunition of all kinds will be paramount. These are a few bandits, not an entrneched military unit."

"I would prefer to use the PKM, of course, but the militia was training with it. I should like to take the American M240, as Drew's not needing it."

"Someone who is a qualified armourer should have a look at the Plamya. I can service the weapon, but repairs are best done by a professional, eh?"


He tested his leg, seeing how it was holding up. It seemed to have healed nicely from the flesh wound over a week ago, no infection, only some pain and a slight limp remained. Dawid also touched the scar along his temple, remembering the graze that had almost taken his life weeks back at the locks.

"Also... when we get back, I can have a look at deactivating the chemical round we recovered. I've done it before, but will need some time to re-acquaint myself with the proper safety procedures in dealing with a binary weapon."
Tom Jones
 player, 47 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 08:16
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #173):
"I would prefer to use the PKM, of course, but the militia was training with it. I should like to take the American M240, as Drew's not needing it."


"You can have my RPK if you need it ? I won't be using it.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1458 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 15:28
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Tom Jones (msg #175):

"That's not a bad idea. We probably won't need a full GPMG's firepowe. Ammunition for the RPK is common enough, and it'll be easier to carry, for sure."

Dawid considered for a moment, then nodded. "That's a good idea, I'll take you up on it, thanks."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 705 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 21:56
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Konrad Bayer:
Cap'n Rae:
As Konrad solicits questions, Ondar speaks in his halting, heavily accented English,"I like to go but...I will make group slow. I am volunteer to be man on boat, to guard. Is this OK?"

Bayer nods, and replies, "Right. I've forgotten. Yes you and Quyen can hold off the mission. Stay on the boat with Griet."

"Tuck. As you can walk, I can still use you... on a radio, controlling and spotting targets, or even mentoring the militia. Dawid is going to be busy on the GPMG so he could probably use you helping control the rest of support. You're call though... it won't cause a big problem if you opt out."

Tucker nods to Bayer, "If you need me boss, say no more!"
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1080 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 9 Dec 2009
at 03:31
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Bayer will switch his tac radio for the the manpack Mariusz is currently carrying.

"Do we have a weapons tech?" he asks, referring to the AGS repairs.

Once the militia arrives, Bayer will have Mariusz fill them in on what's going on and introduce everyone again. He'll then give a couple minutes of for the element commanders to select the militia soldiers who will be augmenting the platoon and brief them on what's expected of them.

Following that, the platoon will conduct rehearsals (mostly for the benefit of the inexperienced militia), covering:

- Moving to the ORV... formations; actions on natural obstacles and enemy contact.

- ORV proceedure... Halt at the ORV; element commanders move forward and recce the objective and locate where they're to position their men; return and collect the platoon; deploy the elements; support opens up and assault sweeps across; secure everything and withdraw to a safe position.

- Move to pickup... formations; prisoner and casualty transportation.
Tom Jones
 player, 48 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Wed 9 Dec 2009
at 06:44
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Konrad Bayer:
"Do we have a weapons tech?" he asks, referring to the AGS repairs.


I worked as a machinist so if some one can show me what needs to be fabricted I can give making it a go.

Tom then gives the RPK over to Dawid, as well as the chest rig with the other six mags. He then takes it easy until the mission start unless asked to do something else.
Minh Quyen
 player, 455 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 9 Dec 2009
at 16:58
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Omitted understandably from the raid due to her leg, Quyen helped out by constructing the map model. After the platoon departed, she loaded her combat gear aboard the Korlowa and monitored the radio while chatting with Griet in the wheelhouse. If the opportunity came later, she'd get some rest.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1539 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 00:20
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Wednesday, Oct. 18th
0030hrs.
20F
Clear skies
Quarter Moon
5km SW of Gora Kalwaria, Poland


Aside from the cold (after dark, the temperature drops from the day's high by about 30F), the 5km night march to the abandoned village SE of Gora Kalwaria is not a particularly difficult one. Visibility is good but not great. The dozen or so militia along on the operation are nervous and a bit jumpy at first, but your confidence and, more importantly, competence, gradually begins to rub off on the less experienced fighters. All in all, it's a good night march. Spacing in the loose approach formation is good, people are vigilant, and noise discipline is maintained.

The group reaches the ORV in a couple of hours. After situating the various elements in an all-round defensive position, Konrad and his hand-picked lieutenants leave the larger group temporarily to conduct a leader's reconaissance.

Studying the decrepid village through his night optic, Konrad quickly spots what he's looking for: a tell-tale glow coming from one of the post office's north-facing windows. It looks like the bandits may have moved in after the party moved out a few days ago. A dark sillouhette passes in front of the lit window and then, in a wink, it is gone. Gradually, the glow from the interior of the building begins to diminish. Apart from the P.O., the rest of the small village is dark and appears to remain completely uninhabited. Konrad returns to the ORV and briefs the squad commanders. When all is ready, the teams deploy to assault the post-office. As far as anyone can tell, the handful of bandits that occupy the hamlet have no idea that their rule of the run-down ghost town is about to end...

Back in Gora Kalwaria, the squad assigned to the Krolowa board the old tug and get their weapons and gear squared away. Once everything is prepped for the morning rendezvous, there is not much to do besides getting some welcome rest. You wrap up tight in as many blankets as you can get a hold of and drift off to sleep.

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 23:10, Thu 17 Dec 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1459 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 03:42
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #181):

Dawid checked over the RPK he was loaned and sighted it in. He found it was in fine condition. Thomas may have had his faults in the past, but he knew what he was doing regarding his own weapon and had shown a marked improvement overall, as well. He examined the 3 ORMO assigned to the fire support team to determine their condition and skills; he then assigned one to carry the radio to help out Tuck, with the other 2 to carry ammunition (RPK and M203).

Before getting into position at the ORV, Dawid makes sure to designate rally points along the route of march. Once there, he designates a further one, something that can be recognised even in the dark (if possible).

Dawid looked through his NVGs. "So, what do you think? Gas them out, or toss a couple grenades in without warning?"

He studied the target, looking for some kind of sentry.


Dawid Piotrowski
RPK (30/30 + 6 mags)
2 grenades, 2 smoke, 2 flares

Steven Drew
 player, 83 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 07:37
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #181):

 Before heading out Drew makes sure his charge knows to keep looking forward, backwards and all around.  He stresses to have the highest situational awareness possible.  To keep aware of the hand and arm signals that they will communicate with which eliminates the need for a translator.  He will ensure his person knows the primary hand and arm signals without mistake.

  Prior to moving out Drew will have them do a silent check by having each member jump up and down.  If there is any rattle or clink he will have the noise find and silenced.  He will grimly stress the need for silence to ALL.

  When on the move Drew will keep a decent interval, but durring administrative halts he will get within arms reach of his charge just incase he has to direct him.

  At the leaders recon Drew will monitor the area looking for sentries and observation posts.  He will suggest in the most silent of whispers that they sit tight for a bit hopefully catching the changing of a guard shift so they can see where the guard post is and deal with them as they are able.  So for the moment they can all sit tight and practice their self discipline skills.  After all, waiting if one of the biggest and hardest parts of battle.

Sgt Drew
On Patrol
M16A2
Tom Jones
 player, 49 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 10:14
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

This bloody cold was numbing, Tom kept his eye on his buddy during the advance to the jump off point. He should of stayed back when they stormed the workshop now he was some sort of house clearing god, at least that’s what the rest of them thought. He was so close to pissing himself and now he has to do it again.

He held the M14K at his shoulder as they moved forward getting a feel for the weapon and where all the knobs and leavers are.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 598 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 19:40
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz was out on one of the flanks as he'd been instructed, he caressed the G3 with its new grenade launcher underneath, he'd been impressed by them in the attack on the village and had been thrilled to be given this one.

He looked around carefully and made sure that none of the bandits were watching them.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 533 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 19:41
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Despite the steam pipes running through the wheel house, Griet shivered as she thought of the troops out in the cold and the dark. She sat next to the radio and waited for news. As she did she looked over at Mihn and said, "How are your injuries? Any better?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1460 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 11 Dec 2009
at 04:19
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Steven Drew (msg #183):

Dawid noted that Drew was making sure security was being kept, and sound and light discipline maintained. He observed and memorised these techniques for future implementation.

Typical WP doctrine didn't stress or practice the "patrolling art" for ground forces as the emphasis was on the mobile battle, except for special reconnaissance and commando troops. Although surviving Polish and other WP troops generally developed patrolling and ambush methods out of necessity as the war progressed, there was no tactical commonality as each unit worked it out for themselves on the fly. Therefore, Daawid was always interested in seeing what worked. Strategically, NATO had been defeated on almost every front, but their small unit tactics were still far superiour to the Warsaw Pact in many ways and one should never underestimate them or their skills.

He returned the hand signal, indicating he understood and agreed with Drew's idea to wait until the bandits changed their guard.


Dawid Piotrowski
RPK (30/30 + 6 mags, + 6 more mags carried by ORMO)
2 grenades, 2 smoke, 2 flares

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1081 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Fri 11 Dec 2009
at 04:59
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Bayer gives the thumbs up to the suggestion, and whispers, "Wait for shift change." Once we get an idea of their sentry plan, Bayer will deploy the platoon elements based on that info.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1540 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Fri 11 Dec 2009
at 22:28
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The team leaders watch the bandit occupied building for over an hour and there's no sign of movement from either inside or outside of the building. The camp fire (a safe assumption) burned out completely some time ago. It's as if the folks inside the building have retired for the night, without having set up any sort of guard rotation.

The rest of the team members do their best to stay as warm as possible. It is an impossible task.
Tom Jones
 player, 50 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 06:00
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The cold was starting to have an effect on Tom, sitting still for over an hour his legs where beginning to cramp up. When the order to deploy was given it was with a mixture of relief followed by fear as Tom moved forward with the others.

M14 at the shoulder he joined the others in the entry group. When given the go order Tom will enter and engage any bandits whether they are a threat or not.


M14K (20/20) + 5 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Bandit Camp Entry Team
Killing everything
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1082 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 06:21
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Bayer mulled over the situation. It didn't seem like it was going to pan out as he expected, but in the end it was probably better. If anything, at least this way they wouldn't use as much ammo (if any) he expected. Hoping that the concept still stuck with the militia trainees, he motions for the element commanders to lean in and listen.

"Dawid. Setup your support over in that brush. I don't anticipate you'll be firing, so support's role will be secondary... just in case assault finds itself in more trouble than expected. Open fire on my signal or in self defense only."

"Mariusz. Position one of your security out by side of the road, and the other between those houses. Anyone escapes from Assault, and you gun them down. Keep an eye out for anyone approaching also."

"Jan. Close in along the ruins and rush them however the situation allows. Kill them or take them prisoner I don't care. Either one is fine with me as long as nobody in your team gets hurt. I'll follow in the rear with Stoner."

"Ok. Set? We'll work backwards tonight and Assault will dictate when things happen. Contingency plan if we are discovered before we are set up is support will open up and I'll coordinate a flanking with Assault. Alright, brief your men and deploy."

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 599 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 14:52
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz whispered to his men, telling them where to position themselves and what they were to do. He ordered his companion to cover their rear whilst he covered the bandits' line of retreat and split the second pair to do the same.

He and his companion headed for teh position between the houses. As soon as they were in position he intended to alert the Kaptain with a brief radio transmission.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 706 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 17:38
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Tucker waits with his M-203 loaded with a HE round ready to fire in support of the entry team in case something goes wrong.  He also waits for any further orders from Dawid in case he wants him deployed elsewhere than where he is right now.  "Have an HE round ready for me to load in case there's trouble and we have to fire & hold yer fire until we're told OK?" Tucker says to his battle buddy from the militia.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 164 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 19:34
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Jan (NPCed) nods his head in reply to Konrad and whispers orders to his assault team. Like Drew, he makes sure that their gear is strapped down so that it doesn't clink or rattle when they move.

Jan leaves his AK-74/BG-15 combo behind and takes his shorter, handier PM-84 Glauberyt submachinegun.

He leads his squad in a looping, half-circle first away and then towards the side of the post office which the commanders were watching. He sidles up to the exterior wall and creeps towards the door. He pushes gently against it but it doesn't budge. He moves past it towards the window through which they'd earlier seen the glow of a camp fire. He signals his intentions to his men, takes a grenade from his webbing, pulls the pin, lets the spoon fly, and tosses it through the window. A flash and a crump and he's up and over the window sill. His men follow somewhat awkwardly. A short burst of fire (it sounds like a submachine gun), followed by a second, and a third and then silence.

Someone, tumbles out of the open window. The figure stands and then waves at the waiting and watching elements. Jan appears in the window a second later and flashes a thumbs up.

Next Moves?
Steven Drew
 player, 84 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 19:59
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Drew:

  Moved into position as the new plan dictated and had his charge at arms reach.  He motioned for the trainee to follow at arms reach.

  When the grenade burst he whispered,

"Its on!" and moved into action following his instrincts and training that he had done countless times in training and in real life.  And now it was almost reflex actions fueled by adrenaline.

Sgt Drew
M16A2
moving in the assault mode
Tom Jones
 player, 51 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 22:40
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Crouched with his back against the wall Tom covered the exits from the room as Jan and one of the militia climbed out. They had done their job everyone in the room was dead or dying.

Toms breathing was returning to normal as he stared along the length of the M14. The short sharp rapid intakes where replaced by slow and deeper breaths. He had also stopped shaking, the deep breaths where calming him. He wiped the back of his hand over his forehead and exhaled.

He scanned the room several bodies still lay in their beds the others only partially out. With the threat in the building eliminated Tom moves to one of the windows on the opposite wall to where they entered and covers the back of the building.

M14K(20/20) + 5 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Bandit Camp Assault Group
Covering the rear of the building
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1461 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sun 13 Dec 2009
at 15:40
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid gave Konrad the thumb's up to indicate he understood. He repeated Konrad's orders to Tuck.

After positioning the support element where their fires would not interfere with anyone going in, Dawid made sure to repeat Konrad's orders to the ORMO. "No firing unless I give the command, understood?" He spoke in Polish, so he knew they would understand and there would be no misunderstanding.

He didn't waste his breath repeating this to Tucker. However, he did go over the man's 40mm grenade supply and made sure he knew which round was which, and that they were stored so the correct one could be accessed without looking. "Sergeant Tucker wants fragmentation ready. That's a a yellow one, there. See? good."

While he waited he made sure his arc of fire was delineated by some kind of physical object on either side, so he could conduct grazing fire in the dark and not be firing outside his chosen sector. His night-glasses would make this unnecessary, but they could fail at a crucial moment and he wanted to be sure.

He charged the weapon and set it to full-auto, breathing in the cold night air. The RPK's wooden stock was tucked into his shoulder, held snug by he left hand. When the "go" signal was given, he looked at the ORMO and hissed, "no firing! Remember!"


Dawid Piotrowski
RPK (30/30 + 6 mags)
2 grenades, 2 smoke, 2 flares
Instructing the ORMO, setting up a firing position.

This message was last edited by the player at 14:17, Tue 15 Dec 2009.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 709 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Wed 16 Dec 2009
at 01:15
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Dawid gave Konrad the thumb's up to indicate he understood. He repeated Konrad's orders to Tuck.

After positioning the support element where their fires would not interfere with anyone going in, Dawid made sure to repeat Konrad's orders to the ORMO. "No firing unless I give the command, understood?" He spoke in Polish, so he knew they would understand and there would be no misunderstanding.

He didn't waste his breath repeating this to Tucker. However, he did go over the man's 40mm grenade supply and made sure he knew which round was which, and that they were stored so the correct one could be accessed without looking. "Sergeant Tucker wants fragmentation ready. That's a a yellow one, there. See? good."

Tucker nods in acknowledgement and also gives a thumbs up to Dawid that he heard and understood the order about firing.  Frank waits patiently with his assistant as the assault unfolds.

Tucker
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HE]
Cover team, awaiting orders to fire
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1085 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 08:53
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
After the assault team rushed the sleeping bandits, Bayer crouches at the entrance way to the building and calls in, "Any casualties?" He then gives a thumbs up to the team and says, "Well done. HQ will hold here and check the bodies. Jan prep your men and sweep the rest of the buildings... watch out for Mariusz's teams on the outer perimeter."

He then nods to Stoner, "Call Griet and have the tug depart for extraction."

Bayer kneels next to one of the dead bandits, and speaks into his own tac radio, "Dawid, objective secure. Assault is going to sweep the hamlet. Hold fire on movement around the buildings. Stand by your team in case there is trouble." Following a pause, he transmits again, "Mariusz? Did you copy that? Assault is moving, keep your security under control. Over."

He then begins searching the bandits and their belongings with Stoner. "Any of these guys alive?" he asks the medic.

This message was last edited by the player at 08:54, Thu 17 Dec 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1463 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 17:54
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #199):

There was a bang and not much else. A few controlled bursts after, and it was over.

Dawid acknowledged the instructions from Konrad. "Eagle calling Sunray, understood. We'll keep security where we are."

He turned to the other people. "We did it. Keep alert, but there will be movement in the village, so be calm. Let's look around, make sure we're not attacked from the rear or a flank. Let me know if you see anything, don't shoot unless you need to or are sure. If our own people are hurt, there will be hell to pay!"

Dawid repeated the order in Polish for the benefit of clarity, pointing out where friendlies were located, and the other sectors they would watch.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1543 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 23:09
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Wednesday, Oct. 18th
0200hrs.
20F
Clear skies
Quarter Moon
5km SW of Gora Kalwaria, Poland


You cycle through the room where the bandits had been camping out. It's actually the same large lobby that the party had occupied a few nights before. The three men are in sorry shape. They are dressed in various pieces of threadbare Soviet kit. Their hair is long and unkempt and all three sport scraggly beards. Blood has pooled all around them and some fairly nasty wounds are clearly visible on their still-warm corpses. Two AK-74s are recovered along with a couple of magazine of ammunition for each of them. The third rifle took a couple of bullets from Jan's SMG and is beyond repair. Nothing of value is found in their packs. It appears that the deserters have previously discarded their identity discs.

In another room, you make a shocking discovery. A nude man, face down on the floor. His buttocks and the backs of his thighs have been cut out. A dull butcher's knife and a hatchet rest on the floor nearby. The man is also rather gaunt and has probably been dead no more than a couple of days. One hopes he'd been dead when the butchering had begun...

The group breaks up into teams and spreads throughout the small village, searching each and every building. The job is twice as lengthy and nerve-wracking in the dark. The initial approach is made using the few sets of NVGs carried by the TLs, and then filtered flashlights (torches) are used to search the interiors. The houses are mostly empty. Anything flammable (furniture, wooden fixtures, flooring, etc.) has been removed for use as fuel.

With its spotlight glaring, the Krolowa makes its way south to pick up the clearing team. Anyone within a couple kilometers of the river can probably see her, but the risk is considered acceptable by Griet, Adam, and the Bishop. The tug arrives off shore near the ghost-village and awaits the signal to commence pick up. The small boat is readied by Tadeuz.

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 23:11, Thu 17 Dec 2009.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 710 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 23:59
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Tucker enters the room where the dead marauders are lying in their own pools of blood.  He scans over their faces quickly and then moves onto the other room where he sees the body of the person that has been cut up.  He shakes his head and can only say, "Ah man!  Their fuckin' eating people!  Fuckin' cannibals!"
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 600 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Fri 18 Dec 2009
at 16:08
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz replied to the Kaptain, "Copy that, Kaptain, I'll keep my men low and out of the line of fire. Let us know when you want us to come in."

He let his men know that they were to lie low and then huddled down into his jumper as he tried to keep warm in the freezing cold.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1464 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 18 Dec 2009
at 17:48
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #202):

As Tucker heads into the post office, Dawid reminded him, "we're the security element, so have a look but come back as soon as you can. I'll need your expertise to help with the ORMO."

He orgamised the support element so they were covering the southern approach to town, the one he figured government troops would be coming from.
Tom Jones
 player, 54 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Fri 18 Dec 2009
at 21:57
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


With the house clearing finished Tom tries to give his buddy as much feedback as he can. These men will be expected to train and lead the more green recruits once they get back so he tries to make it as worthwhile as possible.

The body had been a real head spin, he had heard stories but never though it would happen. As he kept watch to the rear of the last building they cleared, he thought on the cannibalism, he had been hungry in the past but would he really go that far.

Once the assault group was called back he waited with the others before the move to the river.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 711 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sun 20 Dec 2009
at 15:41
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #202):

As Tucker heads into the post office, Dawid reminded him, "we're the security element, so have a look but come back as soon as you can. I'll need your expertise to help with the ORMO."

He orgamised the support element so they were covering the southern approach to town, the one he figured government troops would be coming from.

"All right," Tucker said as he left and came right back to the security element.  He sets up with the group where Dawid tells him to.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1544 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sun 20 Dec 2009
at 21:04
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Wednesday, Oct. 18th
0400hrs.
20F
Clear skies
Quarter Moon
Gora Kalwaria, Poland


After the small village is searched, the four bodies are dragged out of the post office- a messy and unpleasant task- and tossed into a particularly run-down cottage. One of the older militiamen wisely points out the undesirability of leaving the corpses to rot- possibly to become breeding grounds for disease- in Gora Kalwaria's own back yard. The bandits had collected enough fuel to last a couple more nights and that is used as kindling for their ersatz funeral pyre.

The mission completed successfully, the search and destroy force marches the short distance to the Vistula and signals the waiting tug. The tug's small boat, manned by Tadeuz makes several round trips to relay the force back to the Krolowa.

Once you're aboard, you look back at the town, now eerily lit by the orange glow of the ad-hoc crematorium. The tug slowly spins on its own axis and begins steaming northwest, towards Gora Kalwaria. There is no laughing or back-slapping but the militiamen exchange pleased smiles. The modest operation seems to have achieved its second, and most important goal: boosting the militia's confidence.

You know that you're almost home when you can see a few flickering lights of Gora Kalwaria on the west bank. But something else on the east bank catches your eye- a flashing red light, blinking on and off rythmically. Through your NVGs, you can see two figures, one squatting, the other, with the flashlight, holding a field torch and aiming it directly at the Krolowa. Walter swings the beam of the tug's spotlight on the two men. They shrink back from the bright white light but make no attempt to run or hide. Both are armed, but their weapons are slung. Neither makes any move to retrieve or employ them. They raise their arms to shield their eyes and await their fate.

Actions?

This message was last edited by the GM at 21:07, Sun 20 Dec 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1465 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 21 Dec 2009
at 05:04
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #207):

Dawid seemed skeptical about the grisly find. They saw what they saw, but...

"It doesn't make a lot of sense. I've seen many civilians die from starvation without resorting to... that. Even men in my own unit suffered from malnutrition, and some died. We ate very few people! Just kidding, we didn't eat anyone. There's just enough food to go around, farms and towns and such, and on travellers. If they couldn't take it from others, men with guns can always find work in the town ORMOs or even with the Black Baron or Communist government."

"Perhaps this was just torture, maybe these men went mad. Then again, they were Russians, a barbaric and uncultured people, so who who knows?"


He was talking to keep himself sane, to a degree, as well as the Gora Kalawria ORMO. Anything to keep them from dwelling on what they'd seen.

"At least the bastards are dead! Something to be very proud of, I assure you all."

When the men were spotted on the bank of the river, he instructed the gun crew on the Vasilek to load the last fragmentation round and keep watch to the flanks. Just in case this was a distraction for an ambush from an unexpected quarter, he scanned the entire area through his NVGs.

This message was last edited by the player at 07:08, Mon 21 Dec 2009.

Tom Jones
 player, 55 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Mon 21 Dec 2009
at 06:55
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Squinting into the beam from the quarter deck, Tom lined up the pair with his RPK. The front sight post was just below the bulk of the figure on the left. As soon as the order is given Tom will fire three 10 round bursts into the group.

There had been something familiar in the pattern of the lights but Tom’s best subject was not signalling or patrol skills. He was dog tired all he wanted to do was close his eyes.

RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Quarter Deck Tug
Bead on the duo
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1086 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Mon 21 Dec 2009
at 07:56
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
After ensuring a head count was passed up once the platoon was ferried to the Krolowa, Bayer congratulated the Poles on their performance. Even though the raid was far from how they probably pictured it, Bayer emphasized their good performance regarding march discipline and field craft - telling them it ultimately led to them saving bullets and likely going home with everyone in one piece.

He is up on the Bridge with Griet, talking to her quietly when the two people are spotted on the riverside. "Great." he says quietly with a strong trace of suspicion. "Now what."

Although dawn was nearing, it was still dark. So Bayer digs out the image intensifiers and studies the pair on shore. "Griet slow the tug, but don't drop anchor. Keep her still."

Then over his shoulder, he says while still staring through his optics, "Tuck. Get everyone to stand to. Have the machine guns manned immediately and cover the other bank too. Quietly as possible."

After the Krolowa halted, Bayer says, "Seems they want to talk. Maybe envoys. Maybe deserters. Maybe spies. In any case I want to hear them out. Is that Morse Code? Griet?"

If they are too far for verbal communications and it isn't Morse, only then will Bayer ask for a volunteer to row to the shore to pick them up.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 534 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Mon 21 Dec 2009
at 15:42
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Griet replied, "Holding steady, Sir. It might have been Morse, but it was too fast for me to get it."
Craig Sutherland
 player, 1 post
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 21 Dec 2009
at 21:54
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Well this is it Craig thought, he looked over at his companion with a nod of is head he indicated the next move. Standing he slowly moves towards the tug with his hands slightly out from his sides. Once at the edge of the river he waits for the crew to make the next move.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 712 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 01:30
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #210):

"As quietly as possible, take your team and make ready on the tug's weapons.
Konrad Bayer:
After ensuring a head count was passed up once the platoon was ferried to the Krolowa, Bayer congratulated the Poles on their performance. Even though the raid was far from how they probably pictured it, Bayer emphasized their good performance regarding march discipline and field craft - telling them it ultimately led to them saving bullets and likely going home with everyone in one piece.

He is up on the Bridge with Griet, talking to her quietly when the two people are spotted on the riverside. "Great." he says quietly with a strong trace of suspicion. "Now what."

Although dawn was nearing, it was still dark. So Bayer digs out the image intensifiers and studies the pair on shore. "Griet slow the tug, but don't drop anchor. Keep her still."

Then over his shoulder, he says while still staring through his optics, "Tuck. Get everyone to stand to. Have the machine guns manned immediately and cover the other bank too. Quietly as possible."

Tucker hears Bayer tell him to get everyone ready in case there is trouble with the two person's they just spotted on the river bank.  "I'm on it," Tucker says as he begins to move away from where Bayer is watching the 'watchers' on the bridge.  Tucker fisrt locates Jan and tells him, "Jan, take your team and cover these newbies on the bank with the Queen's guns.  Be as unconspicuous as possible."

Robert then tries to locate Mariusz and tells him, "Mariusz, need your team to cover the other bank these two aren't on to make sure this ins't some kind of trap."
Steven Drew
 player, 86 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 03:44
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

  Drew:

  Drew makes his way to one of the forward machineguns to either man the gun outright or lend a hand.  His rifle will be slung crosswise overhis back.

  "Here, let me help out" he will say as he moves to the gun.


Sgt Drew
helping man a gun
M16A2 slung
Apel Avtomian
 player, 1 post
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 04:24
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Apel follows his partner and moves slowly to the bank with his arms raised.  "Slowly, Apel, slowly," he thinks to himself.  "You've come too far.."
Minh Quyen
 player, 457 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 07:58
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
After helping ferry the team back to the tug, Quyen sat in the galley resting her leg. It was her intention to stay off of it as much as possible with the goal of recovering as quickly as possible to be of better help to the team again. When Tucker went about readying everyone, she collected her rifle and said, "Unless you want me elsewhere Sergeant, I'll keep the rear under watch."

Then getting into position, she lowered herself just enough to still be able to watch for any activity coming upriver.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 601 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 12:54
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"On it, Tuck." Mariusz replied and moved his militia companions to the opposite side of the boat to the incomers. He got them to scan the bank and see if there were any surprises, he stroked the HK-69, maybe he'd get a chance to shoot the marvelous contraption before the night was out.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 713 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 13:02
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Minh Quyen:
After helping ferry the team back to the tug, Quyen sat in the galley resting her leg. It was her intention to stay off of it as much as possible with the goal of recovering as quickly as possible to be of better help to the team again. When Tucker went about readying everyone, she collected her rifle and said, "Unless you want me elsewhere Sergeant, I'll keep the rear under watch."

Then getting into position, she lowered herself just enough to still be able to watch for any activity coming upriver.

"No, that's cool Minh.  Take the rear and keep your eyes open," Tucker tells Minh as he goes to make sure everyone is ready.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1545 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 20:41
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The tug's armed complement stands to and a dozen weapons are trained on the two spotlit strangers. The tug is not quite even with the unidentified men, the faint lights of Gora Kalwaria glitter off the port side. At Griet's signal, the light is switched off and the surrounding area is swept with several pairs of NVGs. No other interlopers are detected. The powerful is switched on again and, after sweeping the shore and area behind it, reaches out for the two men on the riverbank, blinding them for a second time.

Jan volunteers to take the small boat across to pick up the pair. Tadeuz drives and two of the more calm, experienced militiamen ride shotgun. The two men are secured, their weapons confiscated, and their hands tied securely (but not too tightly) behind their backs with short lengths of rope. They're helped into the small boat and taken back to the Krolowa where they are met on deck by most of the tug's organic security force.

Stoner notes the men's NATO camoflage fatigues- one is clad in British DPM and the other U.S. woodland pattern BDUs- and quips,

"Looks like it's time for introductions. You two first."

Next Moves?
Craig Sutherland
 player, 2 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 21:42
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The older of the two men speaks up. You would guess his age to be mid forties, his head is shaved and he is wearing a green beret. He also sports a salt and pepper handlebar moustache.

“Well I’m Lt Craig Sutherland four two Commando, Royal Marines.” “I’d shake your hand but.” He motions to his bindings.“We have important Intel about the Baron’s next move against you and that village.” “Who’s in charge ?”

This message was last edited by the player at 23:15, Tue 22 Dec 2009.

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 537 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 21:57
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Griet watched the two strangers get aboard the boat and then waited for Tadeuz to secure the launch. Once everything was safe, she started moving toward Gora Kalwaria once more.

She'd noticed that the two men both wore NATO uniforms and wondered what their story would be. She ordered the searchlight to the front again and searched carefully for any snags or sandbanks that they'd missed on the night trip upriver.
Tom Jones
 player, 56 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 23:04
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tom watches the arrival of the duo with interest. He leans on the guard rail with his RPK’s barrel resting on the deck.

Royal Marine, Tom had never met one. He thought they had been all killed like most of the Special Forces types in the UK army. He then notices the beret the new comer is wearing, green with a bronze badge he couldn’t make out. Well he looks the part Tom thought to himself maybe he could lets the others know, then he though better of it.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1089 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 01:11
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Craig Sutherland:
“Well I’m Lt Craig Sutherland four two Commando, Royal Marines.” “I’d shake your hand but.” He motions to his bindings.“We have important Intel about the Baron’s next move against you and that village.” “Who’s in charge ?”


Bayer motions for Griet to carry on with getting the tug back to the village. He then asks Tucker to move the two unknown men into the galley. Inside, he doesn't answer their question directly at the moment, rather ask first off, "Just how exactly are you privy to information regarding the Baron's intentions?"

After an answer is given he says, "Well... we're listening."
Apel Avtomian
 player, 2 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 03:16
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Before being taken below decks, Apel answers "Apel Avtomian, 1st. Lieutenant US Army 8th ID"
Craig Sutherland
 player, 3 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 08:42
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Konrad Bayer:
"Just how exactly are you privy to information regarding the Baron's intentions?"


As they enter the room Craig takes in his surroundings before addressing the men and women collected around him. "Well the short answer is that up to a few days ago we where part of the Baron’s international brigade.”

He lets the information set in before continuing "When we heard you where putting up a resistance and still fighting the war we thought we could help.”

"As for the Intel the Baron has despatched a convoy including a howitzer and a couple of chemical rounds to the east bank of the river across from the town in order to bombard it.”

“The convoy is leaving this morning and it should reach firing range by mid afternoon. The convoy is going to be escorted by at least 50-100 infantry and at least a couple of AFV’s.”

He looks around at the gathered faces to look for a reaction to the information he has offered up.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 602 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 17:00
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz stared out onto the bank and watched how the shadows cast by the tug's searchlight played across the land. He wondered to himself what news the newcomers had brought, it probably wouldn't be good news, not good at all.
Apel Avtomian
 player, 3 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 17:13
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"The Baron is livid about the destruction of his riverine force.  Morale is generally low.  A few of his senior officers have been executed for cowardice and incompetence" adds Apel.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1090 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 17:27
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"Go on." Bayer says quietly. "Explain why the Baron is going to expend his limited supply of invaluable NBC weapons on such a non-direct threat. Surely the army in Lublin is more worthy a target." (Note - he doesn't say this with any sarcasm).

Following a reply, Bayer asks, "Alright. Explain your own plan. How you figured you would convince us that you tell us the truth, and that the Baron hasn't sent you himself." Again, Bayer doesn't word it to be sound sarcastic or disbelieving - only defensive. He continues, "Of course we could use help. And if you are who you say, then you are honorable men worthy of respect. But you have to understand our position regarding your arrival and news. What uniform you wear nowadays certainly doesn't tell much about who you are dealing with. We've already learned that the hard way with false messengers of help."

He continues with collecting as many details as possible, "How many rounds are in this convoy? Type of howitzer? What type of AFVs? Precise Location?" he asks. This is shit, he thought, while entertaining himself with the thought of secreting away the townsfolk and leaving the Baron an empty village to waste his ammo on.

After a moment, Bayer concludes, "Those are big odds. Yet, you risk yourself to put yourself in the face of this? Besides information and a rifle, what else can you offer?" He then looks around to gauge the rest of his team's expressions.

Edit - Apel seems to have answered one of Bayer's questions while I was writing this.

This message was last edited by the player at 17:29, Wed 23 Dec 2009.

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 538 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 18:13
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Griet's heart sank as she heard the news that the newcomers had brought. It was a sword of damocles, they had to react to the intelligence as if it was true, but if it wasn't, they were putting their heads into the noose.

She looked over at the two NATO troopers and said, "I realise that this probably isn't the reception that you may have been accepting, but over the last few weeks we have had two people desert with vital supplies, a Soviet spy infiltrate our ranks posing as a Royal Marine and another stray we picked up killed two of our crew and would have done serious damage to our craft if one of our number hadn't sacrificed themselves."

She smiled lopsidedly, "You must forgive us if we seem suspicious, but we have had cause to be over the last few weeks."

She moved to stand next to Kaptain Bayer, leaving teh guidance of the boat in Adam's expert hands.
Craig Sutherland
 player, 4 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 21:52
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Konrad Bayer:
"Go on." Bayer says quietly. "Explain why the Baron is going to expend his limited supply of invaluable NBC weapons on such a non-direct threat. Surely the army in Lublin is more worthy a target."


"That I can’t explain he is not a rational man. He is aware of the threat from Lubin, I believe you are a test of the shells, there effectiveness and how to deploy them. Also a warning to any who would resist as I said the man is a psychopath surrounded by crazy’s."

Konrad Bayer:
Following a reply, Bayer asks, "Alright. Explain your own plan. How you figured you would convince us that you tell us the truth, and that the Baron hasn't sent you himself."


"Well we both had intended to leave; I had succoured the safety of the family that sheltered me by joining the baron. Apel here has his own story that he can tell. Once we heard that people where resisting we had to come. The last straw was the chem rounds we had to go. To be honest we had no plan, we relied on the fact we had travelled several days to find you and bring this information. We hoped it may give us and our Intel some credence in your eyes, I know it was a long shot." Craig pauses again to look at the people in the small galley.

Konrad Bayer:
"Of course we could use help. And if you are who you say, then you are honorable men worthy of respect. But you have to understand our position regarding your arrival and news. What uniform you wear nowadays certainly doesn't tell much about who you are dealing with. We've already learned that the hard way with false messengers of help."


"I understand this has been the most unconventional of conventional wars."He pauses and then says "In my webbing front pocket is my UK passport, forces photo ID card and dog tags not much but apart from my actions all I have to prove who I am. I know it is a leap of faith to believe us but the consequences of not are to horrible to think of."

Konrad Bayer:
He continues with collecting as many details as possible, "How many rounds are in this convoy? Type of howitzer? What type of AFVs? Precise Location?" he asks.


With the request of more precise info he asks if they have a map of the area to the north of the village. "The route they are taking will take them south to the east bank of the river; I don’t know the precise route. The convoy is made up of one of two D-30 howitzers the baron has, a company of infantry about 50 to 100 men probably Poles or Russians and at least two AFV’s. The AFV’s could be any of the following a T-80, T-72, BMP x2, M113 x 2, BTR-70 x 2 or a OT-64 this is the Barons motor pool. I think he will probably have two rounds for the howitzer, blood agent shells."

Konrad Bayer:
After a moment, Bayer concludes, "Those are big odds. Yet, you risk yourself to put yourself in the face of this? Besides information and a rifle, what else can you offer?" He then looks around to gauge the rest of his team's expressions.


"Well I will offer my services as a soldier of Her Majesty’s armed forces and a Royal Marine commando. I am a mountain leader which is a specialist reconnaissance role within the marines. In addition to normal reconnaissance I am also trained in mountain warfare, arctic warfare, cold weather survival and operations, and cliff assault. I am also a qualified sniper and have had demo training."

This message was last edited by the player at 08:13, Thu 24 Dec 2009.

Apel Avtomian
 player, 4 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 23:50
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"He is crazy," says Apel.  "Seems he wants to quell any resistance to his authority.  Worried about how it will be seen in Warsaw.  He’s mad Gora Kalwaria finished his plans for a brown water navy.  We heard some of his men got gassed.  Payback I suppose.

Apel pauses then continues.

I got separated from my unit last summer outside Neklo when we were overrun by the Sov 207th MRD.  A few of us followed the river Noteć southeast, fishing and foraging until we were “conscripted” into the Czarny's private army.  From what I overheard, the Baron's convoy will probably be coming down by either the 801 or the 50."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1466 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 08:27
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg #230):

Dawid made sure the ORMO were paying attention to the banks, then wandered over to have a look at the newcomers. After hearing their stories, he commented to Griet in Polish, "wonderful, a couple more NATO liberator mouths to feed. Once again, we must throw ourselves at another army, and it seems we are weaker than we were before. Always, always."

He predicted confidently, "I can take the T-80 and T-72 like taking candy from a baby. It would have to be side shots. I don't imagine these guys brought anything useful other than their clothing and smile."

Speaking in English he said, "welcome to the Wisla Krolowa! We are something of a conglomerate here, with personnel representing NATO, the NATO-allied Polish Home Army (that's me) and various independent factions and their own interests, of course! The pay is lousy but the food's not too bad, thanks to our cook, Mariusz, and as a benefit you have the chance to rid Poland of a madman you recently followed."

"Now, kindly tell me, did you manage to come over to our side with anything more useful than yourselves and your rifles? An anti-tank guided rocket launcher, perhaps? 150mm artillery piece? That would really help."


"And you," he indicated Avtomian, "what might your story be, my good man?"

Dawid spoke English well and fluently, but it was clear he'd never be mistaken for a native speaker. He was dressed in relatively new Polish Army fatigues and wore a green beret with Eagle badge. Around his arm was a red-and-white armband signifying he was part of the Polish Home Army anti-communist forces.
Craig Sutherland
 player, 6 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 09:30
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Now, kindly tell me, did you manage to come over to our side with anything more useful than yourselves and your rifles? An anti-tank guided rocket launcher, perhaps? 150mm artillery piece? That would really help."</Blue>



"I'm sorry Apel and I had to bug out pretty quick. We did as much damage as possible before leaving but apart from my sniper rifle, shotgun and pistol that’s it. I like to think we could improvise, but without the knowledge of what’s available... who knows. If we are calling for plans I have some ideas."

He looks at the collected faces around him, they looked weathered and tired. Probably not that much different from himself, it had been a long war.

This message was last edited by the player at 09:41, Fri 25 Dec 2009.

Tom Jones
 player, 57 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 09:36
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Leaning on the quarter deck, Tom watched the lights of the nearby village. He didn’t really care what the newcomers story was, though he was glad of their help. He just need some down time, some time to think.

This message was last edited by the player at 09:37, Fri 25 Dec 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1467 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 17:09
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #234):

Dawid sighed and lit a cigarette, from one of his few remaining packs, the offered it around.

"At least you're here and you want to fight. That's the main thing. So many of us are injured now. I can't say you won't regret your decision, but you are appreciated."

"Say, do you know anything about the people resisting the Baron in Warszawa? Any chance they could be of assistance? They must be capable enough of fighting off the Baron's attacks as it is, who knows, eh?"

"Also, any word of a Doctor in the city? Urzula Piotrowski? My sister. They say the Baron killed her, but I don't believe it. It takes a lot to stop a Piotrowski!"

Apel Avtomian
 player, 6 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 20:09
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"As far as I know, there is no resistance in Warsaw.  The Baron runs the show.  His patrols are there as much to keep the civilians in as to keep threats out. I think his bigger problem is food.  Unless he's stockpiled alot, there won't be enough to feed his army and the populace.  People will die."

Apel smiles. "Me, I'm a journalist.  Not much help unless I can eat my words." (Smiles again.) "But I've spent a lot of time on bases and I'm good at finding catch-22 workarounds.  Tracking down "misplaced" gear; that sort of thing.  And learning intelligence I'm not supposed to know."

This message was last edited by the player at 20:11, Fri 25 Dec 2009.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 7 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 20:48
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Craig nods at Apel assessment
“The Barons patrolling is vey intense and his lines of communication have not suffered as much as the other combative units. It’s more about keeping the population quiet then keeping anyone out. He also needs the village for the food; I don’t think he has enough for winter for both the army and civilians. With that in mind and the knowledge that he is a little Hitler you can see why this dog won’t give up the bone”

As he reaches for the offered pack of cigarettes he stops at the mention of a doctor and sits back in his chair.

“There is a female doctor who works at the Barons HQ treating the army and some civilians. She is a civilian not one of the conscripts never got to talk to her though.”
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 716 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 21:24
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"I think we owe it to the people of G-K here to try and put an end to this threat coming towards us now.  Especially since we kind of helped them out to stand up against the pirates and their little navy they had.  We're a little banged up and tired but, count me in," Tucker stand up and says to those assembled.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1468 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 02:43
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #239):

Nodding at Tuck's words, Dawid said, "pending the Kapitan's ultimate decision, anyone have any ideas on how to fend off such an attack? We have little time to set an elaborate ambush. God DAMN it, I should have been working on that truck! (The Aldis). We have an anti-tank gun, a Vasilek with some phosphor and a few anti-armour rounds (HEDP). No indirect to speak of. Maybe a damaged AGS-17 with little ammo. An anti-tank mine."

He eyed Sutherland, remembering his comment on using poison gas.

"Hypothetically, does anyone have any objection to employing chemical weapons? We recovered one round of nerve gas. It's evil, I know, and God will punish my soul in eternity already, but what's good for the goose..."
Apel Avtomian
 player, 7 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 03:53
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"Isn't that... Aren't you..." Apel stops.
Minh Quyen
 player, 458 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 05:55
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Quyen nods at Tucker's remarks and says, "I think I'm ready to be put back on the line too, Hauptmann. It hurts still, but I can keep up." She then adds following Dawid's comment, "We've used the gas once already. I don't see why using the last single shell will make things worse. I say do it."

As the conversation continued, she looked over the two newcomers carefully. Trust wasn't her strong point, but she tried. "Are there other NATO soldiers still in the Baron's army?" she asks.

Thinking back to the setting off the gas shell like a mine, she says, "We also have the 120mm dud which can be added for an IED. Maybe we can just blow up the howitzer as its being moved along the route? Saves us a fight against horrible odds."

This message was last edited by the player at 05:57, Sat 26 Dec 2009.

Steven Drew
 player, 87 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 07:28
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

  Drew:

  Drews mind is racing.  He hadn't even wound down from the patrol into indian country.  Digesting all they had been through reviewing in his mind what they had encountered looking for any bit of information that they could extract for intel value.

  He heard the storey and it was similiar throughout dozens of hamlets that was being played out all over Europe.

  "Well, we had better start planning now.  Its obvious we ain't gonna leave the vil, they've been good to us.  So here's as good a place as any if we're gonna go out.  It can be our little ALAMO.  Weather we win or loose at least we may whittle the Baron down enough so he can't do it ta the next town, so lets do it."

  Drew pauses,

"I know I'm new here but anyone get a lay of the land for good ambush sites on the Barons route of march?"

  Drew turns to the new guys,

"Ya know what routes this force is commin by?"

REPY:

  Drew will turn to the other members of the team.

"Ya know this area?"

REPLY:

"Any places along the way we can hit em and make em deploy while we withdraw ta hit em at another place?  Bridges, rivers, ravines, roads through forrests or even swamps?"

  "Hell, if we can get em ta stop and dismount ta deal with us, say from some woods adjacent ta their road,  We'll it will buy us some time, slow em up.  Tire out their force and burn up fuel and ammo.  The thing is, we just want ta engage em enough so they dismount to deal with us then we withdraw."

  "We also set up some obvious improvised mines.  That'll stop em ta either deal with it, or divert their route.  We make some real improvised mines with those duds and the gas round and any other demo we got for real mines that we hide as best we can so they work.  That way, they may drop their guard thinking we're bluffing and drop their guard.  That can also buy some time.  And have the towns forlk set up as many defensive positions as they can, at this point, it won't be much more than a bunch of fightingholes and punji sticks but it'll be something.  We have more fighting holes than people put in some sticks and a hat or something so they look manned, draw some fire off the guys who actualy are manning a hole.  And work out a defense in depth so if one fails we can fall back to a second and third."

  Drew pauses.  His mind racing, his eyes darting.

"We also have the ambush teams, those teams don't need to be more than a guy sniping the bastards, or an RPK letting loose with a burst or two, maybe a machinegun or even a couple riflemen.  Operate in pairs or singly, fire take out a couple folks, a vehicle maybe and wait for them to dismount and attack.  That's when we run.  Have those guys hauling ass all along the enemies line of march and they can't be eliminated!  When the enemy does set up for an attack on the ville, these ambush teams attack their base, focus on weapons, vehicles, weapon crewmen, com and command.  That's the best I can come up with considering what we have ta work with.  The towns folk can dip the holes, the militia can mount their own defense along with our folks here who have the best heavy weapons skills, the rest of us, we'll be those ambush and sniper teams slowing em up."

  Drew again pauses,

"So were are the best spots ta hit em?"

Sgt Drew
Adding his two cents
M16A2
Apel Avtomian
 player, 9 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 07:42
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Apel turns to Drew.  "Either 801 or the 50.  A little town called Pitrowice?"
Steven Drew
 player, 88 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 08:22
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #244):

Drew:

"Then lets take the fight ta the enemy.  Shall we?"

Sgt Drew
M16A2
A meeting of the minds
Craig Sutherland
 player, 8 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 08:28
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Minh Quyen:
As the conversation continued, she looked over the two newcomers carefully. Trust wasn't her strong point, but she tried. "Are there other NATO soldiers still in the Baron's army?" she asks.


There is one company made up of about 50 NATO deserters (mostly Americans and Germans with a few Brits sprinkled in). Most are to scared to leave or uncertain about survival. The majority I'm sad to say have lost all moral or human decency.

Craig moved a little in his seat trying to get the blood moving in his bound hands.

“Any ambush will have to be rapidly set up and adaptable. While I have no problem with the deployment of “special” weapons I don’t think they will be able to be used in any ambush situation. We would have to stop the vehicles dead, no driving through. If you have an anti-tank mine and other dud ordnance we have a start. Daisy chained IED’s with anti-tank equipped teams should deal with any armour and vehicles. The 120mm up a tree will deal with the soft top troop trucks and dismounts”

“We are looking at a least two APC’s and three to four trucks maybe more. Having thought about the MBT’s I don’t think they will be present for this little operation, to much to risk.”

This message was last edited by the player at 08:38, Sat 26 Dec 2009.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1470 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 17:53
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #246):

"Thanks, Drew, that's solid advice. And yes, if we are to fight for a free Poland, let it be here. I'm not familiar with this Alamo, but hopefully it was a great battle where the good guys won and returned home safely, covered in glory?"

In reply to Sutherland, he said, "no MBTs? You mean no tanks? Great! Wonderful! APCs will be dead meat for the anti-tank gun."

He smoked, then said wistfully, "it would be nice to capture that howitzer. I could make good use of it, do not worry. But it's obviously a key weapon for the Baron, and a primary objective should be to destroy it."
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1549 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 00:12
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The Krolowa puts in at the improvised town pier. As usual, the Bishop is there to meet the group.

Through the cold and pale light of pre-dawn, you walk to the parish hall/militia HQ and brief the Bishop. As always, he listens quietly, the gears in his keen military mind turning as each new piece of information is filed. (OOC: assume that he knows everything that you do).

"Well, we'd best get moving. It takes only a couple of hours to drive from Warsaw down to the crossing.

"If we don't know which road their convoy is taking (the 801 or the 50), Piotrowice is the natural place to set up an ambush. If they've done their studies, though, they will see this too. Damn! If only we knew which road they were taking..."


It's the first time you've heard the Bishop curse. He's quiet for a moment, his face pale and drawn. When he continues, his brow is furrowed and a look of resignation settles over his face.

"As you know, most of our best men are dead or wounded, but there are a few seasoned veterans who can still fight*. We can't afford to lose any more of the experienced troops but, this appears to be the endgame, and if we don't stop this gas attack...

"So, my men are, once again, at your disposal- a poor choice of words, but you know what I mean. Please be aware of their limitations. I've seen an improvement in the skill and confidence of the greener fighters- you've done wonders with them in just a couple of days- but, most of them haven't seen much in the way of real fighting and it sounds like the Baron is sending some of his best men."


Just as you think the Bishop is done, he continues,

"As to 'your' gas**, I am uncomfortable with the distances involved this time. Otwock was one thing, Piotrowice is quite another. It is just too close to home."

As diplomatically as he is able, the Bishop is putting his foot down regarding using the remaining VX shell as part of your ambush.

Next Moves?

OOC:

*See the intel thread for current militia strength and equipment.

**Since the gas shells can't spin to mix the stuff to its deadliest, I'm treating the gas shells as a kind of "dirtibom". Consequently, the gas won't spread very far and those exposed to the compounds will take longer to die from it. As a conventional alternative, you still have dynamite charges rigged by Minh and the dud 120mm shell to employ as IEDs.

Also, keep in mind the town has possession of an Alvis Stalwart amphibious, wheeled transporter. It is currently not in working condition. NO ONE in the party, however has had a look at it. If you plan on moving the Rapira and/or the Vasilek, you'll need something to tow it. The Baron has your STAR and the T-H is dead.

Time for a plan, folks. Let's put some options of the table, pick and choose, and if, there's not a consensus, put it to an OOC vote. You've got 4-8 hours, IG, to get ready to meet the Baron's convoy so let's not spend more than a couple of turns working up a plan. You're on the clock.

This message was last edited by the GM at 02:56, Sun 27 Dec 2009.

Steven Drew
 player, 90 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 01:48
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

  Drew:

  His mind spinning once more.  As he listens to the hollyman rant he pauses and reconsiders his commitment.  "What a fuckin hypocrite.  He was okay with using lots of chemical rounds when it didn't threaten the vil, but, one round near the town when it is all or nothing and the fucker baulks...what a piece of shit."  Drew thinks.  "Fucker must be bipolar or someshit."

  Drew pauses at this point.  He really considers if these people are worth all the trouble.

  At the mention of a town Drew blurts out,

"A TOWN!  They have to go through a town?"  He is excited.

"Tell me all about this town!  Can we get there first? Is it deserted, freindly or on the side of the Baron?"  If they haveto go through a town well, its a defenders paradise.  Bog em down and whittle em down there, especialy if its empty.  When it gets to hot, we blow the place or put it ta the torch and run for it.  And like I said before, hit em running and gunning along their route of march just like Lexington and Concord."

  Drew pauses,  then asks,

"What highways are capable of handling armor? If one has bridges that can't handle mech, well that narrows things down.  If they have bridges, well, some of us stall em up while others rig em ta blow.  Engage em at the bridge, then when they roll across we blow em, we can also drop some telephone poles and trees on the road, clog it with wrecked vehicles and shit if we can while the rest of us buy time either on the road or in that town.   Like I said, the locals can defend their town and bolster their defenses, while some of us can hit fight a delaying action."

  Drew looks around at the others,

"Come on people this is  economy of forces 101."

"We got dynamite, we got some anti armor weapons we can do it.  Hell, back in the day I could have done it with a squad of my own men."

  Drew waits,

"Well, anyone else have any bright ideas because they are getting closer each second we stand here with our dicks in our hands."

Sgt Drew
M16A2
Trying to help develope a plan and get info
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1550 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 02:48
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"Yes, the town- Piotrowice- it's only about 4km to the NW of here, across the river.* It's really just a small village and its entirely abandoned. A few of the people living here now came from there, originally.

"The 801 is the larger road- four lanes- and runs more or less parallel to the Vistula, within a kilometer or so of the river. In fact- correct me if I'm wrong- the pirate camp you destroyed was on or near the 801 southwest of Otwock. If I recall correctly, the pirates had a 100mm anti-tank deployed near the bridge where the 801 crosses the Swinder. If you deployed the gas there, the Baron's convoy may avoid that route. He knows of the gas, correct?"


The Bishop looks to Apel and Craig for confirmation.

"The 50 is a two-lane road and is a less direct route from Warsaw. The convoy would have to take several side roads just to get on to the 50. It is also mostly out of sight of the Vistula. If the Baron fears your tug, he might want to keep the convoy as far from the river as he can. That consideration would make the 50 a better choice.

"I know it's dangerous to start guessing what your enemy will do. We know what he can do and we should focus on that. With that said, I am starting to think that the Baron's convoy will take the 50. It would be a gamble to assume this, but if I were him, that's the route I would choose.

"Piotrowice would be the safe bet but its an obvious place for a trap. The 50 offers many good places to set an ambush but we can't be 100% sure they will use it." 


OOC: *Look at the map of G-K posted in the Maps notice thread. Follow the 50 across the river and about 4km NE and you will find the intersection with the 801 at Piotrowice.

This message was last edited by the GM at 02:58, Sun 27 Dec 2009.

Tom Jones
 player, 58 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 02:49
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tom stands on the dock until everyone is offloaded and follows the others towards the parish hall. On the way he notices a familiar profile in one of the garages, he moves closer offloading his webbing and weapons at the door. He remembers the village headman mentioned something about an Alvis Stalwart and here it was in all it’s glory.

Tom does a quick walk around checking the wheels, axels and under-carriage. Then he climbs onto the deck and accesses the engine. He quickly checks all the common reasons it mite not turn over. He then jumps into the drivers seat and turns the key if they are present, if not he hotwires the ignition. If the engine tries to turn over he will concentrate on the mechanical side of things, if not electrical. Tom will keep working on the truck until someone comes and gets him. There’s no point helping with the planning, there where better qualified people then him in that regard. If there are other people standing around he will try to collar them into helping.
Craig Sutherland
 player, 9 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 03:40
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Craig nods at the assessment from the bishop. “I believe your assumptions will prove to be correct but we need reconnaissance elements with radios here and here on both roads and they need to leave now. With the gas and the tug the Baron will take the easy road."

“He believes he has the superior combat force so a trip through unfamiliar territory will not faze them. Also he does not know of our defection in his mind his plan is still secret. If you have an engineer they should be prepping the 120mm round and the other IEDs. I don’t think we should change the route into the town in any significant way we need total surprise, but I defer to anyone with more skill in this area.”

“Now if you are willing to take a chance I would like to leave now to take the route 50 observation role ? I am happy for one of your men to accompany me to be honest I would like the extra set of eyes.”

This message was last edited by the player at 08:14, Sun 27 Dec 2009.

Apel Avtomian
 player, 10 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 07:54
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"I'll stick with Lieutenant Sutherland," says Apel.  "We have a lot of history together."

Apel pauses. "Scratch that.  I should go with whoever is covering route 801 since I'm the only other person who knows what he's doing.  Or.. uh.. wherever you need me" Apel says awkwardly.
Craig Sutherland
 player, 10 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 08:24
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Apel Avtomian:
"I'll stick with Lieutenant Sutherland," says Apel.  "We have a lot of history together."

Apel pauses. "Scratch that.  I should go with whoever is covering route 801 since I'm the only other person who knows what he's doing.  Or.. uh.. wherever you need me" Apel says awkwardly.


“Apel as you know I would always want you along for the party but our new friends may not want us to travel so close to our old comrades in this situation.”

He pauses to look at the faces gathered then continues

“Are there are no objections to Apel taking the other recon position with one of your men in tow ?”

This message was last edited by the player at 08:25, Sun 27 Dec 2009.

Steven Drew
 player, 91 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 11:27
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Drew:

  Drew releases a snort, then a chuckle and then outright laughter.

"A river....they gotta cross a river...oh man!  <as he shakes his head>  like I said, a defenders paradise.  Deny em the crossing.  We just gotta hold it, they gotta come up with the firepower and manpower ta take it and cross it.  And we all know, crossing a contested bridge or ford underfire, its madness."

  When the new comers lay out their plan, Drew looks at the hollyman and then to the Hauptman and then back at the two new guys,

"New guys, are you thinking what you are saying?  You blow into town, give a storey, then want to go an act recon for our  ville?  Even the offer of taking one person to keep you honest.  Sorry guys, but as the resident new guy, I am thinking you maybe spies now and, well the idea of poping you and dumping you in the drink isn't a bad idea after hearing your plan."

  "Padre, we got a couple guys who are fast runners in your militia?  Kids even, who are fast on foot?  We send  em ta watch the roads, just watch em.  Give em a flare ta launch if they see them comming and then they haul out of there, they don't engage, they don't stick around, they just run to where its safe.  Then we'll know where they are comming from.  Like I said, we hit em in the town, and at the river crossing, those are our key natural defensive positions.  The harassing along the road is just ta harass them and buy time for everyone else."

  Turning to Mihn, with a distasteful look,

"Are you healed up enough ta get ta work on some demo charges with the dynamite?  Maybe even rig the bridge ta blow and a few charges ta take down some trees."

  Turning back to the padre,

"Padre, ya think you can get your people together ta start bolstering the towns defenses?  Maybe recuit a some of your best men with an axe ta help drop some trees and phone poles  across those roads or lend a hand ta Miss Ming the Merciless there. <pointing to Mihn> in her preperations.  And remember, we are here ta help your people.  So, they need ta help themselves.  They need ta get ta work building their defensive positions and get it done  before they get here."

  Drew waits for others input, as he is counting on his fingers and planning in his head.

Sgt Drew
M16A2
Planning
Minh Quyen
 player, 459 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 11:44
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Steven Drew:
"A river....they gotta cross a river...oh man!"


Quyen replies, "No. No they don't. They are using a D-30, which is Soviet howitzer with over 15 kilometers of range. There isn't any river crossing. The village he mentioned, is what is on the other side of the river."

Steven Drew:
Turning to Mihn, with a distasteful look,"Are you healed up enough ta get ta work on some demo charges with the dynamite?  Maybe even rig the bridge ta blow and a few charges ta take down some trees."


"Yes. I'm healed up enough to follow whatever plan my commander here orders." she answers.

This message was last edited by the player at 11:44, Sun 27 Dec 2009.

Steven Drew
 player, 92 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 12:13
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Drew:

Turning to Quyen,

"Yeah a howitzer, well, that tells us one of our priority targets along with any MBTs.  And if they have to transit the vill across the river, then well, I've already said it."

  Drew pauses his face goes blank,

"Whats the crew and support needed by a howitzer?  And how many people are needed to make it operational?  Once they set it up, we could have a small force hit it and take it out, a grenade down the barrel, kill the crew, steal the sight or breachblock...well, anyhow, that's my idea.  Hit em en route and from behind."

  Drew goes outside and stares at the sky in the direction of the soon to be attackers.

Sgt Drew
M16A2
Waiting
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1091 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 12:13
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Steven Drew:
"Well, anyone else have any bright ideas because they are getting closer each second we stand here with our dicks in our hands."


Bayer holds up a hand and says, "Quiet please. I'm trying to listen to everything that can be learned before saying anything."

Craig Sutherland:
“Are there are no objections to Apel taking the other recon position with one of your men in tow?”


Bayer then shakes his head and answers, "I'm afraid there are objections to this. It's out of the question."

Turning to Dawid and the Bishop he asks, "You won't be able to fire that anti-tank gun from the tug Dawid. Anything in mind to move that it? Either that British transport or something else in town?" He then continues, "If not, I believe we'll have to rely on textbook tank-killer teams along with the explosives and gas we have available... and make use of the Rapira another day."
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1551 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 15:33
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The Bishop lifts his hand to signal for quiet.

"Let me clarify two points. Mr. Drew, the bridge I mentioned is the 801 bridge over the Swinder- the river near the pirate base. Because of the gas your party released there and the proximity of the 801 to the Vistula, I believe the pirates will take the 50 instead. But again, this is what you would call a hunch.

"The other point is this, Hauptman, the VX gas is off the table. Piotrowice is too close to Gora-Kalwaria. I won't risk civilian casualties or contaminating arable land this close to town. The rest of our resources are at your command. The gas, however, is not."


OOC: It may be helpful to take a look at this. You can follow the 801 and the 50 north to Warsaw. Piotrowice is clearly visible where they intersect about 4km NE of G-K.

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...00475ae03a3e88352428

This message was last edited by the GM at 15:37, Sun 27 Dec 2009.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1092 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 15:53
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Cap'n Rae:
"The other point is this, Hauptman, the VX gas is off the table. Piotrowice is too close to Gora-Kalwaria. I won't risk civilian casualties or contaminating arable land this close to town. The rest of our resources are at your command. The gas, however, is not."


"Understood." Bayer replies.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1472 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 16:42
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #260):

Dawid grinned.

"Kapitan, I was indeed thinking of using the AT gun on land. Much like back in the Great War against the Nazis... er, the Second World War, as others call it. We used to employ the T-12M in an indirect role, it will be amusing to use it as it was intended."

"I also know something about engines, and I was also thinking about that Stalwart vehicle. I'll see if I can get it running. It would be nice if it was amphibious, but I will be satisfied if it runs and can pull the gun."


He answered Drew, "Capture or kill the Howitzer, I completely agree this is our priority."

Starting to leave, Dawid turned and addressed Lt. Sutherland, "oh, mister, ah, Lieutenant Sutherland, thank you for the information. Perhaps the Doctor you speak of is her, if God is kind and merciful."


He spoke to the Bishop privately, then left to go have a look at the Alvis Stalwart, see if it could be started. Once at the Alvis, he asked Tom to go check the chemical shell to see if it was still in their possession, as they had removed it.

"Just in case, you know?"
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1555 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 17:12
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tom takes a look at the Stalwart's engine. He can immediately tell what's wrong with it but, without the right parts- which are currently not on hand in the town- he can't do anything to fix it. IF he had the parts, however, it would be a relatively easy fix.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 603 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 18:37
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"When I was with Brother Switek's partisans," Mariusz began, "we used ambushes a lot. Much of the time they were effective, other times they weren't. The major factors included if the enemy suspected they'd be attacked, we have that here, but more importantly, we were hit badly several times because the enemy had night vison or thermal imaging. We need to know how likely they are to have this before we plan anything."

He looked at the two defectors, "You said they'd be likely to use Eastern style AFVs, they don't usually have thermal imaging, but has the Baron taken other precautions?"
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 539 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 18:45
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Griet listened and waited until she'd had a report back on the Stalwart, "If we have no motor transport available, we need to use one of two options, one leave the heavy weapons as a shore battery to support our ambush or two, try to rig up horse drawn tows. That would pretty much garuntee that once we'd used the AT gun we'd need to abandon it."

She looked at the situation and grimaced, "After the ambush, we're screwed. Even if we take out the AFVs and Howitzer in the first salvo, we'll then be in a foot chase with a few hundred troops. Whoever participates in the ambush has a very slim chance of survival unless we can play cleverly."

She thought for a moment and said, "Mihn, can you set up some charges that would simulate a chemical attack? The Baron's men know we have gas and the willingness to use it so if we used mock gas clouds to cover our withdrawal it might slow down pursuit enough to give our people a fighting chance."

"I still don't like the idea of a set piece ambush," she said, "we're outnumbered and outgunned and don't have total surprise on our side. If we are to do it we need to stack the odds more in our favour than they are now."
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 604 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 18:49
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz looked over at Bishop and said, "How do you feel about the Lublin Government? If you don't mind strengthening their hand, you might want to try and contact them and offer the Baron's column as a coup de main. Trade use of this town as a jumping off point for the liberation of Warsaw in exchange for having the plane we saw do a couple of strafing runs on the convoy."

"After all," he continued, "the Lublin Government would probably use you whether you like it or not so you wouldn't be losing much by making the offer. If we use official Polis frequencies and boost the Krowola's signal we might be able to contact them."
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 540 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 18:52
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
As the discussion continued, Griet spoke quietly to her father, "It looks as if the Baron has a vendetta against us as well as a firm hold on Warsaw. Continuing forward under steam will be suicide. I think we need to get a small party into Warsaw after all this is over to see what the lay of the land is. Taking the Krowola into Warsaw is just putting our heads into the Baron's jaws."
Craig Sutherland
 player, 11 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 28 Dec 2009
at 01:35
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

“Firstly your plan is ill conceived and tactically unworkable. They are not here for a stand up fight, they are here to fire a few rounds at the village and then leave. They are under orders on pain of death not to jeopardize the howitzer or the APC’s. If you start lopping down trees and firing off flares they will just turn around and go home. You will still be cutting the trees as they drive past.”

“Drew is it, if you intend to make threats against people who are trying to help you maybe better served with joining the opposing forces, its how they operate”

Craig then turns and studies the map “Time is our biggest problem; we barely have enough to get to the ambush site let alone set anything up.”

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then shakes his head and answers, "I'm afraid there are objections to this. It's out of the question."


Craig raises his hands and sits back in his chair “This is your command and your Op, Apel and myself are at your disposal to be utilized and deployed how you see fit.”

This message was last edited by the player at 07:49, Wed 30 Dec 2009.

Tom Jones
 player, 60 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Mon 28 Dec 2009
at 01:47
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

With a rag in hand Tom stands at the front of the Alvis Stalwart wiping off the last of the oil and grime from his hands. When Dawid arrives Tom outlines the problem with the missing parts and their unavailability but he adds that if he had them it would be any easy fix. Maybe on the other side of the river in all the wreaks ?

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Just in case, you know?"


He grabs his gear as he exits the garage, slinging the RPK as he moves back to the tug to check on the chem shell.

This message was last edited by the player at 07:02, Mon 28 Dec 2009.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 717 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Mon 28 Dec 2009
at 01:47
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"I'm feeling better boss so, if you can use me somewhere, I'll do what I can!"
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1094 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 14:51
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"Alright Dawid. Once we return to GK, get whatever you need to allow for that gun to be deployed into position in time. The rest of us will break up into tank hunter teams and ambush at close range as suggested." Bayer says.

He then ask, "Last time I checked there was the RPG with 2 rounds and 3 disposable anti-armor rockets. Does any one have any more on them? If not, this is still more than doable."

"Has the AGS been repaired?" he adds.

Commander/Grenadier - Bayer
Marksman - Mariusz
4 Militia Riflemen Security (carry the mines and IEDs)

Commander/Grenadier - Jan
Anti-tank gunner - Stoner
Machine gunner - Drew
Marksman - Sutherland

Commander/Grenadier - Tucker
Anti-tank gunner - Quyen
Machine gunner - Jones
Marksman - Ondar

Rapira Gunner/Cmdr - Dawid
Rapira Asst. - Apel
+ Militia as needed

"The objective area will be where the two routes intersect."

"We'll use the AT mine to halt the column when the lead vehicle is immobilized. This will initiate the ambush... or failing that, on command. At that time Dawid will begin firing the Rapira at the heaviest armor... setup preferably from a fair, but still effective distance. The two tank killer teams will engage from closer positions. Following this, us on foot will attempt to break contact once the howitzer has been confirm to have been eliminated. Dawid's team will withdraw with the Rapira via their motor transport."

"We're not there to destroy the column. The howitzer is the primary objective. That an escaping of course. Expect the ambush to last only until the armor and howitzer are knocked out and the infantry begins to dismount. Following that - we're running. Fortunately there is a bit of forest cover to help lose any pursuit."

"Questions?"

This message was last edited by the player at 14:52, Tue 29 Dec 2009.

Minh Quyen
 player, 460 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 15:10
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"Right." Quyen replies. She then looks at Stoner and says, "If its alright with you, I'll take issue of the RPG."

"Until then I'll rig charges to the 120mm round and double check those on the IEDs." she says. "The mortar round, the AT mine, and the IEDs should make for a nice first impression."

Then then gives Tuck a thumbs up, "We'll get it done, squad leader."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1476 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 16:42
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #270):

Dawid checked with Tom about the Stalwart, then returned to the command group meeting. The process only took a few minutes, and the discussion was still going on. He caught Sutherlands comments but decided to ignore them in favour of reporting to Konrad.

"Kapitan, I can report that the amphibious truck, the "Stalwart" is not running but can be repaired if we had the parts. I've seen some parts in the partially sunken police boat that could work with a bit of effort. Mr. Jones also suggested that the vehicle wrecks on the other side of the river could have salvageable parts. it will take a couple hours and I can't promise it won't take more."

He leaned in close to make sure he was not overheard.

"I also detailed Tom to secure the chemical shell. To keep our options... open."

To Sutherland he commented, "I don't know who you think was threatening you, but I will be glad make an overt threat on your life should you betray us, just so there's no misunderstanding. Please understand, we do not owe you anything including our trust at this point. If you are filled with resentment and wish to pick a fight about this with me or complain further in any way, please do so at some more opportune time because these comments are not welcome."

Dawid delivered this with a smile, and although his body language was not challenging and he didn't have a hand on a weapon he was ready for some kind of physical acting out.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1560 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 17:57
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Wednesday, Oct. 18th
0630hrs.
35F
Clear skies
Slight Breeze from the NE
Piotrowice, Poland


With uncertaintly surrounding the possible (but by no means garaunteed) repair of the Alvis Stalwart 6x amphibeous transport vehicle, it is decided to forge on without it. Instead, the Bishop gives you the keys to a small, civilian van. It's really no more than a small Polish sedan's chasis and powertrain with a boxy, white body, but it will make hauling the Rapira the 4km to the ambush site a little bit easier.

While the party readies their gear, Tadeuz, Walter, and Luboslaw erect the Krolowa's forward crane and transfer the heavy Rapira from the foredeck of the tug to the ferry/pier. The van, loaded with the AT gun's ammo and other heavy equipment* is driven on to the ferry/pier just ahead of it.

You ready your weapons** and personal equipment and board the tug for the quick trip across the Vistula to the eastern shore.

On the other side, the van (driven by a militiaman) cautiously climbs up the rammed-earth draw. A makeshift tow cable is then attached to the Rapira's trail legs and then, with the help of several of the miltiamen, it is pulled/pushed up the draw behind the van. The van then sets off for the 50 (road) at a walking pace. Using a combination of horse and manpower, the Rapira is towed slowly up the 50 towards the intersection with the 801 just north of the abandoned village of Piotrowice. In the back of the small van is the Rapira's ammo and the miltia's DM-36 82mm mortar (and its ammo).

You precede the AT gun, moving quickly by foot to the planned ambush site. Along the way, you pass several destroyed vehicles, mostly Warsaw Pact. About 4km from the Vistula, the 801 joins the 50 in a large traffic circle, surrounded by long, yellowing grass which, inconveniantly, stays matted down whenever someone trods on it. A thin layer of frost covers nearly everything. The pavement is cratered in several places, evidence of the heavy fighting for this important MSR just a couple of years ago. The charred carapace of a destroyed T-72M sits forlorn on the NW side of the traffic circle, it's long gun pointing accusingly in the direction of Gora Kalwaria. Further on, up the 50, are the rusted out hulks of two BMP-2s. North, up the 801, you can see several more wrecked AFVs. Bits and pieces of blasted apart trucks also litter the area. Your militia guide indicates that there are likely still live AP and AT mines burried around the intersection as well. Here and there in the grass, you also spy a few unexploded cluster munitions. Quite a fight took place here not so very long ago.

To the southeast of the traffic circle, bordering the 50 about 20m from its southern edge, is a small but fairly dense wood which offers good conealment, and fair cover, from the main road.

Next Moves?

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...0047be1d48e14abf6444

OOC: As much IC as possible, please describe your preparations and dispositions. Please take a look at the map and be as descriptive as possible. I will plot your IEDs and such as indicated by you. A lot rides on how you prepare for the planned ambush.

*The mines, IEDs, and such. Please ID any other gear, aside from your PC's personal weapons, that you want to take in the van but be advised, it may be lost if anything happens to the van during combat.

**Repairing the AGS-17 will be an average task for anyone with autogun skill. It's been cleaned but it needs to be lubed, reassembled, and the drum mag needs to be repaired (requiring little more than a pair of pliers, a metal file, and a little effort. AFAIK, no PC has taken the initiative to repair it yet. I can retroactively roll for any volunteers and it can be ready. Otherwise, it is not.

This message was last edited by the GM at 20:49, Fri 01 Jan 2010.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 718 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 20:14
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Minh Quyen:
"Right." Quyen replies. She then looks at Stoner and says, "If its alright with you, I'll take issue of the RPG."

"Until then I'll rig charges to the 120mm round and double check those on the IEDs." she says. "The mortar round, the AT mine, and the IEDs should make for a nice first impression."

Then then gives Tuck a thumbs up, "We'll get it done, squad leader."

Tucker stands a little uncomfortably, still with his injuries healing, he looks at his temporarily assigned team for the ambush.  "OK Minh, let's see if we can come up with a plan once we get out there.  I want to keep it simple.  I'll pair up with Minh and get the site ready with her.  Once we do that, we'll go and get ourselves set up for the ambush kick off.  Jones, Ondar.  You'll cover us while we set up the area with the IED's and other shit for the column.  Once the ambush kicks off, you two have suppression and targets of opportunity.  Put as many rounds on target as accurately as possible until it's time to go.  Questions, Ideas?"
Tom Jones
 player, 62 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Wed 30 Dec 2009
at 07:29
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tom stripped down to a minimum of equipment once on the tug. He had secured the chem round and waited to be relived. After moving the round up onto the quarter deck Tom stripes down his RPK and cleans the gun thoroughly.

Once people start to arrived Tom will help load the tug for the quick crossing. When everything is loaded on the opposite side Tom readies himself for the march.

When he arrives at the ambush site Tom scans his surroundings looking for a suitable site for his RPK with good cover. He will then run it by Tucker before setting up. Tom wants to bring up the rear of the ambush close to where he hopes the soft tops will be following the armour. Once in place Tom begins ranging his weapon and lays out four FRAG grenades next to his position. He then wraps the pairs in duck tape and pulls out the pin on the grenade that has its lever taped to the body. Once ready Tom waits.

RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Waiting

This message was last edited by the player at 07:55, Wed 30 Dec 2009.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 12 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 30 Dec 2009
at 08:37
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Craig Takes the measure of Dawid but does not force the issue again raising his hand and does not reply. When the meeting breaks up Craig catches up with Apel as they move towards the tug, “Well my friend this is it. Keep your head down and follow the lead of the people around you. I’ll see you at the end of this.”

As he waits for the tug to be ready he approaches Minh, “If you need a hand wiring up the IED’S I’m happy to help, just give me a shout.” He then makes a radio check and inquires about call signs. He has stripped off any surplus equipment and checks over his weapons.

Once at the ambush site Craig helps out with the IED’s if asked, otherwise he looks for a suitable hide site in the tree line.

He is looking for cover with a clear view of the ambush site. He runs everything past Jan before going ahead with his preparations. Once in the hide he takes off his sniper scrim and pulls it over his head and scope shade then over the rear of his rifle. He ranges his rifle in using the wreaks and other features on the ambush site. He then raises his binoculars and scans along the road looking for the target vehicles.



HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (20/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel 12 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenades x 2
Jan’s Squad
Waiting

This message was last edited by the player at 02:24, Sat 02 Jan 2010.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 606 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Wed 30 Dec 2009
at 10:39
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz helped to carry all of the equipment to the ambush site and then spoke with Kaptain Bayer, "Sir," he began, "I switched the manpac radio for a personal one in the last engagement. This time I'm with you so who would you like me to give it too?"

As he awaited a reply he looked around at the terrain and tried to think about how he'd be best deployed.

"Sir," he said, "in teams I've worked like with this set up before, my job would have been to tie down the infantry. Initially at least, we hope the infantry isn't deployed. In that case I'll try for an armour driver or commander if they are unbuttoned."

"Another way I could be used is to delay pursuit," he grimaced at this but it had to be said, "if I deploy along our line of retreat, say somewhere in the open ground beyond the woods then I could fire on and delay any pursuit, a couple of us could really slow them down."

"Where would you like me to deploy, Sir?" he asked in conclusion.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 541 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Wed 30 Dec 2009
at 10:55
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Whilst Griet was helping to ferry the ambushers across the Vistula she managed to get two things done: she got a precise list of the parts that the Stalwart needed to be made operational once more and she also had a chance to speak with Bishop.

"The Krowola will be able to provide some limited fire support with the Vaselisk provided you have any men you can spare that have some experience with mortars." she said, "Would we be able to borrow some or are they all committed?"

Once she had established if there were spare troops to man the mortar she waved the ambushers off and made preparations for their role in the upcoming engagement.

In the wheelhouse she spoke to Adam, "Father, I'd like to station the Queen off the sunken police cutter. Once we're there we can make an assessment of the chances of salvaging parts from its engine. If we can I'd like to use the machine shop to alter parts to fit the town's Stalwart as well as fabricate anything we can't jury rig. I have a list of parts we need here."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1478 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Wed 30 Dec 2009
at 17:46
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg #278):

After wrangling the Rapira into place and instructing the crew on camouflage, Dawid went over to Apel.

"Lieutenant? A word. Don't take any comments personally, it's just that for all the conflicts and dislikes, this is a tight-knit group. Actually, it's probably much like a family in that way."

Dawid offered him a cigarette.

"Regarding you and your friend, I personally believe you will not betray us, or if you intended to do so no warning from me would deter you. I have no doubt you will fight bravely and through  victory will earn a place in what is (believe it or not) a formidable band of heroes! You will have the gratitude of the Polish people as well. If we don't win, I guess it won't matter, eh?"


He described the parts they would need.

"I hear you are skilled at procuring parts. We need to fix a truck. There is a half-sunken boat near here, the engine is intact, I've seen it myself. See if you can get what you need? Also, there are destroyed vehicles around here, too, they could be of help. Let me know if you need assistance."

Dawid looked back at the Rapira, examining the camouflage with a critical eye.
Steven Drew
 player, 93 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 04:15
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

  Drew:

  In preperation for the comming action Drew will see if the M240 is available.  If it is he will draw 3, 100 round belts of ammunition and load 1 belt in the weapon.  The other two he will wrap and clip around his waist.  <Each belt should fit once around his waist> He will then dump all his spare equipment other than a old bayonet afixed to his trouser belt.  He will carry no other combat webbing to lighten his load.  He won't carry a jacket, but he will carry his BDU uniform and a polypro top and his gloves.  Drew will hydrate well before going so he won't need a canteen.

  He will then assist the other members of his team as they prepare for their operation.  He will then aproach Jan, Bones and the new guy and ask,

"So what we got ta work with?  And are we gonna make up any SOPs?"

Sgt Drew
M240
Preparing for the ambush

*if the M240 is unavailable he will take a suitable alternate
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1480 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 07:33
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid found Konrad.

"Kapitan, I have a suggestion. We captured enough ammunition to make indirect fire with the Vasilek just barely feasible. That is, four fragmentation anti-personnel rounds (HE), two phosphor (WP) to create a smoke screen or generally cause havoc, and two light anti-armour (HEDP)."

He smoked a cigarette as he talked, and swigged some water.

"In the past, indirect fire has been crucial when it's been available. I suggest employing me on the Queen with the Vasilek. Radislaw is experienced with the Rapira and can use it in a direct-fire capacity."

"Is this acceptable? Switching Radislav for me, and I go on the Queen to provide mortar support."

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1095 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 08:00
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz Tokarski:
"Sir," he began, "I switched the manpac radio for a personal one in the last engagement. This time I'm with you so who would you like me to give it too?"


"I'll take the radio." Bayer replies. "I'll act as spotter for the mortar." OOC - Adding manpac to inventory.

He then adds, "Yes exactly. Your job will be to buy time and protection for the anti-armor teams. Target leadership, exposed crew, and heavy weapons gunners."

"We'll position ourselves in the center with the two anti-armor teams on our flanks." Bayer says, pointing to a concealed position. "We need a spot that has not only usual cover and concealment, but a covered withdraw route."

He then waves into position the other two teams, one each to the left and right of him and Mariusz. Once everyone was in position, he gathered up Quyen and Stoner, "Grab the mines and those shovels. We're going to plant the AT mine to knock out the lead vehicle. The mortar IED will be a fair distance back with the detonator strung back to the center."

Earlier...

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Kapitan, I have a suggestion. We captured enough ammunition to make indirect fire with the Vasilek just barely feasible. I suggest employing me on the Queen with the Vasilek. Radislaw is experienced with the Rapira and can use it in a direct-fire capacity. Is this acceptable? Switching Radislav for me, and I go on the Queen to provide mortar support."


"Acceptable." Bayer answers. "I'm in agreement as long as he can be assured to get a first shot hit... at least as much as one would expect. I'll have the radio and request fire through you on the tug's comms."

Bayer then left Dawid to sort out the heavy weapons elements in order to secure two shovels.

OOC - I left out the most of the militia in this as I wanted to preserve some of their number. We never trained them for infantry vs. armor engagements and figure they'd break and not have the discipline or skill to conduct a fighting withdraw (not turning into a panicked rout).

1. Lead vehicle blows up the AT mine.
2. The Rapira then opens fire at the most dangerous/armored vehicle.
3. The tank-killer teams engage the other vehicles and howitzer.
4. Utilize 82mm support and the IED as needed.
4. Withdraw on command.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1481 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 08:50
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #282):

"Very well. I will do my best. The best probability to hit is if I spot and correct my own fire. That will mean moving up the mortar."

He thought for a second.

"If we get the amphibious truck fixed, we can certainly mount the Vasilek in the bed! That would allow us to move the mortar up to effective range, then easily withdraw. Even drive it into the river after so the Queen can pick the mortar off the back and lift it onto the deck."

"What do you say?"


Assuming Konrad agrees, he chooses a place where the 82mm mortar can be deployed in solid cover (but no overhead cover). Behind a stone wall should do fine.

This message was last edited by the player at 13:38, Fri 01 Jan 2010.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 610 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 21:45
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusa left the Kaptain to help organise the whole ambush and concentrated on making sure the security squad was deployed and prepared. He looked at the lay of the land and said, "OK, we'll set up in these trees in a staggered line running roughly west to south east so that we can fire up the road as much as possible. Jacek, you'll be nearest the road in this bit of cover here, Pavel, you set up the RPD here," he pointed to a position about five meters away from Jacek, "you'll sweep the enemy as best you can, Jacek will watch your flank and Arkadiuz will be your assistant, get dug in here and Jacek can help you with the camouflage."

He paused to check how the line was looking, "Tomaz, dig your scrape her with this tree as cover for your left. As soon as the ambush starts, kneel up and fire the LAW at the nearest armoured vehicle, don't worry if it's not a side shot, if it isn't a tank and you hit, you'll kill it. If it is a tank," Mariusz shrugged, "I'll try to cover you to get a side shot."

"I'll position myself here," he pointed to another place, "here I can fire up or down the road and cover you all as you pull back."

"The Kaptain will fill in the gap between the machine gun and the LAW so he can back up whichever needs help with his grenade launcher. I only have one grenade for this," he stroked the HK-69 lovingly, "I'll use it to cover my withdrawal."

"Once the ambush starts, expect things to be fluid," he continued, "when we break contact run like hell for the next clump of woods south of us, if feasible, try to cover the killing ground to delay pursuit. If not, if you get to the river, the tug might be able to help you."

He spoke to Jacek, the combat engineer, once more, "Once you've finished your position, help the others with disguising theirs. We need to be quick as I want to dig the Kaptain a hole too. Questions?"

He waited to clarify anything that the soldiers wanted explained further and then he began his own scrape. It wasn't going to be very deep given the time he had and the hardness of the ground but he began by stripping the turf out and rolling it up nearby, there was quite a bit of this as he intended to be lying down when he fought, at least initially. He dug down several inches and built up a meagre revetment to his front. He covered this over with the turf and worked on making a good rest for his rifle and camouflaging it as much as he could.

Once he'd done that, he streched and blew on his numb fingers and began the Kaptain's scrape.

The others joined him to help as they completed their own defences and soon the Kaptain would find a nice little scrape to hide in.

That done, and Jacek satisfied with everything, Mariusz set everyone up in position and he returned to his scrape. He checked his lines of sight again and made sure his G3 was working efficiently.

He sat on the edge of his scrape and clipped his two frags into their pouches on his chest rig. he set the orange smoke grenade at teh head of the scrape, that and the frag round in his grenade launcher might buy him enough time to break free. That done he pulled out the heavy Colt pistol and made sure a round was chambered.

Summary for GM


XXXXXXXX ROAD XXXXXXXXX    XXXXXXXXXXX      XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

TTTTTTREELINETTTTT TTTTTT TTTTT TTTTT  TTTTTTT TTTTT TTTTTT  TTTTTT   TTTTTTTTT
Jacek
          Pavel and Arkadiuz
                                  Bayer
                                           Tomaz
                                                       Mariusz

Obviously, it might not be exactly like this given fields of fire etc. but hopefully it gives you the picture. Distance should be, Jacek, 2-3m behind the tree line, Pavel 5m to the right and 2-3 m back, the same for Bayer, Tomaz and Mariusz so mariusz should be 23-25m to the right of Jacek and 12m back from him, again, if this is unfeasible, they'll keep the left to right spacing if not the down spacing.

Mariusz has Combat Engineering at 6 and Stealth and Leadership at 9 if that helps.


Mariusz
In scrape awaiting the ambush or orders
G3 bipod deployed 20/20 (6 extra 20 round mags)
HK-69 1/1 HE
2 x frag grenade 1 x orange smoke
M1911 7/7 (2 extra 7 round mags)

This message was last edited by the player at 21:49, Fri 01 Jan 2010.

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 547 posts
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 21:56
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

This message was deleted by the player at 18:53, Sat 02 Jan 2010.

Steven Drew
 player, 98 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 00:40
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

 Drew's actions take #2

 Drew walks the road infront of his area.  He knows that footprints won't be noticed on the road.  He will shout a warning to anyone walking in the grass to find or improve their positions as those will be arrows leading right to their positions.

  Drew will then enter the woods going from the side of the woods.  He will then select three good positions about 3m back into the woods.  Then he will take a prone position and sight in on the road from each position.  He will select the position that gives him the most concealment and yet affords the best field of view.  His other two positions, the alternate and the secondary will also be close enough to crawl to under concealment rapidly and afford him a good line of fire on the road.

  Drew will then make a few slight alterations to his position, snaping a branch or two, removing a couple leaves here and there to open up his field of view but not degrade his concealment either.  He will also walk back into the woods about 20 paces or so and select branches that fit the same types of trees and ground cover that are at his three positions to aid in concealment.  He will place one a couple branches maybe even a small log to help his positions.  Then he will pull out the bayonet and dig away an area just enough to get his torso below the level of the ground.  Drew will take painstaking aims to ensure that the dirt he digs up is disposed of inside the woods and thus not visible from the road.  When he is done, he will again walk the road and alter his positions as needed.  He will make sure fresh dirst is not seen, the branches all face with the leaves out, foiliage is of the same kind as the other plants.  Shadows and where he sits is covered from the road.  Drew will also make a point to look for any visible signs from other members of his section and the ambush team as a whole.  He knows all to well that if one person is spotted then the whole operation is screwed.

  Drew makes a mental note, he will most likely be the one covering the team as they withdraw since no one brought it up and he does have an automatic weapon.  He wishes he had a couple grenades, making a mental note to aquire some if he survives this mission.  Chuckling to himslef,

"I'd better get first dibs on gear we capture."


  Drew will also mentaly go over his route of escape if things go south, or if he is th last man when everyone pulls out.

  Drew will pass the word along to his team members,

If things go south, we pull out to the East and rally at that farm we saw 100m to the right on the other side of those trees."  as he points to the wooded area to their right, refering to the farm compound they saw on their way up the 801.

Sgt Drew
M240 and 300 rounds
Prepping his positions and planning with his team mates
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1486 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 07:34
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid moved the mortar team into place, then got them digging in and concealing their position as well as possible.

He also claimed the PRC-77 and gave it to Arpel. With his binoculars and the laser rangefinder he measured the exact distance to the kill zone to allow for the most accurate fire possible.

"Arpel, what are you armed with? What are you good at in terms of weapons? Ever fired a mortar? If not, you shall be my radio operator. My personal call-sign is Eagle but artillery support is Shelldrake. Konrad is our forward observer, and his call sign in Sunray. He will designate the targets, but I will be able to self-correct from here. More accurate."

Dawid also clarified the RV point was the van in case they bugged out. If that was not feasible, the same farm that Drew indicated would do. He also specified that they would take the mortar if possible, and designated who would carry what. In the end, the ammunition was far more important than the tube, as it could also be used with the Vasilek.

That done, he inspected the position and the troops. He made sure they had drunk some water, and their weapons were clean. He also clarified what the "go" signal would be, although Konrad would be calling the shots.

Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 4 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)
Setting up and laying in the mortar, repairing if needed and emplacing the AGS-17, briefing his crew, camouflaging his position, determining exact range and direction for the mortar.

This message was last edited by the player at 08:26, Sat 02 Jan 2010.

Minh Quyen
 player, 461 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 08:17
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

After placing the three mines (120/TNT/AT) and laying the wires back to the ambush line, Quyen busies herself camouflaging everything. Again, she camouflages the wires and the charge itself using mostly just a little snow.

Following this, Quyen attaches all four wires to the blasting machine. Prior to setting off from the Krolowa, she gave an inspection of all of the charges. She was determined not to let another misfire occur like it did with one of the VX charges earlier.

Next, she digs into her gear and pulls out her POMZ-2 mine. This one will be used to hit pursuers. After coordinating with Tucker, she learns of their planned withdraw route. Along this path she'll plant the mine, driving it into the ground but not stringing out the tripwire. Her intention is to hook the wire on a nearby branch as they run past, eliminating the chance of it being forgotten and tripped by one of their own. She then informs the rest of her team about the mine and returns to her position, to ready that as well.

If there is time, Quyen will help camo the Rapira's position (using Combat Engineer skill).


Editted for content by GM.

This message was last edited by the GM at 17:18, Sat 02 Jan 2010.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1098 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 09:09
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Griet Niewiadomska:
Satisfied she'd done everything that she could think of she radioed Kaptain Bayer, "Kaptain, I've pre-registered several fire missions, the junction is Red One, the road itself, Red Two and your likely route of retreat, Red Three, call in any others you want logged."


Bayer responds, "Sunray copy. Add one more..." he then registers one in front of Dawid's position.

Bayer will then inspect the ambush lines, checking cover and concealment, arcs of fire, the mine/demo plan with Quyen, and everyone's withdraw and rendezvous plans. He reminds everyone, "We fail if the howitzer survives. Everything is dependent on removing it from use against Gora Kalwaria."

He then says to each group, "More than likely each team will be on their own once the withdraw begins. We'll try to reorg across the road to the southeast where there's some farms. If anyone gets separated and on their own. Do what you can to escape and then head west until you reach the river. If we're missing anyone, we'll have the boat search along the banks for stragglers." Bayer is then about to mention that being captured was not an option... not unless one wanted to experience a torturous and painful death - be he kept quiet.

Once everything is ready, Bayer gives Mariusz two of his 40mm HE rounds. "Now you have three." he says positively, while loading an HEDP into his own launcher, saving Wick's CS shells for when the infantry deploy. "Well done with the locals today."

Bayer finishes everything with a final radio check.

Removing 2 HE 40mm from inventory to Mariusz.

This message was last edited by the player at 09:10, Sat 02 Jan 2010.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1578 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 17:06
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Wednesday, Oct. 18th
1130hrs.
39F
Clear skies
Slight Breeze from the NE
Woods north of Piotrowice, Poland


You lay in the shadows and underbrush behind a thin screen of trees, just a couple of dozen of meters to the south of the 50 roadway. The sun trickles through the interlaced branches overhead but it’s still rather cold, the chill coming up and penetrating your layers of clothing from the damp earth below. The frost has melted off, leaving the foliage glistening in the midday sun.

You look at the militia positioned nearby. They are clad in mismatched combinations of cast-off military garb and civilian clothing and are adorned with bits of freshly-cut foliage, their faces and ungloved hands blackened with charcoal or lampblack. Their somewhat amusing appearance belies their deadly earnestness and determination.

Your stomach rumbles. You’re not whether it’s hunger or nerves causing the upset; it’s probably a mix of the two. It’s been several hours since breakfast. You remember hearing someone say that it’s better to go into combat on an empty stomach- it lessens the chance of peritonitis in the case of an abdominal wound. It’s not a particularly comforting thought.

After what seems like days, you hear the high, puttering growl of some kind of vehicle engine drifting towards you from the northeast. A few seconds later, a lower, steadier grumble joins in. The sound fades momentarily and it’s hard to tell if its source(s) is coming are going. A few more seconds pass and it’s clear that the engine sounds are growing steadily louder.

Looking throught the trees in the direction of the engine sounds, Jan, Stoner, Drew, and Craig  (on the right flank of the ambush line) can see motorcycle followed by a large jeep/small truck approaching along the tree-lined road. A minute or so later, a motorcycle-sidecar combination drives across the ambush line, headed for the traffic circle. Most of you recognize it instantly as the party’s former Ural “trike”, manned by two helmeted and goggled men clad in Polish “Pantera” pattern camouflage fatigues. Following 200m or so in its tracks is a hard-top Humvee with a similarly garbed fighter standing  erect in the the gunner’s cupola,  an RPK propped in front of him on the roof. The Humvee is painted in a rather garish camouflage scheme of irregular light green and black vertical stripes over the original, faded three-tone U.S. woodland camouflage. A large black rectangle, outlined in white, is painted on the driver’s side door. The two vehicles appear to travelling at between 35 to 45 kilometers per hour.

Looking northeast again, Jan and co. can see what appears to be the main body of the convoy, still over 500m away but closing. At this distance, and through the trees, you can tell that it consists of several green-painted vehicles but, apart from the lead vehicle (either a BTR or OT-64), it’s hard to tell what kind.

The lead vehicles- most likely the main convoy’s point element- pull to a stop at the edge of traffic circle where the 50 meets the 801 highway. The Ural trike pulls ahead about 20m, parking on on the northern curve of the traffic circle. Both vehicles keep their engines idling. One of the passengers in the Humvee dismounts and, without stepping more than a few meters away from his vehicle, looks around, occasionally lifting a pair of binoculars to his eyes to scan the surroundings. There is some motion inside the Humvee but it’s hard to tell exactly what’s going on there. You notice a long whip aerial protruding from the Humvee’s roof.

While the scouts stop and scope out the intersection, the main body of the convoy keeps coming on, steadily closing the distance to the point element.  Following the lead APC is what looks like a WWII era half-track but without any tracks. Behind it is a snub-nosed truck. There are several more vehicles behind it but, due to the distance and lines of sight, you can’t tell what follows it. If they continue on as they are, the convoy will (hopefully) be entering the ambush kill zone in just a few seconds…

Next Moves?

OOC: Combat tags from here on out. Radio transmissions in MONOTYPE font.

Tac-Map (updated):

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

This message was last edited by the GM at 17:17, Sat 02 Jan 2010.

Steven Drew
 player, 100 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 19:17
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Drew sits tight in his position moving only his eyes or his head ever so slightly to view the types, number and armament of enemy vehicles.  He will wait for the mainbody to arrive.

"Would of been nice to have gotten a go signal or alternate plans... fuck it.  Wait, light em up and bug out.  Fuuuuuuuuuuck." he muses.

Sgt Drew
Waiting, studying the enemy
M240

This message was last edited by the GM at 19:33, Sat 02 Jan 2010.

Tom Jones
 player, 63 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sun 3 Jan 2010
at 01:03
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Laying as low as possible Tom watches the humvee and bike to the front of his position. He makes no movement but keeps a mental note of the number and positions of the enemy.


RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Waiting
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 720 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sun 3 Jan 2010
at 03:47
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #290):

Tucker gives Minh a hand laying out her surprises for the convoy.  He hasn't really been trained in IED or too much explosive usage but, however he can help her out Robert makes sure that she has whatever she needs.  Once they're all set, they retreat back to where they're going to spring their ambush from.

Tucker stays low next to Minh as she has the controls to pop the IED's to get the party started.  Tucker makes sure that he has an HEDP loaded into the chamber of his M-203 for his first shot and then will probably switch to single shots and individual targets of opportunity.  He looks over to her and whispers, "Unless we get a call from the Boss, you initiate contact!"

Tucker calls over to Konrad and tells him, "Sunray, Knife.  All set here.  Over"
Tucker
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HEDP]
Waiting to kick off ambush
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1099 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sun 3 Jan 2010
at 06:47
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Lying in the snow behind cover, Bayer toggles his radio transmit and speaks into the handset, "All call signs, Sunray. Everyone wait. Rapira hold... let them go. Out."

When the main column was closer, he spoke again into the radio, "Standby."

Bayer
G36/HK69 (30/30) (HEDP)
Waiting to give the Rapira team the word to fire
HQ/Spotter Team

This message was last edited by the player at 06:49, Sun 03 Jan 2010.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 612 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sun 3 Jan 2010
at 10:35
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz lay in his scrape and watched the scout unit go past them, "Bastard have my ride!" He thought indignantly and then heard the lead unit's engines stop.

As the lack of sound hadn't been preceeded by an ear-splitting explosion he assumed that the scouts had stopped of their own accord rather than having run over a mine. The heavier engine noises of the convoy carried on without changing tone. Mariusz took his right hand off the pistol grip of his rifle and relaxed the muscles for a few seconds.

He grasped the grip once more and used the scope to focus on the place in the road where the first of the larger vehicles would come into his sight. He intended to aim at a driver or commander if they were exposed, but if not, he'd wait for the defenders to start debussing.

Mariusz
G3/HK-69 20/20 HE
In scrape
Waiting to aim at the enemy when they come into view.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1488 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 4 Jan 2010
at 09:13
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #290):

Dawid had everyone take cover as the warning got to him, checking to make sure they were behind the house or something solid. He then looked at the idling recce vehicles through his binoculars, ready to drop a shell on them, or whatever target presented itself.

His helmet was on, covered with leaves, so he was difficult to see indeed. As well, the sun was overhead and there should be minimal chance of a lens flsh, but he took care to remain in the shadow of a bush that was growing wild. The heavy forest to their rear would make for an easy withdrawal to the south.

There was a crewmember on the AGS and it too was zeroed on the traffic circle, but he was instructed to hold on until Dawid got there. If Dawid was killed, then Arpel was to take over the unit. The AGS was situated to the far right of the position, ready to fire on any vehicles that made it though the kill zone and tried to make a run down the road.

"Ready one round fragmentation. Hold it..."

He checked his measurements, consulting the table he'd worked out to the pre-plotted targets.  The mortar was not visible from the road, but it was directly behind him he could easily make adjustments from where he was.


Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 4 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)
Aiming mortar, waiting for fire order.


OOC: After looking at the map, the unit's evac plan is to head south, not east.
Minh Quyen
 player, 462 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 4 Jan 2010
at 11:20
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Lying on the freezing ground, Quyen readies the RPG. Her AK is only an arms reach away, resting on a rock clear of the snow. When the first vehicles pass, she holds her fire as instructed and waits for the main group. On the other side of her is the blasting machine with its wires snaking out towards the road.

Quyen
RPG-16 (3 rounds)
AK74 (30/30)
Prone / Getting ready to aim for opportunity fire

This message was last edited by the player at 11:21, Mon 04 Jan 2010.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 16 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 4 Jan 2010
at 12:17
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The chill of the ground is just starting to come through the jacket Craig is wearing as the scouts move past his position. He stays as still as possible waiting for the main group and the signal to fire.



HK G3SG/1w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm (20/20) + 6 spare magazines
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenades x 2
Jan’s Squad
Waiting
Jan Cerny
 player, 167 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Mon 4 Jan 2010
at 12:33
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Jan glanced at the positioning of his squad, instinctively checking that everyone was positioned correctly even though he knew that they were all highly skilled.  He kept a particular eye on Sutherland, conscious that the Brit was still to prove himself, particularly his loyalty.

Satisfied that everything was correct he returned his attention to the convoy, trying to see how long it was and what vehicle was bringing up the rear.  He had his underslung BG-15 ready for the first shot.

A thought occurred to him.  What happened when you blew up a vehicle containing a chemical shell.  Was the gas released?  He seemed to remember that it was unlikely but who knew for certain!  Something about gas shells having two or more inert compounds that were mixed by the spinning of the shell to create the gas.  He couldn't remember the details from his training though.

"Sunray, King One standing by." he whispered into his radio.


Jan
Studying the convoy from his hidden firing position and preparing to fire his grenade launcher.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
RPG-18
Frag grenade x2

This message was last edited by the player at 23:00, Mon 04 Jan 2010.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1581 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Mon 4 Jan 2010
at 22:46
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

As you watch from the shadows just inside the edge of the woods, the main body of the convoy trundles past, slowing as it nears the traffic circle. The lead vehicle is definitely an OT-64 8x APC, sporting a black panther insignia painted over its fading Polish army green skin. The heads and shoulders of four infantrymen protrude from the rear roof hatches. None of them appear to have spotted you.

The more studious among you recognize the second vehicle as a six-wheeled BTR-152. It’s painted in a gaudy scheme similar to the scout Humvee’s. A PKM is mounted forward in the open-topped troop compartment. 7 to 9 troops are riding in the back. They are clad in woodland camouflage and various types of regulation and non-regulation headgear. A long whip aerial juts up out of the open troop compartment.

The third vehicle is also familiar (to all but Craig and Avel)- the group’s former dark green STAR 6x6 transport. Two men ride in the cab; 4-6 men ride on the benches in the bed.

The fourth vehicle is what you’re here for. A Zil 6x military truck with a tarp-covered bed towing the prophesied D-30 122mm howitzer.

The last vehicle in the main body of the convoy is a second OT-64, painted and manned more of less like the first.

As the first OT-64 pulls even with Jan’s squad, the Ural motorcycle/sidecar combo on the northern hemisphere of the traffic circles revs its engine and starts down the 50, heading for Gora Kalwaria. The man who’d dismounted the Humvee climbs back in and as the OT-64 approaches the field expedient explosive charge (#1, not the AT mine) planted nearest the traffic circle. As the first OT-64 slows to around 5kph, the Humvee pulls away entering the southern hemisphere of the traffic circle.

One of the men in the BTR-52 shouts a warning and points his weapon in the general direction of where the command group is laying in wait.

Next Moves?

See Tac-Map for current tactical situation.

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...91,0.004812&z=18

This message was last edited by the GM at 23:09, Mon 04 Jan 2010.

Jan Cerny
 player, 171 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 00:33
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Due to the combination of his focus on the last two vehicles and the noise of the convoy's engines, Jan was unaware of the shouted warning of one of BTR-52 passengers.

"Targets," he hissed quietly to his squad as he placed his AK beside him on the ground.

"Stoner.  The back of the Zil with a forty."  There could be a lot of men riding in the back of the truck, hidden from view by the tarp.

His glance then switched from Stoner to Drew as he picked up the RPG-18 from the ground where he had placed it.

"Drew.  The OT's passengers."  Suppressing them should hopefully give him enough time to make the RPG shot count.

His attention then moved to the new recruit he'd been assigned.  He deployed the RPG while he whispered.

"Sutherland.  The Zil's driver if you have an angle, otherwise pick your own."  With the driver and anyone else in the cab out of action the Zil wasn't going to go anywhere immediately.

With targets assigned Jan then aimed the RPG-18 at his own target, the OT-64, specifically the turret.

It paid to assign targets.  All of them shooting at the same one would have been such a waste of ammo!


Jan
Assigning targets and then aiming the RPG-18 at the OT-64 (ideally the turret) from his hidden firing position.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
RPG-18
Frag grenade x2

This message was last edited by the player at 00:34, Tue 05 Jan 2010.

Tom Jones
 player, 64 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 05:54
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

With the humvee in Tom’s sights he waits for the go signal. He then fires a five round burst at the gunner and a ten round burst through the front and right window.

As he glances towards the motorbike Tom moves the barrel of his RPK and fires another five round burst. He then moves his point of aim back to the Humvee.


RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Firing at scout vehicles
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1103 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 08:02
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Bayer watches, taking count of the approaching vehicles. Serving more as security than to act as an anti-armor team, Bayer calls over to Mariusz, "HQ team engages the STAR and its dismounts. Don't fire that M72 yet. Small arms only." He then speaks quickly into the radio, "Rapira. Sunray. Second vehicle. The BTR-152. Fire and then switch to armoured targets of opportunity. Out."

With Tucker hearing him over the radio designate the BTR-152 to the Rapira, he figured the sergeant would thus order his own men to concentrate on the lead OT-64 and the Hummer. Steadying his weapon, he aims at the STAR and waits. Immediately following the Rapira's shot, Bayer will fire.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (30/30 + HEDP)
HQ Det.
Aiming/Then firing 40mmHEPD at STAR

This message was last edited by the player at 08:04, Tue 05 Jan 2010.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 613 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 14:54
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz centered his sights on the driver of the Star and waited for the wavering to settle on the man's chest. He rolled the trigger and sent the 7.62mmN bullet flying toward his target.

Mariusz
G3 (20/20)HE
Aimed shot at Star driver

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1489 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 15:41
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #303):

Still looking at the scout elements through his binoculars, Dawid debated firing the mortar in support of the initial volley. They had only four rounds, and so they could pull one good fire mission. The initial fire would decide much and the mortar would add much firepower, but it would then put it out of the fight. If the enemy reacted too well to the ambush then the firepower of the mortar could put the balance back in their favour.

Konrad's orders came over the radio net, and it seemed the shooting was going to begin soon.

He was reluctant to fire without specific orders, and the ambush line was very close to the enemy, less than 100m. One wrong round could be disastrous and cause casualties they could ill-afford. He decided that since the mortar hadn't been detailed to join in the initial attack, they would hold fire until either requested or the scout unit started to flank the ambush line. That way (hopefully) everyone would either have their heads down, or the benefit would outweigh the risks.

"Okay boys, we're almost there, keep steady and hold your fire. Arpel, let me know the second Kapitan Bayer calls for a round."


Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 4 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)
Aiming mortar, still waiting for fire order.

Minh Quyen
 player, 464 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 00:57
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Tracking the lead OT-64 as it passes, Quyen waits until the RPG sighting unit steadies on the center of the vehicle. At that moment she fires and immediately ducks back down below the large log she is using as cover.

Quyen
Firing aimed shot from RPG at the OT-64
Tucker's Team

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 723 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 03:56
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Minh Quyen:
Tracking the lead OT-64 as it passes, Quyen waits until the RPG sighting unit steadies on the center of the vehicle. At that moment she fires and immediately ducks back down below the large log she is using as cover.

Tucker looks around the ambush site quickly, making a quick assesment before turning to Minh who is getting a bearing with the RPG, "Hit the HUMMER and the OT.  Save the IED's in case we need a diversion to get the fuck outta here quickly!  Git 'r done, all hell's about to break loose!"

Tucker then pops back over the top of the log next to Minh and waits for her shot to go off and then he will fire at any dismounts or damatged vehicles the following round.  He slides his M-16's safety from 'off' to single shot.

Tucker
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HEDP]
Getting ready to pop the ambush and firing after he sees what damage his team does with their RPG's on the HUMMER & the OT-64

OOC: Konrad, you can kill me later if I'm wrong...
Craig Sutherland
 player, 17 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 05:16
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Craig centres his aim on the driver of the Zil and fires at the man; he then moves his point of aim to the passenger and fires again.

He pushes the selector forward on the receiver and lines up the edge of the tarp covered bed of the truck as it moves forward and fires a ten round burst along its length. He holds his centre of aim on the end of the bed of the truck to engage any dismounts.

HK G3SG/1w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm (20/20) + 6 spare magazines
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenades x 2
Jan’s Squad
Firing on Zil truck
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
 NPC, 349 posts
 HM2 (E-5)
 US Navy
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 05:29
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
The range was close. Almost too close for the grenade to be certain to arm, and almost close enough for them to catch a few shards of shrapnel if luck deserted them. Fortunately though they'd had just about enough time to situate themselves behind at least minimal cover - a slight rise in front or laying in a depression, even a substantial log with a few shovelfuls of dirt packed in behind, basically anything that would keep them as out of harms way as possible.

The sights of the M203 rested on the centre of the truck cargo bay, an HE round cradled within and safety off. Beside his right hand sat his next round, an HEDP more suited to dealing with harder targets such as the OT-64s or BTR.

Stoner
Aiming at cargo bay of Zil - firing upon ambush initiation
Reloading with HEDP immediately after firing
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 11xHE, 11xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

This message was last edited by the player at 00:28, Thu 07 Jan 2010.

Steven Drew
 player, 102 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 07:22
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Drew:

  Drew if he hears the shout and pointing from the convoy will pen up on the last truck to pass, the ZIL which he had been tracking with his gun.  He will let fly with several bursts in the truck bed and then racking the drivers cab.  After working over the ZIL he will shift his fire to the bed of the STAR taking out whomever could be in the back.

  After he lets loose on the trucks he will focus on other threats or pockets of dismounted troops trying to mass and return fire.  His priority is of course to take out the ZIL and its passengers.

Sgt Drew
M240
Letting loose with his M240
Apel Avtomian
 player, 13 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 18:29
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Okay boys, we're almost there, keep steady and hold your fire. Arpel, let me know the second Kapitan Bayer calls for a round."

"Got it," says Apel, trying to stay still and a bit nervous.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1585 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 00:17
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

As the troops in the back of the BTR-152 swing their weapons towards where the command group lies in wait, Mariusz initiates the ambush with a single shot aimed at the driver of the STAR truck. The windshield spiderwebs in front of the the driver’s upper body as the heavy 7.62mm N bullet punches through the glass. The truck jerks and wobbles slightly but continues roughly on its original course. Due to the badly cracked windshield, Mariusz can’t tell if he’s actually hit the driver or not. (Mariusz -1 round)

A split second later, in answer to Konrad’s orders to the Rapira crew, you hear a sharp, loud crack, followed almost immediately by a resounding boom. The left side of the BTR-152 is enveloped by a brief sunburst of fire and surrounded by a lingering cloud of dust and smoke. Despite the spectacular direct hit, the BTR-152 continues to roll steadily forward, its troop compartment- which now appears to be completely empty- spewing smoke and wildly corkscrewing sparks.  You see what appear to be two bodies lying motionless on the cracked asphalt in about the same spot where the APC was just hit. Approximately 50 meters further on, the BTR-152 comes to a sudden, jerky stop and the driver’s door, after a couple of unsuccessful attempts, clangs open. The driver stumbles out on to the road, clutching at the back of his neck with one hand while raising the other. No one emerges from the still-smoking troop compartment. (Rapira -1 100mm HEAT round)

Konrad’s LOS to the STAR truck is momentarily blocked off by the dust and smoke of the broadside 100mm HEAT strike on the still-advancing BTR-152. After a couple of seconds he thinks he can make out the silhouette of the STAR’s boxy cab. Realizing he might not get a better shot, he pulls the trigger of his HK-69 GL and, two heartbeats later, the truck’s front grille explodes in orange flames as the impacting 40mm HEDP grenade shreds its big engine. The STAR rolls forward for another ten meters or so before coming to a halt in the middle of the northbound lanes. Angry flames dart out of a gaping hole in the engine compartment, licking at the crew cab. (Konrad -1 round 40mm HEDP)

The driver of the Zil truck towing the D-30 howitzer seems unsure how to respond to the sudden chaos developing in front of him. He slows a bit as the STAR is hit but continues forward, narrowing the distance between himself and the now stationary STAR.  Craig has the unwitting driver in his crosshairs the entire time. Just as the Zil driver starts to turn to his right, angling towards the westbound lanes, a bullet fired from Craig’s G-3 punches through the driver’s side window and into his chest. He lurches to the side and the truck follows. A 40mm HE round fired by Stoner, at almost the same instant as Craig’s first shot, hits  the tarp covering the bed of the truck and explodes in a puff of white smoke and spray of incandescent sparks. The truck drifts into the median before rolling to a stop. (Craig -1 round; Stoner -1 40mm HE)

Drew rakes the passing Zil, adding to the carnage. When the truck stops in the median, no one emerges from the bed. He turns the M240 on the bed of the STAR to his left and lets loose with another burst.  Tracers dart into the open bed and he can see men fall. (Drew -20 rounds)

After a moment's hesitation, the miltiamen attached to the command group open up with their rifles and LSWs, peppering the STAR and the Zil with fire. As soon as the dust cloud thrown up by the Rapira's considerable muzzle blast partially disperses/settles, the RPK gunner attached to its crew starts shooting up the trucks as well. The sound of their bullets impacting against the trucks sounds like small stones being thrown into a metal bucket.

At the rear of the column, Jan rises to one knee and depresses the trigger on the Soviet-made RPG-18 disposable AT rocket. The launcher tube jerks a little on his shoulder as the rocket blazes towards the trailing OT-64. Just as the APC’s KPV sends a stream of tracers just inches over Jan’s head, the 64mm HEAT warhead strikes the OT-64 about two inches below the driver’s view port, producing a terrific flash and tremendous bang. Its pug nose emerging from a halo of white smoke, the OT-64 coasts to a halt a few meters from Jan’s squad’s position.  For the moment, at least, the stricken APC’s KPV stops firing. The infantry, whose heads and shoulders had been poking up through the roof hatches of the OT-64's enclosed troop compartment, have apparently ducked down into the belly of the APC. (Jan uses up RPG-18 single shot LAW)

Meanwhile, at the head of the main column, Minh takes careful aim on the lead OT-64, now accelerating and rotating its small turret to its left flank. As it passes, she pulls the RPG launcher’s trigger. The rocket leaps towards the wheeled APC but lands short, exploding just 20m from Minh’s position. Bits of shrapnel whiz and snap by as Minh ducks behind cover. Had she not already planned on ducking down immediately upon firing, one of the bits of shrapnel could well likely be lodged in her head right now.  She peeks up over the log to see if she hit the APC. There’s a lot of smoke but the OT-64 rolls on, seemingly undeterred. The forward pair of tires on the driver’s side, however, appears to have absorbed some of the shrapnel from the short RPG round. A particulary brave infantryman fires his rifle at Minh's position from one of the open roof hatches at the back of the OT-64. Luckily, the smoke and movement impeed his aim and no one is hit. Another infantryman shoots up the unoccupied woods to the left of the OT-64. The rest of the infantryman have ducked back into the troop compartment for the moment.(Minh -1 round RPG HEAT)

Jones faces west and sets his sights on the departing HUMVEE. All he can see is its rump end, and the back of the gunner’s head and shoulders. At the sound of the gunfire and explosions to his rear, the gunner turns in the HUMVEE’s cupola.  Jones, the gunner already in his sights, fires a five round burst. The gunner jumps slightly, as if stung, and drops abruptly into the HUMVEE’s cab.  As the HUMVEE accelerates away, Tom follows it with 10 more rounds. It’s hard to know whether he’s done it any further damage as it speeds away but Jones thinks he sees the gunner’s RPK fall from the HUMVEE roof and tumble onto the road. The HUMVEE’s squat, boxy body blocks Jones’ LOS to the Ural motorcycle & sidecar which, alerted by the rapid acceleration of the HUMVEE (if not the gunshots), accelerates in turn so as not to get run off of the road by its larger partner. (Jones -15 rounds)

From the southwest corner of the house, Dawid, Arpel, and the rest of the mortar squad can clearly see the Ural motorcycle and the HUMVEE hauling ass down the 50.

Summary:

Ural motorcycle/sidecar undamaged, heading west at approx. 50kph

HUMVEE  apparently undamaged, heading west at approx. 50kph

Lead OT-64 damaged forward, left side tires; moving into the traffic circle at approx. 40kph

BTR-152 severely damaged (possibly on fire); immobilized

STAR severely damaged; immobilized

ZIL & D-30: truck damaged; currently immobile

Trailing OT-64 badly damaged; immobilized


Current Tac-Map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 01:56, Thu 07 Jan 2010.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1105 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 01:19
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Bayer drops behind his cover and reloads with another 40mm HEDP round. "Mariusz! Get these people firing at the STAR now!" he yells as he digs into his grenade pouch. Then holding down the transmit switch of his radio for the benefit of Jan's team, he adds, "Keep the Zil alive. Kill the crew."

Bayer
HQ Det
Reloading w/ 40mm HEDP
Prone


OOC - The militia didn't fire?

This message was last edited by the player at 01:24, Thu 07 Jan 2010.

Dave 'Bones' Stoner
 NPC, 350 posts
 HM2 (E-5)
 US Navy
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 01:39
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"Jan, drop a grenade in there!" Stoner yelled out refering to the OT-64 Jan had just hit.
"We've got you covered."
He scanned the killzone for targets for either a bullet or grenade without sucess. The lack of infantry spilling from the vehicles worried him greatly for although both trucks had been hit hard, the APCs they could see still potentially held upwards of thirty well armed infantrymen.

Stoner
Yelling to Jan
Scanning for (and firing at) targets - either single shots or aimed grenade (Intiative 7)
F88A1 Steyr AUG (30/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 11xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1588 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 02:09
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The voice of the translator posted to the Rapira crew- a former flight engineer aboard Polish air force transport aircraft- crackles through the radio. Despite the obvious nervous energy apparent in his voice, his English, though accented, is precise and easy to understand.

"Sunray, Rapira. No armored targets. Do you want us to engage trucks with the HE frag? Over!"
Steven Drew
 player, 103 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 03:47
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

  Drew:

  Drew lifts his head from his machinguns sight.  He looks for other targets, vehicles that are still moving, or return fire.  He loots at the armored vehicles if lucky he can get a view and a shot through an open rear drop ramp.  <I don't recall them having such, but if they do, a pure target of opportunity!  A coulple rounds inside would bounce around nicely>

  Drew will move to his alternate position he prepared on the left for a better view and field of fire.  Before he does so, he will shout out,

"FLANK EM! I'VE GOT EM!"

 He will then shout towards the vehicles in English,

"SURRENDER OR DIE!"

  He will then shout soldiers German or POLISH whichever he can pronounce better the single word,

"SURRENDER!"

  He will instantluy start moving under cover at the highcrawl but being carefuly not to cause alot of the brush to move betraying his position and movement.  Getting into position to cover the enemy from a different angle.


Sgt Drew
M240
Looking, calling, then crawling about 3-5m
Tom Jones
 player, 65 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 08:00
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

With the Humvee in his sights Tom fires another ten round burst at the fleeing vehicle.

Then he rolls onto his side and grabs one of his prepared tapped grenades. Pulling the pin on the grenade he watches the lever detach as he throws the grenades onto the rear deck of the OT-64 aiming for one of the open hatches. He then grabs the RPK and covers the rear of the APC for dismounts.

RPK-74 (30/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Throwing tapped grenades at OT-64

This message was last edited by the player at 08:21, Thu 07 Jan 2010.

Minh Quyen
 player, 465 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 09:08
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Peering over the log, Quyen curses at the misfortune of missing the enemy vehicle. A hit would have been spectacular, she thought, before quickly ducking back down behind her cover as an enemy began firing in on her position.

She then pulls out another round from the two she had tucked into her webbing, and inserted it into the end of the launcher. "Sergeant. Sorry I missed." she calls as the RPG is reloaded.

Not entirely sure what vehicles are still a threat, she rises back up behind the log with the RPG leveled towards the road and ready. For the time being, the detonator will remain on the ground next to her.

Quyen
Reloading RPG (2 rounds)
Tucker's Team
Lying behind cover

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 614 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 09:21
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz heard the Kaptain's call over his radio and yelled as loudly as he could, "Keep firing at the Star, don't let them organise!"

He pulled the rifle tightly to his shoulder and braced himself as he flicked his selector to full auto and sent fifteen rounds heading toward the cargo bed of the Star.

Mariusz
G3 (19/20) HE
Lying in a scrape
Firing 15 rounds full auto at the truck bed of the Star

Craig Sutherland
 player, 19 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 10:06
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Craig moves his point of aim slightly to the left and fires two shots to where he hopes the passenger may still be. Even though he knows the bullet has to punch through the rear of the cab Craig is confident the heavy 7.62mm bullet can do the job.

He then glances further along the road looking for any other vehicles.


HK G3SG/1w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm (19/20) + 6 spare magazines
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenades x 2
Jan’s Squad
Engaging passenger area of the Zil truck
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 724 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 14:07
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
 
Minh Quyen:
Peering over the log, Quyen curses at the misfortune of missing the enemy vehicle. A hit would have been spectacular, she thought, before quickly ducking back down behind her cover as an enemy began firing in on her position.

She then pulls out another round from the two she had tucked into her webbing, and inserted it into the end of the launcher. "Sergeant. Sorry I missed." she calls as the RPG is reloaded.


With explosions and gunfire coming from all points of the ambush, Tucker sees the the OT-64 that was passing their point was hit but, not hit by Minh's RPG.  His own M-16 already shouldered to fire at threats from the convoy after the ambush was started, Tuck fires his loaded HEDP 40mm round at the OT-64 and the exposed gunman who has bravely decided to take pot shots at Minh, trying to disable it.

"Don't worry bout it Minh.  Stay frosty with the IED's & RPG just in case we need them.  You can get the round back so, try and make the next one count if we need it!"

Tucker
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HEDP]
Firing 40mm HEDP at the damaged OT-64

This message was last edited by the GM at 22:40, Thu 07 Jan 2010.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1492 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 16:06
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #312):

Dawid looked at the speeding motorcycle and Humvee, weighing his options. Their primary target was the howitzer, and there was no expectation they would or could stop all the vehicles. The escaping vehicles didn't seem to be a great threat to their immediate security, as they seemed to be leaving the ambush zone. So, opening fire now would only serve to give away their position and not aid in completing their objective.

"Hold fire, hold fire everyone."

Dawid gave his RPG-76 to Arpel, then flipped up the sights for the  BG-15 grenade launcher and tracked the Humvee.

"The runners are not an immediate threat. Keep an eye on them anyways, Arpel. If they come back or try to flank, then let me know. I hope you know how to use this rocket. I'll instruct you if you can't read the instructions."

"For now, get on the radio and inform "Queen" that a couple vehicles have escaped the trap but nothing critical. Queen is the tug, we're Eagle."



82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 4 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)
Lending RPG-76, aiming BG-15 at Humvee, instructing Arpel.


OOC: what is Arpel armed with?
Alexei Ondar
 NPC, 128 posts
 Starshiy Praporshchik
 Ex-GRU/Spetznaz
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 23:00
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Ondar waits patiently while the ambush unfolds. Dust from the explosion of Minh's RPG temporarily disorients him but he recovers in time to take a shot at the soldier firing at his comrade from the back of the egressing OT-64. Squaring the man quickly in the reticle of his bullpup marksman's rifle, Ondar squeezes the trigger.
Apel Avtomian
 player, 14 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 23:34
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Dawid gave his RPG-76 to Arpel, then flipped up the sights for the  BG-15 grenade launcher and tracked the Humvee.

"The runners are not an immediate threat. Keep an eye on them anyways, Arpel. If they come back or try to flank, then let me know. I hope you know how to use this rocket. I'll instruct you if you can't read the instructions."

"For now, get on the radio and inform "Queen" that a couple vehicles have escaped the trap but nothing critical. Queen is the tug, we're Eagle."



Apel takes the RPG awkwardly, trapping it against his body as he picks up the radio.

"Queen, this is Eagle. A few targets--vehicles," he says glancing at Piotrowski, "have escaped the trap and are heading down the 50. So far so-- nothing critical."

Then Apel aims the RPG-76 in the general direction of the passing motorcycle and HUMVEE.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
OOC: what is Arpel armed with?

OOC: M-16A2; M9
Standard loadout of 7 full magazines for his rifle, three full mags for his pistol, two fragmentation hand-grenades, and one smoke grenade (green)

Apel
Dawid's squad
M-16A2; M9
7 full magazines for his rifle
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Taking the RPG-76, Radioing the Tug, tracking vehicles on the 50

This message was last edited by the player at 02:37, Fri 08 Jan 2010.

Jan Cerny
 player, 175 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 00:05
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Jan discarded the expended RPG-18 tube as the damaged OT-64 coasted to a halt a few meters from him.  Despite his experience he felt a sense of disappointment that the APC hadn’t erupted in a fireball.  In reality they never exploded like they did in the movies!

Konrad Bayer:
Then holding down the transmit switch of his radio for the benefit of Jan's team, he adds, "Keep the Zil alive. Kill the crew."


He keyed his radio transmit button briefly.  “King One acknowledged on the Zil,” he replied to Hauptmann Bayer.

“The Capitaine wants the Zil intact,” he then called to his squad, relaying the orders for those who hadn't heard it on the radio.  “Just kill the crew!”

He then turned his attention back to the OT-64 in front of his position, conscious that, while he was on the radio, Stoner had yelled something to him about a grenade and Drew had called to the enemy to surrender.  He was too close and too low to use the BG-15 so he pulled a frag grenade from a loop on his webbing, pulled the pin and then lobbed it in an arc towards the APC, aiming to land it in the rear passenger compartment.

The moment the grenade left his hand he snatched up his rifle from beside him and brought it to his shoulder, pointing it towards the OT-64, ready to duck and call a warning if his thrown grenade landed short.

"And keep low!" he continued to his squad.  "The KPV probably can't get an angle on us."


Jan
Relaying Konrad's orders re the Zil and then trying to throw a frag grenade into the passenger compartment of the closest OT-64.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x2

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1109 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 00:49
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Cap'n Rae:
"Sunray, Rapira. No armored targets. Do you want us to engage trucks with the HE frag? Over!"


Before getting back into a firing position, Bayer responds over the net, "Sunray. No. Negative. Armored targets only, or on command. Standy by. Over."
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1591 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 03:34
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tom Jones fires after the speeding Humvee. His RPK-74 bucks twice before a stoppage abruptly stills it. The HUMVEE races down the 50 towards the Vistula, right behind the motorcycle-mounted scouts. Focused on his fleeing quarry, and somewhat taken aback by the misfire, Tom almost doesn't notice the OT-64 rumbling by on his right. By the time he does, it's almost out of effective throwing range, especially considering the extra weight and bulk of two taped grenades. He decides not to waste them. (Jones -3 rounds)

Ondar, meanwhile, takes a shot at the infantryman firing from the top hatches of the same OT-64. The man's helmet does a backflip off of his head and the target drops from sight into the troop compartment. (Ondar -1 round)

At nearly the same instant as Ondar fires, Tucker fires a 40mm HEDP grenade at the broad rump of the OT-64. The grenade falls short, detonating roughly 10m behind the accelerating APC. (Tucker -1 HEDP)

At an almost reckless speed, the OT-64 enters the southern half of the traffic circle, turns on to the 801 going southbound, and rolls past the spot where Minh had earlier emplaced the AT mine.

Minh reloads the RPG-16 and looks up to find no worthy targets for the last remaining rocket. The OT-64 is just passing out of view; the BTR-152 is apparently immobilized (and possibly on fire) and does not appear to pose a threat at the moment. The driver of the badly damaged BTR-152 sinks to his knees on the near shoulder, clutching the back of his neck with one hand and covering his head with the other as he bows forward, making himself as small as he can.

The miltiamen attached to Konrad and Mariusz's squad (and the RPK man with the AT gun squad) continue to plink away at the immobilized STAR with rapid single shots (the RPD and RPK both fire short, tight bursts). Glass crashes as each window is shot out in turn. It starts to sink on punctured tires. The passenger side door opens and the occupant falls hard to the pavement. The cab is starting to burn. The open bed is raked by fire. No one gets out. The five (or so) men who'd been riding back there are most likely all dead, badly wounded, or are too scared to move (or waiting for a chance to make a break for it).

As ordered, the Rapira crew holds its fire.

Drew moves to his left at a crawl, dragging his M-240 along with him. He sets up in his new position, looking for good targets for the GPMG. The STAR looks like it’s made of Swiss cheese. Looking towards the ZiL, Drew watches as two men drop from the truck to the grassy median on the far side of the vehicle. One starts running across the far lane (heading north); the other crawls into the shallow ditch between the median and the southern edge of the far lane.

As Drew displaces, Craig takes aim at the Zil through the scope of his G-3. He no longer has direct LOS to the cab of the Zil, now blocked from view by the smoking, tattered tarp that's still draped over the bed. He attempts the circus shot anyway, sending two bullets lengthwise through the covered bed. As he looks to his right up the road, Craig’s attention is caught by Jan's one-man assault on the immobilized OT-64. (Craig -2 rounds)

Jan, keeping low to prevent the OT-64’s gunner from depressing his weapon low enough to shoot him during his approach, moves towards the nose of the big APC. Surprisingly, the OT-64's KPV has not resumed firing. Jan is too focussed to notice. He tosses the grenade in a graceful arc over its front half, trying to loop it through the open roof hatches at the back. At about the same time as he releases the hand grenade, the rear doors swing open and a line of infantrymen begins to emerge, each man cutting hard right and sprinting south into the woods. As the third man in the line enters the tree-line, Jan hears a clang as the grenade hits metal. As the fourth man passes in front of him, the grenade explodes on the road several meters behind the APC. The fifth man out the back of the OT-64 starts limping as he crosses Jan’s path. (Jan -1 frag)

Stoner, seeing that Craig and Drew have the arc from 10-o’clock to 12-o’-clock covered, turns his attention to the OT-64 just as the dismounts begin spewing from the open hatch. He lifts his rifle to his shoulder and squeezes off three shots at the fifth man in the line. The man continues limping into the trees, apparently unhit. Stoner notices several other men ahead of his fortunate target, their shadows moving into the trees. There are now five enemy soldiers (so far?) on Jan’s team’s right flank*.  Even more troubling, on the road behind the knocked out OT-64, Stoner thinks he can see another wheeled APC coming their way down the 50. It appears the enemy have not neglected to address rear security… (Stoner -3 rounds)

*Having looked back, Craig is aware of this; Drew, currently focused on the trucks, is not.

Next Moves?

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

This message was last edited by the GM at 03:53, Fri 08 Jan 2010.

Dave 'Bones' Stoner
 NPC, 353 posts
 HM2 (E-5)
 US Navy
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 05:00
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Rapidly Stoner moved his master hand to the trigger of the M203. A heart beat later and the HEDP grenade was sailing after the rapidly departing survivors of the OT-64, and another taking the expended round's place within the weapon.

"A. P. C. SIXTY METRES!" he bellowed out, hoping Konrad, or somebody located with the HQ would hear.
"TOMASZ!"

Stoner
Firing grenade at centre of fleeing infantry (Intiative 7) then reloading
Yelling to alert of APC and calling for Tomasz and his beautiful M72
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 10xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Tom Jones
 player, 66 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 05:49
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tom works the bolt to extract the jam as he pivots his body to face down the road towards the Zil.

He then fires three five round bursts at the two crew who have just dismounted from the vehicle. He will fire on the runner moving north first then the man in the ditch.

RPK-74 (27/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Firing at Zils former crew

This message was last edited by the player at 09:39, Fri 08 Jan 2010.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1494 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 08:56
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #328):

The damaged OT-64 making it through the traffic circle was much more of a threat than the fleeing Humvee and motorcycle. It had passed the useless AT mine, and was in a position to stop on the ambush line's flank. If it ran that would be a good thing, but somehow he imagined there was something worse in store.

Grabbing the handset he blurted a short radio message, hoping it got through. "Eagle calling Sunray, one armoured carrier to your south, will engage if flanks."

He aimed his Tantal/BG-15 at the OT-64 and continued issuing instructions, making sure his voice carried through the different rooms of the farmhouse.

"Arpel, target: armoured carrier, distance 120-30 metres. Engage the front quarter if possible, try and take out the engine or turret. At that time I will also engage, so fire when I fire."

He switched to Polish to address the mortar crew. "Piotr, Dariusz: keep an eye on the motorcycle and car going west."

"Ireneusz, aim the grenade launcher at the armoured carrier but hold your fire until I say so. This is important, DO NOT FIRE."
The AGS was emplaced at a window on the farthest left, which gave it the widest arc of fire.

Adrenaline pumping, Dawid breathed in and out, controlling his heart. He tracked the armoured personnel carrier as it made it's wobbly way south. When it stopped Arpel would hit the front with the rocket, while he would try to take out the troop compartment with his grenade launcher before the troops had a chance to dismount. It would be a miracle if they hit it at all, but they could dream! If they failed to destroy either the engine/gun or any/all dismounts, the AGS-17 would be their fail-safe and if possible he would man it.


Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 4 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)

Warning Konrad. Issuing instructions while aiming Tantal/BG-15. Waiting for OT-64 to stop to engage (firing at vehicle with 40mm HE).

This message was last edited by the player at 14:28, Fri 08 Jan 2010.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 21 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 09:28
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Seeing the feeling dismounted infantry as more of a threat then the two crew from the Zil, Craig engages the running men with double taps starting with the man furthest from his position.

He then speaks into his head set:

“King this is King Two, BTR-70 inbound, Route 50, sixty meters out from our position”



HK G3SG/1w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm (17/20) + 6 spare magazines
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenades x 2
Jan’s Squad
Engaging fleeing dismounts
Jan Cerny
 player, 177 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 10:28
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Years of training kicking in, Jan dropped to a kneeling position, flicked the selector on his AK to burst and fired a couple of five round bursts after the fleeing troops.  He tried to compensate as much as possible for the recoil but they were so close it was worth expending the ammo.

Dave 'Bones' Stoner:
"A. P. C. SIXTY METRES!" he bellowed out, hoping Konrad, or somebody located with the HQ would hear.
"TOMASZ!"


As he heard Stoner’s shout he stopped firing at the retreating troops and started to look for the APC Stoner had spotted, intending to call in a more detailed location.

Craig Sutherland:
“King this is King Two, BTR-70 inbound, Route 50, sixty meters out from our position”


He then heard Sutherland do exactly what he had intended so he decided that it was time to get back into the cover of the trees.  Rising quickly he sprinted back into the trees, diving into cover behind one somewhere near to his small squad.

He was pleased with Sutherland though.  He’d liked the man when he first met him and passing on the information about the APC promptly was another tick in the right direction to prove that the Brit was truly on their side and against the Baron.


Jan
Firing a pair of 5 round bursts at the rear most two of the enemy soldiers fleeing from the immobilised OT-64 and then running back into cover.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1110 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 11:39
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
With a fresh 40mmHEDP inserted into the launcher, Bayer toggles his radio and says quickly "Sunray copies all." He then rises up off the cold ground and hollers to his second in command, "Mariusz! Take the RPD gunner and reinforce Sergeant Tucker. Orient yourselves to cover the left flank."

Then pointing to the remaining team he yells, "Move now! Ready that M72 on the go!" He'll then lead them sprinting across the open ground towards the forested area where Jan is camped out. With no shot against the BTR, he doubts it would willingly enter an ambush kill zone... so the move is necessary. IF however, it does approach while the team is still in the open, Bayer will drop to the ground and fire at the vehicle.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (HEDP)
Running NE (will go to cover if exposed to fire)
HQ Det.


OOC - Mariusz how many of those 40mm round Bayer gave to you do you have left?
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 615 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 11:54
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"On it, Sir!" Mariusz called as he rose from his scrape, "Pavel! On me now!"

He switched magazines as he waited for the RPD gunner to react to his call and then headed toward Tucker's position.

Mariusz
Changing mag and heading to Tucker's position

OCC: Had one 40mmHE up the spout and Bayer gave me two more. Still have three rounds to fire.

Apel Avtomian
 player, 15 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 16:24
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Arpel, target: armoured carrier, distance 120-30 metres. Engage the front quarter if possible, try and take out the engine or turret. At that time I will also engage, so fire when I fire."


Apel nervously targets the armoured carrier, double-checking that he actually knows how to fire the RPG.  He waits silently for Dawid to fire, his heart pounding in his head and neck.

Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
7 full magazines for his rifle
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Targeting the front quarter of the OT-64, Waiting for Dawid to fire/give the command to fire

This message was last edited by the player at 16:28, Fri 08 Jan 2010.

Minh Quyen
 player, 466 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 16:35
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Quyen curses a second time as the enemy vehicle fails to drive over the AT mine they had planted and taken the added time to camouflage. Either that or the junk didn't detonate. A miss and a miss, she thinks, definitely not my good day. On the bright side though, it did look as though they'd be pulling out with all of the demo, to be put to use at a later date.

Lowering back down behind her cover she calls over, "Sergeant? New orders?"

"Whadya want me to do here?"
she casually asks, half hoping his answer to be somewhere along the lines of "I don't care. Have a smoke or something."

Not sure of the status of the lead OT-64, she adds, "Is that APC going to be a problem?"

Quyen
RPG (2 rounds) + AK74
Tuck's Team
Holding position - requesting orders

This message was last edited by the player at 16:37, Fri 08 Jan 2010.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 728 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 01:21
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Cap'n Rae:
Tom Jones fires after the speeding Humvee. His RPK-74 bucks twice before a stoppage abruptly stills it. The HUMVEE races down the 50 towards the Vistula, right behind the motorcycle-mounted scouts. Focused on his fleeing quarry, and somewhat taken aback by the misfire, Tom almost doesn't notice the OT-64 rumbling by on his right. By the time he does, it's almost out of effective throwing range, especially considering the extra weight and bulk of two taped grenades. He decides not to waste them. (Jones -3 rounds)

Ondar, meanwhile, takes a shot at the infantryman firing from the top hatches of the same OT-64. The man's helmet does a backflip off of his head and the target drops from sight into the troop compartment. (Ondar -1 round)

At nearly the same instant as Ondar fires, Tucker fires a 40mm HEDP grenade at the broad rump of the OT-64. The grenade falls short, detonating roughly 10m behind the accelerating APC. (Tucker -1 HEDP)

At an almost reckless speed, the OT-64 enters the southern half of the traffic circle, turns on to the 801 going southbound, and rolls past the spot where Minh had earlier emplaced the AT mine.

Minh reloads the RPG-16 and looks up to find no worthy targets for the last remaining rocket. The OT-64 is just passing out of view; the BTR-152 is apparently immobilized (and possibly on fire) and does not appear to pose a threat at the moment. The driver of the badly damaged BTR-152 sinks to his knees on the near shoulder, clutching the back of his neck with one hand and covering his head with the other as he bows forward, making himself as small as he can.

Tucker gets a look at the soldier that is now outside the BTR-152 who appears to be wounded and surrendering, to whom, he has no idea.  The initial vehicles that were supposed to be in the ambush are now moving out of the area at a rapid speed.  This could be their chance to get a prisoner or at least make sure the BTR is definitely out of commission.

Minh Quyen:
Quyen curses a second time as the enemy vehicle fails to drive over the AT mine they had planted and taken the added time to camouflage. Either that or the junk didn't detonate. A miss and a miss, she thinks, definitely not my good day. On the bright side though, it did look as though they'd be pulling out with all of the demo, to be put to use at a later date.

Lowering back down behind her cover she calls over, "Sergeant? New orders?"

"Whadya want me to do here?"
she casually asks, half hoping his answer to be somewhere along the lines of "I don't care. Have a smoke or something."

Not sure of the status of the lead OT-64, she adds, "Is that APC going to be a problem?"

Looking back over to Minh and asking for new orders, Tucker begins to get up to his feet and tells her before he moves, "On me!  We're going to secure the prisoner and that vehicle.  Bring the RPG with you in case we need it," Tucker tells Minh pointing to the BTR-152.

Tucker
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [Empty HEDP Casing]
Emptying chamber of spent HEDP casing while moving to the BTR-152 and trying to secure an EPW who is outside the vehicle


As Tucker & Minh are moving away, he will yell directly to Jones & Ondar, "MOVING!" and then to the approaching Mariusz and the militia man that is following him, "REPORT TO MR. JONES!  COVER THE INTERSECTION WITH THEM!"

This message was last edited by the player at 01:44, Sat 09 Jan 2010.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1597 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 18:21
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

At the northeast edge of the ambush, Stoner fires a 40mm HEDP midpoint at the line of dismounts running south into the tree from the OT-64. It explodes at the feet of the third man in the line, cartwheeling him into a tree. The fourth man stumbles into the smoke of the bursting grenade but continues forward. (Stoner -1 HEDP)

Jan drops to his knee and engages the fourth and fifth man in the line. Ten rounds acounts for one of them, a solid hit center mass that drops the fifth man like a sack of potatoes. The fourth man, somehow remains unscathed and continues running. (Jan -10 rounds)

Craig sets his sights on the second dismount, now 25m into the woods. A 5-round burst of 7.62mm knocks down his target, sending him skidding through the leaves littering the forrest floor. The first dismount keeps running deeper into the woods. Craig fires another burst after him but the trees absorb most of the rounds and the first man escapes unscathed. Incoming fire grabs Craig's attention, allowing the very lucky fourth dismount to escape his attention.(Craig -10 rounds)

The BTR-70 continues down the road towards its stricken Polish counterpart. At about 50m from the OT-64, it opens up with its coax. A stream of tracers whizzes and cracks overhead, cutting down low-hanging branches and showering Stoner and Jan with bits of wood and damp leaves. The gunner pauses, likely adjusting his aim. The BTR-70 is moving slowly but deliberately. An olive green orb sails over the OT-64, landing about 10m from Stoner and Jan. Grenade!

Konrad, Arkadiusz, Tomasz, and Jacek rise from their positions at the center of the ambush line and start across the clearing towards Jan's squad's positions. They pass in front of the Rapira crew; their RPK gunner sees Konrad in time to hold his fire. Konrad and his team hit the dirt as a few rounds buzz by at just above head level. The fire is coming from up the road. It doesn't appear to be aimed fire- more likely it's long rounds from the firefight between Jan's squad and whatever enemy forces they're currently engaging.

Drew [NPCed] continues to rake the bed of the Zil with fire. After another 20 rounds, he decides he's wasting ammo. He sees Konrad's squad coming his way and he sees them go to ground. He can hear the fire behind him, now apparently going both ways. (Drew -20 rounds)

Tom engages the man running from the Zil across the far lane, heading for the cover of the wreck of a BMP. The man stumbles and falls but rises again and hops on one leg before diving into the depression on the north edge of the road. From there he crawls behind the BMP, rounds cracking off of the pavement at his feet. When Jones turns to look for the other escapee from the Zil, last seen falling into the depression between the southern lanes and the median, he can't see him. (Jones -10 rounds)

Tucker and Minh emerge from the treeline and carefully approach the cowering BTR-152 driver and his smoldering mount with their weapons drawn. The man doesn't look up. It appears that he's just trying to stay small enough not to attract any of his ambusher's fire. Perhaps he's in shock. It appears that the contents of the APC's troop compartment are burning. The fire's not yet out of control but it likely will be soon. Someone inside the troop compartment begins calling for help in a weak but desperate voice.

Passing behind Tucker and Minh, Mariusz and Pavel arrive at Jones' position to guard against a possible flanking move launched from the escaped OT-64, still out of sight.

From the sturdy little farmhouse, Dawid and Apel and their miltia squadmates watch as the OT-64 slows down, swings right momentarily and begins a wide, left U-turn, apparently intending to head back up the road towards the traffic circle.

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...91,0.004812&z=18

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 18:23, Sat 09 Jan 2010.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 616 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 18:38
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz looked at the situation on the ground as he arrived at Jones' position. He called over to Jones, "Tom, we'll extend the defensive line south of your position."

"Pavel," he continued, "take up position there, only fire if anyone dismounts or I yell for you to!"

He watched Pavel take cover and then knelt by the side of a nearby tree, he deliberately raised the legs of the heavy gun's bipod to make sure he could bring the HK-69 into action if need be. He calmed his breathing and began to track the APC.

Mariusz
G3 (20/20) HE
Kneeling using a tree as cover
Tracking APC
If it stops and fires he'll shoot the 40mm at it to worry them
If troops dismount he'll try to frag them

Steven Drew
 player, 104 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 21:37
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Drew:

  Drew shifts his fire from the trucks to further down the road and that threat.  He also starts scaning his front and the right oblique looking for where the freindly fire is comming from and the hostile fire is going to.

  When the BTR comes into sight he will try to open up on anytroops who attempt to dismount as they make for the cover of the woods.  He will lay down as much fire as he can to stop them.

  Shouting,

"DO WE HAVE HOSTILES IN THE WOODS? "

  Drew will scan the woods before him and the road waiting for targets.

"CALL OUT ANY CONTACTS!!! "

  Drew knnows they are on a tiny spit of wooded area that gives them cover.  And enemy now have a foot hold between them and further cover.  To flee they would have to sprint across open ground, probably under hostile fire.  "Fucken brainiac plan.  If I live through this I am gonna punch someone in the head."

Drew continues to scan the road and the woods to his right for movement and the infantry looking and listening.

Sgt Drew
Scanning for infantry movement and contacts
M240
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 731 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 22:11
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Cap'n Rae:
Tucker and Minh emerge from the treeline and carefully approach the cowering BTR-152 driver and his smoldering mount with their weapons drawn. The man doesn't look up. It appears that he's just trying to stay small enough not to attract any of his ambusher's fire. Perhaps he's in shock. It appears that the contents of the APC's troop compartment are burning. The fire's not yet out of control but it likely will be soon. Someone inside the troop compartment begins calling for help in a weak but desperate voice.

Next Moves?

As Tucker gets to the damaged BTR with Minh, he closes the breech on the M-203 grenade launcher and lets the entire rifle/launcher combo fall to its sling and then reaches for his holstered Browning HP secured to his MOLLE grenadier's vest.  Tuck turns to Minh and instructs her quickly before moving, "Watch our asses!  In case the APC comes back and doesn't hit your mine, be prepared to take it out with the RPG.  Fuck what happened before!  I'm going to secure the prisoner and have a quick look in back before the vehicle cook's off.  Can you make a quick call on our net that there's friendlies at the BTR?"

Robert takes a quick look at the enemy soldier on the ground by the truck as he punches out the HP-35 in a two-handed hold as he tactically moves towards him.  As Tucker approaches quickly, he yells at him (soldier) to stay down and uses his support hand to motion for him to stay down in case he doesn't understand English.  When he is upon the surrendering soldier, he will see if he can look inside the back of the BTR from where he is to see who was calling for help.  If there are any sudden movements by the person on the ground or from the truck, Tucker will go back to a two-handed hold on the pistol and fire off three shots to try and neutralize the threat(s).

Tucker
Browning HP-35 [14/13]
Slung back M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [Empty HEDP Casing]
Moving to surrendering soldier and back of BTR-152

Jan Cerny
 player, 182 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 23:36
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
“GRENADE,” yelled Jan as he threw himself to the ground further away from the grenade someone had lobbed in his direction, ideally putting a tree between himself and the explosion.  It had landed short of him but the fragments could fly a long way and he would rather be hit by splinters of flying wood than red hot shrapnel!  It also, hopefully, made him a difficult target for the KPV - he'd seen what a 14.5mm round could do to someone!

He waited a few seconds for the grenade to go off before belly crawling a little further south, deeper into the trees, then pushed himself up into a kneeling position behind a tree.  With his rifle tight in his shoulder he then peered around the tree, flicking the selector to single shot and looking for targets.  He swung his rifle in a narrow arc, starting with the woods to the North East were several soldiers had fled and ending with the BTR-70.

“Drew,” he called to his machinegunner, starting to issue orders to his squad while he scanned for new targets.  “Suppress the infantry on the back of the BTR.”

“Stoner.  Try and immobilise the BTR with a HEDP round.”

“Sutherland.  Kill anyone who looks like they’re giving orders.”



Jan
Avoiding the grenade (hopefully), moving to a new position and then looking for new targets while issuing orders to his squad.  If he sees a target he will fire a pair of single shots at them.  If he doesn’t see a target then he will switch to the BG-15 and aim it at the back of the BTR-70, intending to drop a HE grenade there if the infantry start to debus.
AK-74 (20/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1

This message was last edited by the player at 00:02, Sun 10 Jan 2010.

Steven Drew
 player, 107 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 01:18
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Drew:

  Drew shouts back to Jan;

"I'll take care of any dismounts from the BTR!  You keep the ones that got into the woods off our back.   You don't and they'll flank us and roll right up on us!"

  Drew seems to recall similiar words from an old movie from when he was a kid.

  Drew keeps his focus on the BTR ready to send rounds downrange at any dismounts.  He also keeps track of where that turret and KPV are tracking, he goesn't want to run afoul of it.

Sgt Drew
M240, covering the BTR
Craig Sutherland
 player, 22 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 03:49
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Craig grabs at one of his FRAG grenades on his vest and lobs it over the other side of the OT-64. He slings his rifle and then begins a fast crawl to the front of the OT-64.

Once crouched in place he rases his shotgun to his shoulder and checks the back of the Zil and the highway for movement. Craig then pivots out on the left side, clearing along the APC's lenght and the left quarter of the highway before moving back into cover.

HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod (7/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel 12 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenades x 2
Jan’s Squad
Clearing OT-64

This message was last edited by the player at 04:59, Sun 10 Jan 2010.

Tom Jones
 player, 67 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 04:23
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Seeing the OT-64 begin it long circle U-turn, Tom aims his RPK at the front drivers side of the APC. If the drivers vision hatches are up he will wait until it is within range and begin firing tight 5 round bursts at them. If they are down he will concentrate on the vision blocks at the top of the drivers entry hatch.


RPK-74 (17/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Firing at OT-64 when it's in range

This message was last edited by the player at 04:25, Sun 10 Jan 2010.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1497 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 11:50
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Seeing the APC start to make a U-turn, Dawid made a quick decision. If the APC turned around it could hit the AT mine. But it might not (again). In that case, it could become a real problem for the ambush line if it returned.

"Okay, this is it, Arpel. Wait for the slowest part of the turn. Firing... now!"

He triggered the underbarrel GL, feeling a hard kick against his shoulder, then reloaded.


Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 4 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)

Aiming and firing BG-15 GL at APC at slowest part of turn, then reloading.

Minh Quyen
 player, 467 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 12:32
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Watch our asses!  In case the APC comes back and doesn't hit your mine, be prepared to take it out with the RPG. Can you make a quick call on our net that there's friendlies at the BTR?"


Quyen follows closely behind Tuck as they move in on the knocked out BTR. "Covering!" she confirms, while setting herself up into a prone position angled towards the circular intersection. After laying her AK on the cold ground next to her, she props the RPG up onto her shoulder and levels it a little to the right of the treeline where the AT mine is positioned (flanking shot if the mine is missed again). She then clarifies, "Sergeant. I don't have a radio!"

Quyen
RPG (2 rounds) + AK within easy grasp
Prone with whatever is suitable cover
Covering west to AT mine

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1111 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 12:56
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"Quickly! Up!" Bayer yells to the militia. He'll then lead them a little to the left of Jan's position. By changing direction, it's his intention to get out of the incoming fire and just as importantly, to put the OT-64 between him and the advancing BTR-70.

As Bayer races forward, he toggles his radio, "Jan! We're coming up on the left of your squad to hit that BTR. Watch your fire."

Nearing the vehicle, Bayer readies his rifle to engage any dismounted threats with single shots. Noticing some of Jan's men assaulting near the APC (which is hopefully his destination), he shouts to the militia behind him, "Friendly! No shoot."

Bayer
G36/HK69 (30/30 + HEDP)
Running NNE to use the OT-64 as cover vs the BTR

Dave 'Bones' Stoner
 NPC, 358 posts
 HM2 (E-5)
 US Navy
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 13:20
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
The thud of the grenade hitting the dirt instantly changed Stoners priorities from lining up for a shot at the incoming BTR-70 to rolling away from the explosive and around to the other side of his cover. Another metre or two further away and he'd have completely ignored it and taken his chances, but the probability of attracting a few fragments of burning hot metal was just to great where he lay.

Once there he waited for the inevitable deafening explosion before lifting his head from the hole his eyelids had just dug and aiming at the BTR-70.

Stoner
Taking cover by rolling/crawling to place something substantial between him and the grenade, or staying put and putting his head down if he's in a hollow and fragments are unlikely to hit
After detonation, aiming at the BTR-70
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 10xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Jan Cerny
 player, 183 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 16:02
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
"Friendlies coming up from behind," Jan called to his squad.

"Be aware, Sutherland's by the APC," he replied to Konrad across the radio.

There had been at least one fatal blue on blue incident since he'd joined this unit!
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 732 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 18:19
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Minh Quyen:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Watch our asses!  In case the APC comes back and doesn't hit your mine, be prepared to take it out with the RPG. Can you make a quick call on our net that there's friendlies at the BTR?"


Quyen follows closely behind Tuck as they move in on the knocked out BTR. "Covering!" she confirms, while setting herself up into a prone position angled towards the circular intersection. After laying her AK on the cold ground next to her, she props the RPG up onto her shoulder and levels it a little to the right of the treeline where the AT mine is positioned (flanking shot if the mine is missed again). She then clarifies, "Sergeant. I don't have a radio!"

Quyen
RPG (2 rounds) + AK within easy grasp
Prone with whatever is suitable cover
Covering west to AT mine

OOC:  If allowed to, Can Tucker hand off his radio to Minh?  It is in his MOLLE grenadier's vest?
Apel Avtomian
 player, 16 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 19:00
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Seeing the APC start to make a U-turn, Dawid made a quick decision. If the APC turned around it could hit the AT mine. But it might not (again). In that case, it could become a real problem for the ambush line if it returned.

"Okay, this is it, Arpel. Wait for the slowest part of the turn. Firing... now!"


Apel levels the RPG-76 at the turning APC, holds his breath, winces, and pulls the trigger.

Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
7 full magazines for his rifle
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Firing upon the front quarter of the OT-64

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1601 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 22:02
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The hand grenade tossed from the back end of the OT-64 takes a short bounce off of the soft earth before exploding in a cloud of steel splinters, dirt, leaf bits, and smoke. Both Stoner and Jan feel a slight kick from the concussion but fortunately neither takes any shrapnel from the blast.

As Sutherland crawls towards the nose of the OT-64, the slowly advancing BTR opens fire again, this time with its KPV. A small tree near Jan is cut down in a shower of splinters. Jan feels the sting of splinters scraping the skin on the back of his neck. Despite the incoming fire, Stoner cooly lines up the Soviet-made APC in the flip-up sights of his M203 and launches an HEDP grenade at the crawling, fire-breathing metal monster. The 40mm grenade impacts against the BTR's small turret, its small shaped charge warhead exploding into the relatively thin armor protecting the enemy gunner. The HMG is instantly silenced and the BTR lurches to a halt, smoke streaming from a small hole in its turret. (Stoner -1 HEDP)

At that moment, Sutherland lobs a fragmentation grenade over the OT-64. Two seconds later, it explodes with a CRUMP close behind it. A second later, a choked cry can be heard from the same area. He stands up behind the cover of the OT's blunt nose and peeks around its right side (his left), his shotgun leading the way. He sees smoke and one of the troop compartment doors ajar. On the ground behing the aft-most tire, a booted foot sticks out into the road. (Sutherland -1 frag)

The enemy BTR seems to hesitate for a few seconds before backing up and away from the ambush.

Konrad and his squad, using the OT-64 to cover their approach, arrive on scene as the BTR begins to withdraw.

Drew keeps the BTR covered but, so far, no enemy have dismounted.

In addition to whoever may still be alive inside the OT-64, two of the dismounts who made it into the woods are currently unaccounted for. If they are brave or foolish enough to attempt a counterattack on their own remains to be seen.

In the middle of the ambush zone, things appear to be more or less under control. As of yet, not one enemy fighter from the BTR-152, STAR, or Zil have even attempted to return fire. One enemy has surrendered, another, likely wounded is hiding near the derelict BMPs, and another cowers in the ditch near his truck. Over the gunfire to the north can be heard the crying of wounded men. It seems to be coming from shot-up beds of the two trucks.

Tucker hands off his radio to Minh and, satisfied that the wounded BTR-152 driver poses no threat, peeks though the hole in the BTR's side bored by the 100mm HEAT round fired from the Rapira. He can't see much through the hole- just smoke- so he slings his rifle/GL combo and moves to the rear of the APC, Browning HP drawn. The doors are shut. As he reaches out to open them, small arms ammo begins to crackle and pop off inside the troop compartment. First one bullet and then another impacts off of the inside of the thinly armored door. Someone inside the BTR screams out. Tucker doesn't speak much Polish, but he can understand the man's desperate pleas,

"Help me! Get me out of here!"

Not too far away, Minh, Tom, Ondar, Mariusz and Pavel await the return of the lead OT-64.

From the farmhouse to the southwest of the ambush zone, Dawid and Apel watch as the OT-64 swings around in a wide U-turn. Dawid is the first to fire, sending a caseless 40mm HE grenade in a shallow arc towards the Polish-made APC. As the OT-64 finishes its turn (its nose is now facing north up the 801) the grenade explodes on the its left side. Apel gamely follows it up, aiming and firing the totally unfamiliar RPG-76. The warhead sails roughly towards the OT-64 but lands about 40m short, errupting in an impressive but harmless ball of fire and dust. The OT-64 continues north up the 801, rotating its turret to face the woods at the southwest corner of the intersection, just east of the traffic circle. It begins to fire its coaxial machinegun, spraying the woods with 7.62mm S bullets. (Dawid -1 40mm S; Apel used up single-shot RPG-76)

Tom, Minh, Ondar, Mariusz, and Pavel hear the rounds snapping through the trees nearby but it is quickly apparent to the experienced soldiers that the enemy gunner is firing blind. He's probably just trying to lay down suppressive fire as his vehicle approaches the intersection. The OT-64 rolls right past the AT mine a second time and breaks left across the far lanes into the western hemisphere of the traffic circle, still heading north on the 801. All the while, the APC's gunner hammers away at the woods with his coax.

In the farmhouse, Ireneusz shouts,

"The Jeep and motorcycle are coming back!"

Updated Tac-map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...83,0.009624&z=17

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 22:10, Sun 10 Jan 2010.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 617 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 22:19
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Mariusz braced his rifle more firmly on his knee and switched to cover the advancing jeep. He couldn't harm the APC and firing on it would reveal his position so he preffered to wait to open fire on something he could damage.

He waited nervously and than a thought occured to him, he clicked on the radio and said, "Has the howitzer been destroyed?"

He hoped that if it hadn't been, then that the main point of their mission was completed soon.

He replaced his hand on the pistol grip and began to cover the Hum Vee again.

Mariusz
G3 (20/20) HE
Using the radio
Starting overwatch on the Humvee

Steven Drew
 player, 108 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 23:25
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Drew will continue to scan the woods as well as the road for vehicles and dismounts.

He will call out,

"We need to consolidate.  Then flush the woods and wreckage for stragglers!"

Sgt Drew
M240
Still covering the woods and road for hostiles

This message was last edited by the GM at 01:49, Mon 11 Jan 2010.

Jan Cerny
 player, 184 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 23:33
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
“Good shooting,” Jan called to Stoner.  He’d been hoping that Stoner would immobilise the BTR-70 but knocking out the KPV was a major result!

He saw Konrad and his three militiamen approaching their position.  He took the opportunity to report in detail to his commander.  “Mon Capitaine,” he began, crouching down in cover and indicating the relevant direction with a nod of his head, “two soldiers made it out of the OT and into the woods to the West.  Stoner has, it appears, taken out the main armament of the BTR but no troops have dismounted yet from it.”

He contemplated lighting up a cigarette but decided against it.  It was too early and he was in too much danger of running out of genuine French cigarettes to risk not being able to savour it!

“What are your orders?  Secure this area, check the Zil or reinforce to the West?  It will take them a little while to reorganise and counterattack on this side I think.  That is if they have the will!”

Noticing that Tomaz was with Konrad and carrying a M72 LAW, Jan added a further question to his commander, “Shall I take the LAW now?”

His voice then dropped to a whisper, intended for Konrad only to hear.  “Sutherland seems genuine and brave.  He did his share.”


Jan
Reporting to Konrad, requesting new orders and, possibly, taking the M72 LAW off Tomaz, depending on whether Konrad wants him to or not.
AK-74 (20/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1

Apel Avtomian
 player, 17 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 00:05
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Apel, frustrated that he missed the OT-64, awaits the signal to fire again from Dawid.


Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
7 full magazines for his rifle
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Awaiting instructions from Dawid

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 733 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 03:33
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
 
Cap'n Rae:
Tucker hands off his radio to Minh and, satisfied that the wounded BTR-152 driver poses no threat, peeks though the hole in the BTR's side bored by the 100mm HEAT round fired from the Rapira. He can't see much through the hole- just smoke- so he slings his rifle/GL combo and moves to the rear of the APC, Browning HP drawn. The doors are shut. As he reaches out to open them, small arms ammo begins to crackle and pop off inside the troop compartment. First one bullet and then another impacts off of the inside of the thinly armored door. Someone inside the BTR screams out. Tucker doesn't speak much Polish, but he can understand the man's desperate pleas,

"Help me! Get me out of here!"
Next Moves?

Tucker is just about to reach for the handle that will open up the troop compartment when he hears the rounds begin to cook off against the armored door.  He takes a hard look at the door for a second and then moves away from it, moving back towards the soldier on the side of the BTR and the hole from the shot that immobilized it.  Tucker reaches into one of his grenade pockets for a fragmentation grenade and brings it out into his support hand, still carrying the Browning pistol in his right hand.  As he moves towards the soldier on the ground he yells to him (in English) and flips his pistol at him to try and relay to him to get up and move (we'll see how that goes), "MOVE!  GET THE FUCK OUT OF HERE!  FOLLOW ME IF YOU WANT TO LIVE!"

When Robert gets up next to the hole in the BTR-152, he pulls the pin on the fragmentation grenade and plucks it into the hole in the back of the vehicle where the ammo is beginning to cook off and where he's sure that at least one soldier remains alive.  "Sorry you unlucky sonuvabitch!  May God have mercy on yer soul," Robert thinks as he drops the frag in and moves away quickly, shouting out again, "FIRE IN THE HOLE!"  He moves as quickly away trying to lead the soldier back towards Minh and eventyally back to cover.

Tucker
Browning HP-35
Dropping Frag grenade into hole in BTR-152 and then moving away towards Minh and ambush point with (hopefully) the EPW

Craig Sutherland
 player, 24 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 06:00
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

With the angle of the APC providing cover Craig moves forward to the open crew door with his shotgun at his shoulder. He speaks into his radio “Clearing APC, will use main gun to engage BTR-70, all units hold fire on east OT-64.”

He moves to the door covering the rear of the APC using right angles to see into the rear of the crew compartment. He then shifts his position to the left of the door to see forward into the commanders and driver’s positions.

He will fire on any targets otherwise he moves into the APC and clears the entire vehicle as fast as possible. He occupies the gunners chair and rotates towards the BTR-70. Craig will fire on the BTR with the KPV, short five round bursts.


HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm,(7/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5) 3+1  10" Barrel 12 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenade
Jan’s Squad
Clearing OT-64, firing on BTR-70

This message was last edited by the player at 06:09, Mon 11 Jan 2010.

Tom Jones
 player, 68 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 06:16
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tom changes the magazine on his RPK as the OT-64 begins its run back up the road. He keeps firing on the APC as it turns onto the traffic circle, short five round bursts at any crew or open hatches. "RPG hit the APC" he will yell.

Once he is aware the humvee and bike are returning, Tom lines up the drivers side of the front window and fires short five round bursts. He will direct the guy on the RPD to do the same.

RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Firing at OT-64

This message was last edited by the player at 09:48, Mon 11 Jan 2010.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1112 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 08:25
Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)
Jan Cerny:
He took the opportunity to report in detail to his commander.  “Mon Capitaine,” he began, crouching down in cover and indicating the relevant direction with a nod of his head, “two soldiers made it out of the OT and into the woods to the West.  Stoner has, it appears, taken out the main armament of the BTR but no troops have dismounted yet from it.”

“What are your orders?  Secure this area, check the Zil or reinforce to the West?  It will take them a little while to reorganise and counterattack on this side I think.  That is if they have the will!”

Noticing that Tomaz was with Konrad and carrying a M72 LAW, Jan added a further question to his commander, “Shall I take the LAW now?”


Bayer kneels in the brush at the edge of the treeline, keeping a low profile as Jan updates him on the situation on his end. He then replies, "I need you to sweep your men across these vehicles and confirm they're in fact clear, and hold the right flank against any further counter attack."

He then lists off a set of subesquent orders, "As soon as the situation allows - get a confirmation on the gas shells... a tally of recoverable stores... and report the condition of both the howitzer and the Zil truck, as well as the other vehicles. Find out what's salvagable on a short time frame."

He then waves at Tomaz and says while pointing, "Soldier. Give the M72 for Jan. I need you and your friends here to attach yourselves to his (Jan's) team."

Bayen then nods silently at Jan's positive assessment of Sutherland, acknowledging him with a simple thumbs up.

Following the explosions and crackle of gunfire emitting from the west, Bayer toggles his radio and says, "Eagle. Sunray. Send sitrep on left flank. Whats the status on that APC and the Hummer? Over."

While he waits for a reply, Bayer radios the anti-tank gun, "Rapira. Sunray. Watch to North and Northeast for dismounted enemy. Use small arms only if you spot them. Out."

Bayer
Next to Jan's team
Coordinating

This message was last edited by the player at 08:27, Mon 11 Jan 2010.

Dave 'Bones' Stoner
 NPC, 360 posts
 HM2 (E-5)
 US Navy
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 11:40
Ambush!
Staying prone, Stoner rapidly reloaded another HEDP grenade, aimed, and fired once more at the BTR-70. Although the vehicle had been silenced for the moment, nobody outside it's armoured shell knew if it was the weapon, gunner, or something else that had taken the brunt of the blast. For all anyone knew, it would be up and firing again in moments.

Stoner
Reloading with HEDP
Aiming for another shot at the BTR-70
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 9xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1498 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 12:41
Re: Ambush!
"Nice try, Arpel! Get down and back, away from the windows. Those 14.5mm rounds will go through this brick, I think. Go out the back, then update Konrad!"

"Piotr, Dariusz, keep an eye on the other vehicles but keep your heads down. Aim at the pre-plotted traffic circle target, wait for my order. Ireneusz, hold your fire."


Relocating to the opposite side of the house (still facing North), Dawid aimed the GL and fired another HE grenade at the APC. It was possible the motorcycle and Humvee could come at them, but at this time the APC was the biggest threat. He considered, then rejecting firing the AGL at it as well, keeping it in reserve.


Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 3 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)

Relocating within the house, aiming and then firing 40mm HE at the OT-64 APC.

Minh Quyen
 player, 468 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 16:01
Re: Ambush!
While Quyen is keeping the RPG leveled towards the intersection, the OT-64 comes rolling along. She pauses long enough for a steady aim, not wanting to waste another of the valuable rounds. Biting back the cold, she fights to stop her body from shivering against the frozen ground. When the aiming reticle is just right, she fires, sending the rocket soaring across the road towards a flanking shot on the APC.

"C'mon!"

Quyen
RPG (2 rounds)
Firing RPG at OT-64 (side shot)
Near BTR-152

This message was last edited by the player at 16:02, Mon 11 Jan 2010.

Apel Avtomian
 player, 18 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 23:39
Re: Ambush!
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
<Blue>"Nice try, Arpel! Get down and back, away from the windows. Those 14.5mm rounds will go through this brick, I think. Go out the back, then update Konrad!"


Apel exits the farmhouse through the back and crouches down, speaking into the radio.  "Sunray, this is Eagle.  The OT-64 is headin-- turned around and is heading north along -- is heading north thru the traffic circle.  The hummer and the motorcycle have turned around as well and are heading east along the 50."

Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
7 full magazines for his rifle
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Exiting the farmhouse to the rear, radioing to Konrad

This message was last edited by the player at 23:41, Mon 11 Jan 2010.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1602 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 02:32
Re: Ambush!

As Jan and Konrad briefly confer in order to coordinate the securing and clearing of the ambush kill zone, Craig attempts to clear the disabled OT-64 on his own.

The Royal Marine Commando slides along the left side of the APC, using the open rear door to screen himself from the withdrawing BTR. Arriving at the door, he swings around it, leveling his 12-gauge into the long, narrow box that is the OT-64. He comes face to face with two or three men- it’s all so fast that he can’t be sure- and pulls the trigger, pumping one of men full of double-O buckshot and knocking him backwards into the troop compartment.  As Craig reflexively adjusts his aim (to use the term loosely) to bring his trench-sweeper on to another target, someone deeper within the troop compartment unloads what seems like a full magazine on the open exit.  The long, hollow compartment amplifies the sound of the repeated muzzle blast, making the volley sound like a couple of batteries of 155mm howitzers firing in quick succession. Fortunately, the man’s aim (if he was aiming at all) is off and most of the bullets streak past, grazing Craig’s left cheek and nearly tearing a chunk out of his ear on the way. Craig pulls away sharply as a continuing stream of bullets snaps by, stepping back and to his right to clear the line of fire. His boot comes down on the lower leg of the dead man lying on the road right outside the door and he stumbles, falling on his right side out of the line of fire and scraping his right elbow on the pavement in the process. Over the ringing in his ears, he can hear someone inside the OT-64 screaming in a combination of fear and rage. As Craig tries scrambling to his feet, he almost stops short, a sharp pain radiating through his right ankle. (Craig -1 round buck)

As Craig finds out the hard way that fish in a barrel sometimes shoot back, Stoner attempts to further damage the withdrawing BTR-70 with another 40mm HEDP grenade. The grenade lands short and to the left, diggin up a divot in the pavement a few meters away from the BTR’s right, front tires. The BTR speeds up, putting more distance between itself and its tormentor.  (Stoner -1 round HEDP)

The two OT-64 dismounts that made it into the woods have still not made an appearance. Over the radio, the Rapira team ROGERS Konrad’s warning and reports that they haven’t seen any sign of the enemy.

From behind the M240, Drew covers his squad leader and Konrad but, at the moment, there are no targets to be seen. Although he can't understand Konrad's verbal instructions, Tomasz picks up on the German's gestures and, as directed, passes the M72 LAW off to Jan.

At the BTR-152, Tucker decides to play it safe and drops a fragmentation grenade into the open-topped troop compartment.  It explodes a couple of seconds later, tossing some small bits of debris out on to the road and instantly silencing the cries that had been coming from inside.

Meanwhile, inside the stone farmhouse to the southwest, Dawid relocates (reloading his BG-15, as he does so), takes aim, and fires a second 40mm HE grenade at the rolling OT-64. He scores a second direct hit on the upper hull (side) about a meter behind the small turret. The OT-64 continues on towards the traffic circle with more scorched paint but no further apparent damage. (OOC: This does not mean that damage was not incurred).

As Tucker moves away from the smoking BTR-152, the first OT-64 returns, raking the tree line along the southern edge of the 50 with coaxial fire. Tom and Minh are waiting for it. Tom tries putting rounds into the vision slits, pinging them off of the hull for no appreciable damage. As soon as the APC’s long side enters sight of her rocket launcher, Minh fires. The rocket propelled grenade leaps forwards, its fiery trail tracing a path towards the target. Once again, despite her best efforts and a clean side shot, the HEAT rocket falls short, exploding in a fireball that most likely does little damage to the OT-64 armored flank. (Jones -10 rounds; Minh -1 rocket*)

The OT-64 stands its ground for a few seconds, spraying rounds into the trees. Bullets snap and buzz all around the left flank teams’ heads, showering them with bits of wood, small branches, and withered leaves. Still firing, it begins rolling slowly north.

The HUMVEE and its smaller companion continue to rapidly approach the traffic circle from the west. From the farmhouse window, Dawid can see the gunner in the open cupola of the American-made utility vehicle firing his rifle at the woods at the southeast segment of the traffic circle. Another passenger fires his AK out of his window at the farmhouse. A couple of rounds shatter a roof tile or two. The man in the sidecar joins in, spraying the farmhouse with automatic fire. Only a couple of bullets strike the sturdy stone wall of the farmhouse. The 50 is bordered by a single row of evenly spaced trees and they undoubtedly absorb some of the enemy scout team’s fire. In the back garden, Apel can hear incoming rounds buzzing high overhead or plinking off of the roof tiles.

Whether deliberately or by chance, the OT-64 screens its unarmored compatriots from the fire of the ambush force (i.e. Jones, Minh, Mariusz, Ondar, etc. can’t see the HUMVEE and the Ural at the moment).

Next Moves?

*According to my records, that was the last rocket for the RPG-16.

Updated Tac-Map:


http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...83,0.009624&z=17

This message was last edited by the GM at 22:44, Tue 12 Jan 2010.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1501 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 04:24
Re: Ambush!
"Arpel, keep under cover, engage the motorcycle, single shots, remember to lead them!"

Realising that he couldn't do more than dent the APC, Dawid aimed and fired his grenade launcher at the Humvee. At this range, he still wasn't worried too about wild automatic fire from the smaller vehicles. That they hit the house at all was a miracle. Although, it was best not to tempt fate and might as well target them while he could.


Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 3 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)

Relocating within the house, aiming and then firing 40mm HE at the Humvee.

This message was last edited by the player at 04:48, Tue 12 Jan 2010.

Apel Avtomian
 player, 19 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 05:04
Re: Ambush!
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Arpel, keep under cover, engage the motorcycle, single shots, remember to lead them!"

Apel crawls around the southwest corner of the house, lies down, and sights the Ural through his M-16.  Like he was taught in basic, he steadies himself, exhales, and squeeeeeeezes the trigger.


Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
7 full magazines for his rifle
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Crawling to the left rear corner of the farmhouse, lying prone, shooting at the sidecar of the Ural. Single shots.

Tom Jones
 player, 69 posts
 Private
 2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 05:37
Re: Ambush!

As the second RPG misses Tom stops firing his RPK and preps one of his RKG-3 grenades. He waits for a lull in the incoming fire and throws the grenade towards the APC.

He will change his RPK's point of aim towards the drivers side of the Humvee window screen once it comes into view.

RPK-74 (35/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Throwing RKG-3 at OT-64

This message was last edited by the player at 07:45, Tue 12 Jan 2010.

Steven Drew
 player, 113 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 07:42
Re: Ambush!
Drew:

  Drew continues to watch the woods for the two unacounted for enemy, as well as any other dismounts, he still watches the road and down thw road as best he is able. <He should have a decent line of sight at an oblique angle.  And he doesn't know this yet, but when the ural or Humvee cruise past he should be able to light them up hitting them in the rear.>

Sgt Drew
M240
Covering the road and woods
Craig Sutherland
 player, 26 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 07:59
Re: Ambush!

Craig cursed his lapse in judgement; he garbed a FRAG grenade off his vest and rolls it through the door towards the enemy. He holds it slightly longer then normal before putting it through the door.

"Dismounts in APC, Fire in the hole"

He looks down at his foot trying to see if he was hit or if it was a break, shotgun still at his shoulder for any dismounts. Once the grenade detonates he will again try to clear the rear of the APC after listening for any movement.

HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (7/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5) 3 00  10" Barrel 11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenades
Jan’s Squad
Clearing OT-64

This message was last edited by the player at 09:13, Tue 12 Jan 2010.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 618 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 16:44
Re: Ambush!
Mariusz waited patiently, the OT-64 was a target he couldn't deal with so he needed to reserve his first and best shotd for something that he could damage. That meant a waiting game that puckered every orifice, his body trembling in anticipation of the OT-64's coaxial machinegun finding him before he got a shot off.

He steadied himself and covered the area where he guessed that the HumVee and Ural would come from.

Mariusz
G3 (20/20) HE
Beside a tree
Overwatch on the presumed position where the soft skinned vehicles will emerge.

Jan Cerny
 player, 189 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 23:47
Re: Ambush!
Jan slung the M72's strap over his shoulder and told Konrad of his immediate plan.

"Stoner and Jacek can sweep the Zil and the Star and Tomaz can join Drew holding this flank."  As he spoke he changed the magazine in his AK for a fresh one.  "I'll take Arkadiuz and help Sutherland clear the OT-64 and then leave Arkadiuz with Sutherland if we can get the OT's KPV working while I shift back to join Drew and Tomaz."

He looked at Konrad for confirmation that he was happy with the plan.

"Were are you going?  Can you stick with Drew and Tomaz until I get back as Drew doesn't speak any Polish?  Or do you need to investigate if that is an enemy MG still firing down near Tuck's squad?"

Assuming that Konrad was happy with his suggestion Jan then issued orders to the men nearby and informed Sutherland over the radio that he and Arkadiuz were coming to join the Brit.


Jan
Agreeing a plan of action with Konrad and then issuing orders if Konrad is happy with it.  Just to reiterate the plan is that Stoner and Jacek sweep the Zil and Star, Drew and Tomaz hold the right flank and Jan and Arkadiuz join Sutherland at the OT-64.  Assuming that there are no problems at the OT-64 Jan will then leave Arkadiuz there with Sutherland and move back to join Drew and Tomaz.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

This message was last edited by the player at 00:12, Wed 13 Jan 2010.

Dave 'Bones' Stoner
 NPC, 363 posts
 HM2 (E-5)
 US Navy
Wed 13 Jan 2010
at 01:45
Re: Ambush!
Reloading with another HEDP, Stoner waited for further orders, aiming in the direction the BTR had headed and taking another shot if a good opportunity presented itself.

Stoner
Reloading with HEDP
Aiming towards the BTR-70 but only firing if it's not in cover through bushes, etc.
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 8xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1114 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 00:59
Re: Ambush!
Jan Cerny:
"Were are you going?  Can you stick with Drew and Tomaz until I get back as Drew doesn't speak any Polish?"


"Ja. I hold here for the moment while you secure your flank." Bayer replies. He then moves into a position of cover while Jan heads off.

Bayer
Holding position
G36/HK69 (HEDP)

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1605 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 01:53
Re: Ambush!

As Jan and Arkadiusz make their way around the trail OT-64, Craig uses a handhold on the hull of the Polish APC to drag himself to his feet. His right ankle throbs in pain. He ignores it for the moment, intent on finishing the job at hand. He removes a hand grenade from his LBE, pulls the pin, and reaches up to drop it through one of the open roof hatches. As Jan and Arkadiusz arrive, the fragmentation grenade explodes within the confines of the cramped troop compartment with a tinny, hollow bang. Thin white smoke rises from the troop hatches and wafts from the open doors at the back. The berserk yelling from inside the OT-64 has abruptly stopped. (Craig -1 fragmentation hand grenade)

Covered by Jan and Arkadiusz, Craig looks down at his ankle. There's no blood and, even with all of the adrenaline pumping through his arteries, he reckons that it would hurt a lot worse if it were broken. For the moment, he decides that it's just a bad sprain.

The BTR-70 continues to back away from the ambush zone. From his current position, Stoner doesn't have a shot for the trees lining the side of the road. He'd have to move into the roadway for a firing angle. The BTR is now about 120m from the OT-64 and moving at approximately 30kph.

Drew, Konrad, and Tomasz hold the flank, covering Jan's movement and still watching for the two "missing" dismounts.

At the still-smoking BTR-152, Tucker hits the pavement and rolls into the ditch alongside the cowed driver as a stream of tracers from the OT-64's coax rips overhead. Steady but relatively innacurate automatic fire pours from the two firing ports in the right side of its hull. Mariusz, Minh, Ondar, and Pavel all hold their fire and try to burrow into the soft earth, realizing that their small arms will do little but annoy the armored beast and most likely draw its unwanted attention. Tom, however, gamely attempts to bring the beast to heel with a hand grenade. He rises slightly and hurls the grenade towards the OT-64. As the grenade sails through the air to land in the middle of the traffic circle, the sudden movement immediately draws the APC turret gunner's full attention. The gunner switches to his main gun, sets his sights, and puts a burst of 14.5mm bullets into the Welshman, hitting him in once in the left leg (severing it) and twice in the back. He's literally torn in half by the accurate, large caliber fire. The grenade explodes harmlessly well short of the APC. (Jones -fragmentation hand grenade. Jones is KIA!)

The enemy gunner seems momentarily sated and does not immediately resume firing.

Meanwhile, Dawid and Apel try to stop the enemy scouting element from rejoining the battered and bloody main body of the convoy. Dawid leads the speeding HUMVEE and attempts to launch a 40mm HE grenade into its path. It's a tough shot and the puff of smoke on the far side of the road just ahead of the HUMVEE indicates that the shot has gone long. As Dawid reloads, Apel tests out his marksmanship- infrequently practiced since basic training- and tries to hit the speeding Ural motorcyle at nearly 200m. He fires four aimed shots without any apparent success. The fifth shot, however, causes the motorcycle to fishtail briefly before the driver regains control. (Dawid -40mm S HE; Apel -5 rounds)

A few bullets from the HUMVEE and sidecar's passengers continue to strike the stone walls of the house now and again but the shooters have so far failed to do any damage to the mortar team itself. The enemy scout team slows slightly as it nears the intersection and the covering OT-64. (OOC: Remember the wreck of the T-72 as well.)

Updated Tac-Map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 02:55, Thu 14 Jan 2010.

Steven Drew
 player, 114 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 04:33
Re: Ambush!
Drew:

  Drew will continue to man his position watching for enemy activity ether more vehicles or the dismounts.

Sgt Drew
M240 w/60 rounds
Holding position scanning for targets and ready to lay down cover fire
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
 NPC, 365 posts
 HM2 (E-5)
 US Navy
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 05:32
Re: Ambush!
With the BTR now retreating beyond the range Stoner judged a hit to be likely, he held his fire and turned his attention to watching towards the south east.

Stoner - prone in cover (not just concealed)
Filling in the gaps for all around defence
Awaiting further orders
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 8xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

This message was last edited by the player at 06:00, Thu 14 Jan 2010.

Apel Avtomian
 player, 20 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 05:50
Re: Ambush!
Apel, encouraged by his near miss, steadies himself and squeezes off a few more rounds, careful to lead the Ural a bit more.

Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
6 full magazines for his rifle, 1 mag -5 rounds
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Lying prone at the left rear corner of the farmhouse, shooting single shots at the sidecar of the Ural.

Minh Quyen
 player, 469 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 10:49
Re: Ambush!
Quyen keeps as still as possible where she laid on the ground, hoping not to draw attention to herself as she sat unable to do anything about the APC. Shouting over to Tucker she yells, "Sergeant! Out of ammo! Need your 203 on that thing!"

She then spoke into the radio, "Sunray. Man down. APC over here causing some serious problems."

Quyen
Calling for Tuck to hit the APC with his M203.
AK74 (30/30)

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1116 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 12:11
Re: Ambush!
Unsure if anyone still had any means of knocking out the APC, Bayer rises up off the ground. He still had a handful of HEDP and figured he'd better get moving before finding out Tuck's team shot off all of their anti-armor rounds.

Toggling the radio he says, "Sunray is moving to support west flank." His message was partly to let those in need know a little help was on the way, and as well to inform Jan that Bayer would no longer be on his position.

As he races across the field, Bayer will try to keep the wrecks between him and any active vehicles. If any enemy soldiers appear, he'll drop to the ground and fire (semi auto). Remembering he gave Mariusz some of his 40mm grenades, he yells into the radio, "Mariusz? Can you hit the APC?"

OOC - Quyen, Bayer heard the radio call.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (HEDP)
Running back to Tuck's team
Currently with Jan's team

This message was last edited by the player at 12:12, Thu 14 Jan 2010.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 619 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 12:19
Re: Ambush!
"Only high explosive, not armour piercing, but I'll try." Mariusz replied over the radio.

He gulped hard and brushed his trigger finger along the crucifixes at his neck before taking careful aim at the OT-64. He waited for a good opportunity tp make the most of his shot and prepared to roll to his left behind the tree he was next to as soon as he'd fired.

Mariusz
G3 (20/20) HE
Aiming at the OT-64

Jan Cerny
 player, 190 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 13:02
Re: Ambush!
Hearing Quyen's call across the radio and Konrad's reply Jan muttered "Con!" to himself before keying his radio to transmit.  "Sunray, this is King One.  You need the LAW over there?"

While he waited for Konrad to reply he issued a further couple of orders, firstly in Polish.  "Sutherland. Arkadiuz.  Hold this point and try and get the KPV firing."

With a nod to confirm that they had understood he then turned and raced back into the woods to join Stoner, Drew, Jacek and Tomaz.  Taking control of his squad again he realised that Stoner and Jacek hadn't moved towards the Zil and the Star.  There was a lot of noise going on though and they must have missed his instructions so he reiterated them again to Stoner in English.

"Konrad wants the Zil and the Star checked and you and Jacek have the job." 
Switching to Polish he said to Jacek, "Go with Stoner, back him up and follow his orders."

Jan then waited for a response from Konrad over the radio regarding whether he wanted the LAW or not.


Jan
Continuing to reorganise and running round the woods a lot but ending up with Drew and Tomaz on the right flank.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

Craig Sutherland
 player, 29 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 13:46
Re: Ambush!

Craig looks towards the departing BTR then the men cluster around him and their apparent apathy towards it. They seemed to be happy to let it go to be met at a later date.

He considered sticking his head in the APC again then thought better of it, his ears where still ringing. He thought his idea of using all the weaponry available i.e. the KPV had been sound but when he saw the M-72 still slung over Jans shoulder.

The frantic voice over the radio net seemed to indicate that their position was still precarious. He thought of calling in a fire mission but it wasn’t really his place to use such a precious commodity and the group seemed to have a problem with expending their heavy weapon ammunition.

Bugger it he thought he conifers with Arkadiuz, a quick plan basically “On three”. Leaving the militia man by the side door Craig moves to the rear doors and using a hand signal counts to three. He swings the door back using it for cover with his shotgun around the edge. If it’s clear he will move to the gunner’s chair.


HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (20/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel , 3 00,  11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
Jan’s Squad
Clearing OT-64

This message was last edited by the player at 04:33, Fri 15 Jan 2010.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1607 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 00:04
Re: Ambush!

Craig, hobbling on his painfully stiff ankle, makes a second attempt to clear the interior of the disabled OT-64, this time with the assistance of Arkadiusz. Craig uses the rear door as a swinging shield, and pivots around to cover the troop compartment with his Browning shotgun. The side hatch must be latched from the inside because Arkadiusz can't get it open. It doesn't matter, though. The interior of the OT-64 is a bloody mess. Four or five corpses lie sprawled in various contorted positions The inside of the APC smells horrible- the coppery tang of fresh blood, the nauseating stench of human excrement, and the sickly sweet aroma of charred flesh. Craig enters the troop compartment and has to work hard to keep his footing among the corpses and the pooling blood covering the metal floor. On his way to the turret, he unlatches the side hatch to allow Arkadiusz access. Craig stands in the turret and attempts to figure out how to operate the traverse system.

Meanwhile, outside the OT-64, there is very little going on. Jacek waits on Stoner to lead the way in clearing the two disabled trucks. The STAR's cab is now entirely engulfed in flames. The conflaguration grows as one of its fuel tanks ignites in a rolling ball of flames. The truck's tailgate drops down and an obviously wounded man rolls out onto the ground, landing hard on the asphalt.

Konrad trots past the blazing wreck (giving it a wide berth) on his way back to reinforce Tucker's pinned-down squad. The essentially blind Rapira crew watches him pass, growing a bit restless with their restricted role in the still-raging fight.

At the western end of the kill zone, the lead OT-64 continues to dominate the traffic circle. Mariusz has the menacing APC lined up in the sights of his inherited HK-69 grenade launcher but, having just seen Tom Jones blasted to pieces by the its main gun, holds his fire. Minh, Tucker, and Ondar follow suit, hoping to escape the enemy gunner's attention. For the moment, at least, it works. The gun turret swings right and left threateningly, apparently looking for targets, but not firing. A random burst of AK fire issues forth from the right-side firing ports of the OT every few seconds.

Meanwhile, from just outside the farmhouse to the southwest of the interchange, Apel continues to plink away at the Ural with his M-16A2. Five more carefully aimed shots fail to stop the motorcyle, which continues hot on the heels of the HUMVEE towards the traffic circle. Dawid watches and weighs his options. The very disciplined miltia AGS gunner continues to await the order to open fire. The two enemy scout vehicles swing to the left, slowing considereably as the pass behind the OT-64 which lets loosed an unaimed burst of coaxial fire into the trees to the east of the traffic circle. As the scouts thread their way between the OT-64 and the wrecked T-72 on the shoulder of the highway, getting on to the 801 North, the OT-64 starts rolling. (Apel -5 rounds)

Updated Tac-Map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 00:06, Sat 16 Jan 2010.

Apel Avtomian
 player, 22 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 00:17
Re: Ambush!
Cap'n Rae:
Meanwhile, from just outside the farmhouse to the southwest of the interchange, Apel continues to plink away at the Ural with his M-16A2. Five more carefully aimed shots fail to stop the motorcyle, which continues hot on the heels of the HUMVEE towards the traffic circle.


Apel watches the Ural and HUMVEE speed away into the cover of the OT-64.  He eases up on his rifle and awaits further instructions.

Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
6 full magazines for his rifle, 1 mag -10 rounds
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Lying prone at the left rear corner of the farmhouse, awaiting further instructions

This message was last edited by the player at 00:18, Sat 16 Jan 2010.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 735 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 02:04
Re: Ambush!
Cap'n Rae:
At the western end of the kill zone, the lead OT-64 continues to dominate the traffic circle. Mariusz has the menacing APC lined up in the sights of his inherited HK-69 grenade launcher but, having just seen Tom Jones blasted to pieces by the its main gun, holds his fire. Minh, Tucker, and Ondar follow suit, hoping to escape the enemy gunner's attention. For the moment, at least, it works. The gun turret swings right and left threateningly, apparently looking for targets, but not firing. A random burst of AK fire issues forth from the right-side firing ports of the OT every few seconds.
Next Moves?

Tucker remains as low as he can get in the ditch were him and the EPW are held up near Minh as he tries to stay low and holster his Browning HP and then somehow manipulate how he can get back to his M16, more importantly, the grenade launcher.  He tries to yell back to Minh, "I only got HE left Minh.  Can you see what they're doing?"

Tucker
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HE]
Attempting to reload M-203 w. a HE round in ditch with the EPW

OOC: Sorry, thought I packed more than [1] HEDP for this one
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
 NPC, 368 posts
 HM2 (E-5)
 US Navy
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 05:41
Re: Ambush!
"Somebody better tell the gun crew the OT will be in their line of fire shortly," Stoner declared, getting to his feet reluctantly and heading to the Zil.
For the moment, the blazing Star would be given a wide berth - he didn't feel much like catching any ammo as it cooked off within.

Stoner
Heading to Zil with Jacek in tow.
Paying a lot of attention to the surrounding area in case there's somebody waiting to take a shot.
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 8xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Craig Sutherland
 player, 30 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 06:34
Re: Ambush!

Craig pulls the doors behind him and fastens them. He limps through the gorge on the floor and takes the gunner chair. Concentrating on the task in front of him and not on the death around his feet, Craig quickly scans the controls.

Trying to remember his familiarization for Russian armour at the army tank museum at Bovingham during various command courses. He grabs the large gear wheel to the front and puts his eyes to the gun sight as he traverses the turret. As this is happening he says to Arkadiusz;

 ”Jeżeli JA robię ten nieprawidłowo pozwalany ja poznają”*

Craig then uses his left hand to change the elevation of the gun with the left wheel. Once he has the BTR in his sights he lines up the front of the APC using the graduated lines on the sight to compensate for the range. He flicks the switch for the PKT machine gun and depresses the electronic trigger, firing off a burst as a spotting shot. He then makes any adjustments and fires off three bursts from the KPVT, stopping to adjust after each burst.

*“If I am doing this wrong let me know.”



KPVT 14.5mmB ?/?, PKT 7.62mmB ?/?
HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (07/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel , 3 00,  11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
Jan’s Squad
Firing OT-64 weapons at BTR-70

This message was last edited by the player at 06:38, Sat 16 Jan 2010.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 620 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 10:56
Re: Ambush!
Mariusz glanced nervously over at the various bloody parts of the Welshman's broken body and swallowed hard. Once he fired on the OT-64 he'd risk revealing his position and if he didn't kill the gun in one shot that would be it for Mrs. Tokarski's little boy.

The odds weren't with him and as he looked at the enemy vehicles he noted that they were clustered within about twenty meters of each other, perfect targets for indirect fire, he got on the radio and said, "Kaptain, direct fire with the HE is too risky for the potential benefits, I'm going to try and break contact and get in a position where I can fire indirectly. Are the mortar team all dead? I don't hear any firing."

He finished on the radio and ducked further behind the tree. He dropped into a low crawl and headed south.

Mariusz
G3 (20/20) HE
Low crawling south

Minh Quyen
 player, 470 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 13:01
Re: Ambush!
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
He tries to yell back to Minh, "I only got HE left Minh.  Can you see what they're doing?"


"Sitting there. Looking to kill someone." she hollers back without moving her body. "The Hauptmann radioed he's moving up... don't know about any other help."

When the KPV opened up, her heart jumped at the unexpected fire. As she struggled to keep as low and still as possible, fear edged up a notch. That is until she noticed the large tracer rounds streaking by closer and closer to the OT-64. "Just stay low." she yells again.

Quyen
Keeping low
AK74 (30/30)

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1117 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 13:17
Re: Ambush!
Mariusz Tokarski:
He got on the radio and said, "Kaptain, direct fire with the HE is too risky for the potential benefits, I'm going to try and break contact and get in a position where I can fire indirectly. Are the mortar team all dead? I don't hear any firing."


Listening as he ran at a crouch, Bayer radioed back, "Mariusz no. Stay put." He didn't get into his reasons over the radio, but noticing Tom's mangled body up ahead, Bayer didn't want Mariusz (or anyone) to do anything that might cost them another life unnecessarily.

He'd no idea who was in the APC behind him, but knew it had to be Jan or someone in his team. Speaking into the radio again, he says, "Nearly there. Jan's got the KPV in action. Everyone stay low."

As he got near where the enemy vehicle was, he slowed and scanned for a position that would hopefully allow him to get close enough for a shot without being spotted.

Bayer
Continuing to run
G36/HK69 (HEDP)

This message was last edited by the player at 13:18, Sat 16 Jan 2010.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 621 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 13:34
Re: Ambush!
"Roger that, Sir," Mariusz said and froze in position.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1504 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 17:31
Re: Ambush!
In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #387):

As usual, Dawid displayed his usual contempt for their opponents.

"Fuck their mothers! They can kiss my ass!"

He exited the rear of the house. It was time to solve problems the artillerist way: drop high explosives on them.

"Apel, get back behind the building, Advise Sunray he has a fire mission inbound targeted on the traffic roundabout. Get their heads down!."

He went over to the mortar, carefully adjusting it so the round would fall 20m to the western edge of the aim point on the middle of the traffic circle.

Dawid paused as he re-entered the house. "One round phosphor, in the tube. Fire!" Quickly, he moved low to where he could see out a front window, to observe the fall of the shot and correct.


Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (2 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 4 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)

Firing 1 round WP at the west edge of the traffic circle.

Jan Cerny
 player, 192 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 01:06
Re: Ambush!
Dave 'Bones' Stoner:
"Somebody better tell the gun crew the OT will be in their line of fire shortly," Stoner declared, getting to his feet reluctantly and heading to the Zil.


Jan heard Stoner’s warning and looked around trying to figure out what he was talking about.  The OT-64 on the right, or Eastern, flank was immobilised and had Sutherland and Arkadiusz inside it.  The BTR, which looked very similar to an OT-64, was retreating and wasn't passing the LOS of the Rapira.  Therefore which OT was Stoner talking about?  Or did he mean that the one on the left flank was coming back down the road?

Jan peered to the West, trying to see where other OT-64 was, based on the KPV fire he could hear.  “Stoner, which OT are you talking about?” he called after his friend as Stoner made his way towards the Zil

Konrad Bayer:
He'd no idea who was in the APC behind him, but knew it had to be Jan or someone in his team. Speaking into the radio again, he says, "Nearly there. Jan's got the KPV in action. Everyone stay low."


Maybe Konrad was expecting Sutherland and Arkadiusz to start getting the OT-64 moving again and that was what Stoner had been talking about.  It sounded like some confusion was breaking out.  And with all the radio chatter going on it also seemed like Konrad had missed his call about the LAW.

“Sunray, this is King One,” he transmitted across the radio net in English, hoping to ensure that anyone relevant understood the situation on the right flank.  “Sutherland’s trying to get the OT’s KPV firing but the OT is immobilised and not going anywhere.  Also Stoner thinks that an OT will be in the LOS of the Rapira soon.  Is the OT on the Western flank coming back up the road?  Also say if you need me or Tomaz with the LAW?  BTR still retreating though.”

God that was terrible English, Jan thought to himself.  But then it wasn't his first language.  With that information passed on however, he then returned to watching the woods to the East and the retreating BTR, though because of his angle to the road, he was starting to lose sight of the APC through the trees.


Jan
Relaying information and watching the right flank from a kneeling position behind a tree.  If a lone target presents itself he will fire a pair of single shots at it.  If a group of targets in close proximity presents itself then he will fire a HE round at them.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

Apel Avtomian
 player, 23 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 03:50
Re: Ambush!
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
He exited the rear of the house. It was time to solve problems the artillerist way: drop high explosives on them.

"Apel, get back behind the building, Advise Sunray he has a fire mission inbound targeted on the traffic roundabout. Get their heads down!."


Apel ran behind the house and picked up the radio.

"Sunray, Eagle will mortar the OT-64 20 meters -- in the center of the traffic circle.  Get your heads down!"

Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
6 full magazines for his rifle, 1 mag -10 rounds
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Moving behind the the farmhouse, relaying mortar attack information to Sunray.

This message was last edited by the player at 03:52, Sun 17 Jan 2010.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1610 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 15:54
Re: Ambush!

Rifle at the ready, Stoner passes alongside the D-30 howitzer on his way to the bed of the Zil, covered by Jacek following a few meters behind. Rising briefly from his crouch just a few meters from the truck's raised tailgate, Stoner surveys his earlier handiwork with the M230 GL. There are about 4-5 bodies lying sprawled around on the truck's flat bed beneath the tattered remains of the hanging awning. At least one of the bodies is moving and Stoner can hear a low moaning coming from the pile. Jacek calls out a warning and points his weapon at a enemy soldier in the roadside ditch a few meters away.

Meanwhile, inside the cramped turret of the OT-64, Craig finds the turret traverse mechanism and begins to bring the turret's weapons to bear on the withdrawing BTR-70, backing its way east up the 50. He places the shrinking target in the aiming reticle and tries to fire a ranging burst with the PKT. The machine gun does not respond. He switches to the heavier KPV and sends a 5-round burst at the BTR. The two tracers in the burst streak past the BTR just a meter or two from its right side (Jan's left), indicating a near miss. (KPV -5 rounds)

Drew and Tomasz provide overwatch. There still have not been any sightings of the two dismounts who'd made it to the woods from their disabled APC. Flames from the STAR's fiercely burning cab are beginning to engulf the cargo bed. It will only be a matter of time until the entire vehicle is burning.

Konrad enters the treeline just to the east of the main body of Tucker's reinforced squad. Bullets buzz overhead, indicating that the enemy at the western edge of the ambush zone is still active to some degree.

As Mariusz, Tucker, Minh, Ondar, and Pavel lay low, hoping not to draw the OT-64's extreme ire, the mortar team leaps into action. Using a road map and the miltia's local knowledge, Dawid had preplotted a fire mission on the traffic circle. Not having had the luxury of the opportunity to fire a test round, there's still the chance of landing the first bomb off target but, in Dawid's professional opinion, the time is right to take the risk.

Dawid drops a WP round down the tube and a second later, the bomb arcs skyward. Jogging the few meters from the mortar to the edge of the house, Dawid watches the splash of his first shot. To his horror, the bomb lands about 35m to the east of the traffic circle, almost right on top of the treeline where Tucker's squad was positioned. The white phosphorous bomb errupts in a thick, stubby mushroom cloud and sending out streamers of white smoke. (-1 round 82mm WP)

Burning fragments of white phosphorous rain down around Mariusz, Minh, Ondar, and Pavel. Fortunately, the overhead cover catches most of the fragments. The trees above them are instantly alight. Ondar screams as a fragment of white phosphorous bores into his scalp (serious wound). Minh feels an ironically icy pain in her lower left calf as a fragment burns through her fatigue trousers and into her flesh (slight wound). Somewhat miraculously, neither Mariusz nor Pavel are hit by falling fragments and the blast from the exploding WP bomb is negligible (no one suffers damage due to concussion). The small wood has been transformed almost instantly into a choking, burning hell. Tucker's squad, sans its leader, who was lucky to be outside of the WP bomb's primary burst radius, is temporarily blinded by the thick, acrid, white phosphorous smoke between the wood and the traffic circle. The only good thing about the almost disastrous situation is that the OT-64 can't see them any more either.

From the farmhouse, Dawid notices the trio of enemy vehicles begin to move north on the 801, the Ural and HUMVEE in the lead, followed by the OT-64.

Updated Tac-Map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 00:41, Mon 18 Jan 2010.

Apel Avtomian
 player, 25 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 19:12
Re: Ambush!
Apel begins to speak then falls silent.
Steven Drew
 player, 116 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 20:56
Re: Ambush!
Drew:

  Drew hears the "Karump" or the mortar and the crack as it hits the ground.

  He pauses for an instant, turning his head towards the sound,

"What the fuck?" he mutters, pondering if it was "ours" or "theirs."

Sgt Drew
M240 and about 60 to 70 rounds
Waiting, watching and wondering
Jan Cerny
 player, 195 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 21:59
Re: Ambush!
"That was ours," Jan answered Drew as he also stared in the direction the mortar round had impacted.  There seemed to be smoke from something burning in that direction as well.

As he stared he spotted, through the undergrowth and the smoke from the burning Star, the movement of vehicles going Northwards on the 801, led by the motorcycle and side-car.  He instantly reached for his radio, realising suddenly what Stoner had been talking about.

"Rapira crew this is King One," he transmitted in Polish.  "Vehicles heading North on the 801.  Motorbike in the lead but others following.  You should have LOS soon.  I will observe and pass on targets but get yourself ready."


Jan
Observing the vehicles moving Northwards up the 801 and passing targets along to the Rapira crew via the radio.  If he sees the OT-64 he will make that the primary target, letting the others go if necessary.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 624 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 22:22
Re: Ambush!
Mariusz coughed up the choking white cloud that suddenly surrounded him, he could hear cries of pain but couldn't see who to help. He headed out of the cloud to try to see what was happening, "Pavel," he called, "are you OK? Head out to the south of the cloud."

He'd been considering griping about the fact that the artillery hadn't intervened before they had. Now they had intervened spectacularly. He looked up at the burning branches, at least it was warmer now.
Steven Drew
 player, 117 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 22:38
Re: Ambush!
M240 w/60-70 rounds
Jan Cerny:
"That was ours," Jan answered Drew as he also stared in the direction the mortar round had impacted.  There seemed to be smoke from something burning in that direction as well.

As he stared he spotted, through the undergrowth and the smoke from the burning Star, the movement of vehicles going Northwards on the 801, led by the motorcycle and side-car.  He instantly reached for his radio, realising suddenly what Stoner had been talking about.

"Rapira crew this is King One," he transmitted in Polish.  "Vehicles heading North on the 801.  Motorbike in the lead but others following.  You should have LOS soon.  I will observe and pass on targets but get yourself ready."


Jan
Observing the vehicles moving Northwards up the 801 and passing targets along to the Rapira crew via the radio.  If he sees the OT-64 he will make that the primary target, letting the others go if necessary.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW


  Drew:

  Drew hears the Jan on the radio.  He asks,

"Who ya callin?  And next time tell em ta give us a heads up before they start dropping shit on us."

  Drew will turn his gaze in the direction of the mortar impact.  He will also see for the vehicles.  DOES HE HAVE LINE OF SIGHT of the road the Ural and Humer are cruising on too?  If he does he will shift his line of fire and open up on them with short aimed bursts when the two lighter vehicles go through his field of fire.  If he can't then he will continue to monitor his front.

Sgt Drew
M240 w/ 60-70 round belt
Talking to Jan, scanning the escape route for the Ural and Hummer for line of fire
Steven Drew
 player, 121 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 00:26
Re: Ambush!
Drew realises the route the fleeing vehicles are taking gets into a high crawl like he trained for at the School of Infantry over ten years prior.  The words echo in his ears as he takes the position,

"Fire Team, Prepare To Rush!" as a slight grin crosses his lips.

  "KEEP EM OFF MY BACK!" he shouts as he raises up and runs from the cover of the woods across the street to take up a firing position at the burnt out hulk of one of the BMPs at the side of the road.

  Drew will shout,

"DREW COMMING IN!" as he sprints across the road to take up his new position, warning freindlies he is comming so he is not shot at as a threat.

  Once Drew takes up a position he will aim in on the two lighter vehicles and fire walking his fire on them going from front to back so the vehicles will drive right into his fire.  He will fire from a supported position with his weapons bipods resting on the burnt out hulk of the armored vehicle.

  IF Drew has time he will clip another belt of ammo the belt in the weapon.

  Drew will fire in controlled aimed bursts.  He will persue the enemy vehicles focusing on the motorcycle then the Humvee as long as they are in his sights persuing them with fire.  IF he takes one out he will adjust and focus his fire on the other.  Should he take out both vehicles he will cease fire and more his position so as not to draw the ire of the remaining track.  He will not engage the armored vehicle unless it drops its ramp and disgourges is dismounts.  IF he is fired on from the woods by the two errant enemy in the woods he will move his position for cover and to engage them.

  IF Drew encounters any enemy on the ground as he takes a position he will kick any wounded or those on the ground a solid kick to the head or torso, or anyone hiding gets a burst at point blank range.  Drew is not in a mood to mess with anyone, he wants one or both of those vehicles.

Sgt Drew
M240 w/60-70 rounds
Displacing to take a better firing position to engage the fleeing light vehicles
Jan Cerny
 player, 198 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 00:46
Re: Ambush!
Steven Drew:
"Who ya callin?  And next time tell em ta give us a heads up before they start dropping shit on us."


"The Rapira crew," he answers Drew.  "And the mortar crew did.  It wasn't supposed to be that close though."

As Jan's view of the moving enemy vehicles improved he keyed his radio again.

"Rapira, this is King One." he continued to transmit in Polish as Drew moved across the road.  "Save your shot for the third vehicle.  It's a slow moving APC."

Turning to Tomaz he gave him an order.  "Keep a watch to the East."

Jan was going to watch what happened to the OT-64.


Jan
Observing the vehicles moving Northwards up the 801 and ordering the Rapira crew to target the OT-64.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

This message was last edited by the player at 00:48, Mon 18 Jan 2010.

Dave 'Bones' Stoner
 NPC, 377 posts
 HM2 (E-5)
 US Navy
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 01:15
Re: Ambush!
Ignoring the wounded for the moment (unless they're still a likely threat), Stoner assessed the threat posed by the man Jacek had spotted before running to the back of the Star to see what could be dragged clear of the flames. If he appeared still willing to fight rather than surrender, he'd soon find himself host to a round or two of 5.56mm.

Over at the Star, ammunition was his priority as it was both valuable to the militia and would reduce the danger to those nearby. After than came radios, weapons and whatever else could be quickly flung clear. Bodies would wait until last - he was tempted to let the flames take care of them, but doubted they'd be more than seriously charred.

Stoner
Shooting at Jacek's target/prisoner if they appear a threat
Save what he can from the Star
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 8xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Craig Sutherland
 player, 33 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 07:04
Re: Ambush!

The smell must be getting to him Craig thought. As he glances up to check if the PKT is loaded and begins to make the necessary corrections, he tells Arkadiusz;

“Sprawdzenie szkoda widzą jeżeli wy możecie otrzymywać przesuwający”*

He uses the two fly wheels to make the corrections and fires another burst. He holds his breath even though the stabilised mount of the KPVT makes it unnecessary; some habits are hard to break.

If he can see the PKT is loaded he will flick the switch and grab the stick in front of him. He pushes it forward to cycle the bolt hoping to clear any jams. He then flicks the switch back to the KPVT.

*Check the damage see if you can get us moving

KPVT 14.5mmB ?/?, PKT 7.62mmB ?/?
HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (07/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel , 3 00,  11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
Jan’s Squad
Firing OT-64 weapons at BTR-70

This message was last edited by the player at 19:05, Mon 18 Jan 2010.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1118 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 14:05
Re: Ambush!
Still rushing forward through the trees, Bayer calls into the radio, "Eagle! Check fire! You're hitting our men in there!"

Then dropping to one knee he quickly lines up the departing OT-64 though the sights of the underbarrel grenade launcher. Leading the moving vehicle just slightly, Bayer steadies his aim and fires off the round.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (HEPD)
Firing at OT-64

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1509 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 17:37
Re: Ambush!
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #408):

From teh house, Dawid saw the result of the disastrous shot. He missed Konrad's transmission, but could well guess what he said anyways.

"Damn! Damn, damn damn me! May the good Lord grant they are not all killed! My fault, my fault!"

Angry and bitter at his lack of luck and skill, he stormed into the house. "Don't fire again, just hold, hold. Shit."

Shaking now, he said in English to Arpel, "Contact Eagle, er, Sunray. Tell him we've ceased fire, and enemy is retreating North."

Shaken, he wandered back inside the house to where he could see outside. He lit a cigarette with some effort, saying to himself, "fuck, fuck, what a disaster. May the blessed Black Madonna preserve them and keep them safe."
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1615 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 21:04
Re: Ambush!
Jan Cerny:
"Rapira crew this is King One," he transmitted in Polish.  "Vehicles heading North on the 801.  Motorbike in the lead but others following.  You should have LOS soon.  I will observe and pass on targets but get yourself ready."


After a couple of seconds, Jan receives the following reply,

"King one, Rapira crew rogers last. Preparing to engage. Standby."
Minh Quyen
 player, 471 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 01:16
Re: Ambush!
Quyen drops her rifle and rolls onto her back as the searing pain from her leg shuts down most of her other senses. She tries to scream to release some of the pain, but emits only a raspy, half choking exhale.

Putting her two fingers into the hole in her trousers, she rips the opening a little larger before grasping at her bayonet. Quyen will then madly dig at the frozen ground to collect a handful of soil to extinguish the burning fragments.

Quyen
Attempting to deal with WP wound

Alexei Ondar
 NPC, 129 posts
 Starshiy Praporshchik
 Ex-GRU/Spetznaz
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 01:54
Re: Ambush!

Screaming with pain and rage, Ondar reaches up with grimy fingers and plucks the burning WP fragment out of the hole that it is boring through his scalp, singing his fingertips in the process. Hearing Minh's strangled shout, Ondar, coughing smoke out of his burning lungs, gets up with some effort and heads towards her, trying to keep from passing out as he wills one foot in front of the other. In a brief moment of clarity, he wonders how he's going to help Minh when he can barely walk by himself.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 736 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 02:07
Re: Ambush!
[NPC'ed]

Tucker tugs his gas mask out of its case and begins pulling it over his head. As he does so, he shouts, "Stay here! Don't move or you'll be shot!" at the wounded BTR-152 driver, hoping the man understands English or at least his commanding tone of voice.

Once his mask is secured in place, he slings his rifle, rises up out of the ditch, and heads into the smoke towards where the rest of his squad had been just seconds before.
Apel Avtomian
 player, 27 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 02:14
Re: Ambush!
Konrad Bayer:
Still rushing forward through the trees, Bayer calls into the radio, "Eagle! Check fire! You're hitting our men in there!"


Apel hears Sunray over the radio and begins moving into the house to relay the message to Dawid when Dawid turns to him, furious.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Contact Eagle, er, Sunray. Tell him we've ceased fire, and enemy is retreating North."


Apel toggles on the radio. "Sunray, message received.  We've ceased fire and are awaiting instructions. Over"

This message was last edited by the GM at 03:11, Tue 19 Jan 2010.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1616 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 02:59
Re: Ambush!

In the confines of the tiny gun turret of the disabled trail OT-64, Craig adjusts his aim, shifting the target reticle an inch or so to the right, and squeezes off another burst at the fleeing BTR. The tracers seem to intersect with the BTR and two bright showers of sparks leap from its hull. It continues to back away trailing thin whisps of white smoke. Craig reaches for the PKT's charging handle and works the bolt a couple of times. It seems to be stuck fast so he gives up and considers his next move. (KPV -5 rounds 14.5mm)

From the front of the OT-64, Arkadiusz shouts, "It's a... mess up here! The... is burned in two and the... look all... !"

In the trees outside, Jan watches through a gap in the wreckage on the 50 for the three vehicles from the convoy's vanguard. Drew shouts out something and, hefting the M240, runs across the two divided lanes of 50 towards the BMP wreck on the far side of the road.

Drew's heart is pounding when he arrives at the rusted-out BMP. As he prepares to set up his MG to fire on the lead element of the convoy he's startled to find a wounded Pole on the north side of the BMP's hull, attempting to bandage a ragged hole/gash in his wounded calf with a rag or piece of cloth. Startled by Drew's arrival, the Pole raises his bloody hands towards the American Marine and starts shouting something in Polish.

With Jacek covering the seemingly unarmed and compliant enemy in the roadside ditch, Stoner jogs over to the bed of the burning star. The tailgate is down and Stoner can clearly see a 60mm mortar set up on the floor of the cargo bed. There are several corpses sprawled around it (and on its base). At the back of the bed, stacked up against the back of the burning cab, are two long, rectangular, wooden crates. Flames are licking up their sides. The wood of the crates is starting to darken and smoke. In a matter of seconds, they will begin to burn in earnest.

On his way towards the smoke-enveloped western end of the ambush, Konrad catches a glimpse of the surviving trio of convoy vehicles rolling north up the 801. His view is obscurred somewhat by the drifting white phosphorous smoke on the left, and grey smoke from the burning BTR-152 on the right. Taking a knee, he sets his sights on the lead OT-64, leading it a little, and pulls the trigger. The 40mm HEDP grenade arcs through the smoke towards the 801. It explodes short of the )T-64, doing it little (if any) harm but likely encouraging it on its way. (Konrad -1 40mm HEDP)

Leaving his prisoner, Tucker runs into the white cloud of phosphourous smoke. Under a burning canopy, he finds Ondar trying to help Minh to her feet. She has succeeded in smothering the small particle of WP that had burned into her calf. The pain is intense. Tucker and Ondar place her arms over their shoulders and lift her up. Hopping on her good leg, she does what she can to help ease their burden. Somewhat disoriented by the thick smoke, they head back in the general direction from which Tucker had just come. Emerging from the worst of the smoke cloud by the edge of the road, they move past Konrad, out on to the asphalt, away from the burning trees. Nearly all around them there is fire. The BTR-152 is burning slowly to the west. The STAR truck is burning fiercely to the east. To the southwest, the forest is on fire. It's a fair approximation of a biblical hell.

Mariusz and Pavel, miraculously unwounded by the bursting WP bomb, head in the opposite direction, unaware of Minh and Ondar's plight. After a few seconds of breaking brush, they emerge from the southern edge of the smoke cloud. Coughing, they take a moment to get their bearings. The trees here are not on fire so it seems as good a place as any to take a breather. Through the trees, they can see the farmhouse where the mortar team is set up.

The the southwest, Dawid, Apel, and the militia crew can only watch and hope that none of their friends and comrades are trapped in the inferno in the woods. The survivors of the enemy convoy are pulling away, heading north up the 801.

Updated Tac-Map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 22:45, Tue 19 Jan 2010.

Steven Drew
 player, 126 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 03:34
Re: Ambush!
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #415):

  Drew slams into the burnt and rusted hulk of the APC, his chest heaving as he sucks in air.  Upon seeing the wounded Pole he will hiss in English and soldiers Polish,

"GET THE FUCK DOWN!"  As he waves the wounded Pole to lay down.  All the while Drew will set his weapon in position and aim in to fire upon the retreating motorcycle and Humvee.

  Drew will ignore the wounded man unless he gets up or does something hostile at which time he will shoot him with the machinegun at pointblank range.

  Between bursts from his M240 Drew will shout out,

"LETS CONSOLIDATE PEOPLE!  WE GOT PRISONERS AND EQUIPMENT UP HERE!"

Sgt Drew
M240 60 to 70 rounds being fired in aimed bursts of 5 to 10 rounds
Aiming and firing at the departing motorcycle and Humer and calling for more troops to consolidate their positions
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1119 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 05:49
Re: Ambush!
Still kneeling on the cold, hard ground, Bayer lowers his weapon as he watches the remaining enemy make their speedy escape. He then glances around at where everyone is and exhales deeply. Then speaking into his handset Bayer calls over to Jan's team, "King One, Sunray. Send status on last orders*. And detach Stoner to my position asap. over."

*msg #362 to Jan ("As soon as the situation allows - get a confirmation on the gas shells... a tally of recoverable stores... and report the condition of both the howitzer and the Zil truck, as well as the other vehicles. Find out what's salvageable on a short time frame.")

While he waits for a reply, he observes how Tucker is preoccupied with recovering his wounded. With nobody else on this flank, he shouts over to Mariusz and the HQ reserve, "Hey... Collect the militia here and sweep through this half of the vehicles. Report back as soon as you get an idea on the status of the enemy material and personnel."

Bayer then rises up off the ground and walks over to where Tucker and his survivors had pulled back to. From here, he'll assist Tucker on helping Quyen and Ondar until Stoner arrives. "Let me help Tuck." he says. "We'll transport these two out with the Rapira team and have the doctor standing by for surgery."

Bayer
Coordinating with teams/helping Tuck

Craig Sutherland
 player, 34 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 07:04
Re: Ambush!

As he is aiming the KPVT at the BTR Craig asks Arkadiusz to use his own weapon or find a GPMG and help Drew through one of the gun ports or the partially open door. He then fires another burst at the retreating BTR.


KPVT 14.5mmB ?/?, PKT 7.62mmB ?/?
HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (07/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel , 3 00,  11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
Jan’s Squad
Firing OT-64 weapons at BTR-70

This message was last edited by the player at 10:15, Tue 19 Jan 2010.

Dave 'Bones' Stoner
 NPC, 379 posts
 HM2 (E-5)
 US Navy
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 11:19
First it burns, then it BOOMS
Knowing crated mortar bombs and a potentially very deadly situation when he saw one, Stoner didn't hesitate.
"GET SOME HELP OVER HERE!" he screamed out at the top of his lungs, already diving into the back of the burning truck.
Ignoring the bodies, he scrambled forward to snatch the crates away from the flames and slid them to the back of the cargo bed. Next he rolled bodies rearward, mainly to clear them away from the priceless mortar but also make them easier to offload and then strip of equipment.
After that it was a simple matter of lifting the weapon whole and staggering towards the tailgate.

Stoner
Save the ammo, then clear backward away from the flames
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 8xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Jan Cerny
 player, 200 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 14:36
Re: First it burns, then it BOOMS
Steven Drew:
  Between bursts from his M240 Drew will shout out,

"LETS CONSOLIDATE PEOPLE!  WE GOT PRISONERS AND EQUIPMENT UP HERE!"


Konrad Bayer:
"King One, Sunray. Send status on last orders. And detach Stoner to my position asap. over."


Dave 'Bones' Stoner:
"GET SOME HELP OVER HERE!" he screamed out at the top of his lungs, already diving into the back of the burning truck.



Lots of information meant Jan had to quickly make a decision on priorities.  Knocking out the moving OT-64 seemed to be the most immediate one and the crew had missed his last radioed instruction in all the mayhem.

“Rapira,” he transmitted in Polish over the radio, conscious that he didn’t have time to identify himself and hoping that they recognised his voice.  "I say again, save your shot for the third vehicle.  It's a slow moving APC."

Without waiting for a response he then switched to English and continued transmitting.  “Sunray.  Right flank seems secure.  Am taking over from Stoner and sending him to you.”

He then released the transmit button and turned to Tomasz beside him.  “Tomasz!  On me!” he called in Polish before setting off at a run towards Stoner and Jacek.  As he ran he hit the transmit button on his radio again.  “Sutherland,” he said in English, “You and Arkadiusz have the right flank.  Yell if you need support.”

As Jan approached the Star he saw what Stoner was doing.  “Stoner, Konrad needs you,” he informed the SEAL Corpsman.  “I'm guessing Tuck's squad have wounded.  We’ll do that.”  He indicated the unloading Stoner had been doing as he finished speaking.

Glancing round he issued some more orders, firstly in English.  “Drew keep laying down fire on the bike and Hummer.  We’ll sort out the gear and prisoners.”  He then switched to Polish and indicated the crates Stoner had been pushing off the Star.  “Tomasz, move this shit away from the truck.  Jacek, get the prisoners by Drew as well and then move them all into the woods and keep them alive.”

With that he slung his own rifle and went to carry on with the “unloading” Stoner had been doing.  He wasn't taking any risks for a bit of scavenged gear though and he didn't climb up into the back of the Star.  If it started to get too dangerous then he would get Tomasz and himself out of the way!


Jan
Ordering the Rapira to fire on the OT-64, updating Konrad, warning Sutherland that he is the right flank now, telling Stoner that Konrad needs him, ordering Drew to keep firing at the Ural and Humvee and then continuing with the unloading of the Star that Stoner had started as long as it doesn't get too dangerous - if it does he will get the hell out of there.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

OOC – Rae - I'm not sure if this is too much to do in one "turn" or not.  If it is then please say how far through this Jan can get and I will amend as appropriate.

This message was last edited by the player at 23:32, Tue 19 Jan 2010.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 627 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 16:38
Re: First it burns, then it BOOMS
"Yes, Sir," Mariusz said and looked around him.

He called Pavel and the other nearby militia to him and said, "OK, we're to check the vehicles for status and any equipment. We'll start with the BTR 152, you cover me while I look around and I'll hand anything over to you to carry."

He looked at the shattered and burning vehicles, there probably wouldn't be much to find, "We'll do these quickly and then head for the D-30."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1511 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 16:47
Re: Ambush!
In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #414):

Having his back to Arpel, Dawid missed his look. Seeing the enemy retreat, he waited until he had regained his composure, then wandered back through the house.

He addressed the mortar crew. "You all did well, The shot missed, but only a fool thinks every shot hits. That's war! If anyone was hurt by that shot, I will accept responsibility. The good news is the survivors are in flight, I think we have won this battle."

Dawid "Arpel, any word from Kapitan Bayer? Come, follow me." He returned to the front of the house, to see if the situation had changed.
Apel Avtomian
 player, 29 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 19:00
Re: Ambush!
Apel follows Dawid to the front of the house, looking up the 801 at the fleeing vehicles.

Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
5 full magazines for his rifle, 1 mag -10 rounds
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Walking to the front of the farmhouse, assessing the situation at/around the traffic circle

This message was last edited by the player at 19:03, Tue 19 Jan 2010.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 737 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 22:48
Re: Ambush!
Cap'n Rae:
Leaving his prisoner, Tucker runs into the white cloud of phosphourous smoke. Under a burning canopy, he finds Ondar trying to help Minh to her feet. She has succeeded in smothering the small particle of WP that had burned into her calf. The pain is intense. Tucker and Ondar place her arms over their shoulders and lift her up. Hopping on her good leg, she does what she can to help ease their burden. Somewhat disoriented by the thick smoke, they head back in the general direction from which Tucker had just come. Emerging from the worst of the smoke cloud by the edge of the road, they move past Konrad, out on to the asphalt, away from the burning trees. Nearly all around them there is fire. The BTR-152 is burning slowly to the west. The STAR truck is burning fiercely to the east. To the southwest, the forest is on fire. It's a fair approximation of a biblical hell.
Next Moves?

Before Tucker gets up and leaves the prisoner, he looks at him with a fire in his eyes (from the casualities for the inaccurate rounds) and points at the EPW with his finger.

"YOU" pointing directly to the driver;

"STAY" pointing directly to the ground;

and then finally making his thumb and forefinger mimicing a a gun pointing it at his (EPW) head and going "BANG."

Robert takes off in the direction of of his squad and trying to get to Minh and Ondar as fast as he can.  He knew there was already one K.I.A. and there wasn't much hoope for him but, the other two were still alive.  Tucker goes for Minh first when he realizes that he gave his radio to her before checking out the BTR-152.  Tucker tries to come in smiling and joke with her as he and Ondar try to get out of the smoky area.  "Hey!  If you wanted to be swept off your feet by a guy, there are other ways you could've done that you know?  WE're going to getyou outta here so try and deal with it a little more Minh.  You OK Ondar?"

The only thing going through Tuck's mind right now is who fired that fucked up fire mission.

Tucker
Slung & holstered weapons
Moving from EPW to Minh to get his radio and get out of the smoky area for medical treatment

This message was last edited by the player at 22:49, Tue 19 Jan 2010.

Dave 'Bones' Stoner
 NPC, 382 posts
 HM2 (E-5)
 US Navy
Wed 20 Jan 2010
at 02:13
Re: Ambush!
Whether it was the sounds of gunfire, the roar of the flames or complete focus on the dangerous job at hand, Stoner did not reply to Jan's words. Instead he just kept on going, shoving materials to and over the Star's tailgate as fast as he could all the while knowing his next breath could well be his last.
Any delay in removing explosive material from the truck could spell disaster for them all.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1624 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Wed 20 Jan 2010
at 23:12
Re: Ambush!

From within the rear OT-64, Craig fires another volley from the KPV at the withdrawing BTR. Once again, sparks shoot from the lower hull near its left, front tire, indicating at least one hit. The BTR turns to its left (Craig's right), backing quickly off of the road and out of sight behind some trees. (KPV -5 rounds)

On the north side of the 50, Drew props the bipod of the M240 on a folded-out piece of BMP hull and sets his sights on the Ural motorcyle/sidecar. The wounded enemy soldier makes no move to oppose or flee the Marine. He simply sits there pale-faced, continuing clumsily to try and bandage the ugly wound in his right calf. When the Ural crosses his sights, Drew pulls the trigger. There follows a loud CLICK but the weapon doesn't fire. The gun appears to have jammed.

The Rapira crew waits patiently for the lead OT-64 to cross its path. As the enemy APC rolls into view, Radoslaw engages the trigger mechanism, leading the target vehicle ever so slightly in the gun's sights. The Rapira kicks like a mule as it hurls a 100mm HEAT round downrange at several hundred feet per second. A rolling fireball erupts two dozen meters short of the target. Radoslaw screams at his crew to reload with another HEAT round and begins adjusting his aim, hoping for at least one more shot at the departing OT-64 before it disappears again behind the burning trucks on the 50.

Meanwhile, on the 50, Stoner leaps into the bed of the STAR and scrambles over the bloody corpses, past the 60mm mortar, towards the two crates of mortar bombs stacked against the glowing cab of the truck. The heat at the front of the bed is intense and Stoner's lungs start to burn from the smoke and fumes given off by the burning fuel, paint, and rubber. After a few seconds, Stoner reaches the crates, lifting the top crate by its smoldering rope handles. As he turns to toss it towards the back of the truck bed, at least one of the mortar bombs in the bottom crate explodes, tossing the SEAL corpsman off of the truckbed and on to the unforgiving surface of the roadbed, his body riddled with metal shrapnel and bits of wooden crate. If the force of the blast and the shrapnel hadn't killed him already, the broken neck he sustains on impact does.(Stoner is KIA!) A half-second later, a second (or third) mortar bomb explodes tossing flaming debris in every direction. Fortunately, the truck absorbs most of the blast and shrapel and Jacek and Tomasz are only knocked down and stunned. When they recover their senses, Jan notices a bloody piece of scalp flapping down over the miltiaman's forehead. Jacek has also been knocked down by the blast but appears to be unwounded.

Just prior to the explosions, Tucker and Ondar had lowered Minh to the pavement behind the BTR-152. Ondar promptly collapsed to the pavement next to her. Konrad arrived almost simultaneously to assess the situation and render aid. He and Tucker instinctively hit the deck as the earsplitting crack signals the supersonic passing of the Rapira's 100mm HEAT shell as it speeds towards the fleeing OT-64. A couple of seconds later, all of them are startled by the explosions aboard the nearby STAR but, having just gone to ground to avoid friendly fire, none of them are injured.

To the west of the exploding STAR, Mariusz and Pavel arrive at the BTR-152. Thin, malodorous, white smoke still rises steam-like from the open-topped troop compartment but its contents appear to be smoldering rather than fully ablaze and Mariusz decides it's safe enough to open the back door. The scene that greets him inside is disturbing, even to a seasoned young fighter like Mariusz. Several scorched and partially nude corpses (parts of their clothing have been burned away) are strewn around the interior of the troop compartment. One of the charred, dismembered corpses is sprawled over a large, fire-darkened wooden crate. Amidst a thick, viscous soup of blood and rendered human fat, bits of shattered weapons and singed equipment litter the floor all around.

Dawid and Apel watch the enemy point element flee north up the 801. The woods at the southeast corner of the traffic circle are burning. The concussive echoes of twp explosions gently washes them from the northeast.

Upated Tac-Map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...91,0.004812&z=18

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 01:19, Thu 21 Jan 2010.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 738 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 00:10
Re: Ambush!
Cap'n Rae:
Just prior to the explosions, Tucker and Ondar had lowered Minh to the pavement behind the BTR-152. Ondar promptly collapsed to the pavement himself. Konrad arrived almost simultaneously to render aid. He and Tucker hit the deck as the earsplitting crack of the Rapira's 100mm HEAT shell passes a few meters away at supersonic speed. All of them are startled by the explosions aboard the nearby STAR but, having just gone to ground, none of them are injured.

Next Moves?

Tucker will try and cover up Minh when the explosions go off trying to keep any further injuries minimal.  Tuck looks up and sees Konrad move in close to obviously help out the situation.  Tucker looks at Bayer with a fire in his eyes.
Steven Drew
 player, 130 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 06:42
Re: Ambush!
Cap'n Rae:
From within the rear OT-64, Craig fires another volley from the KPV at the withdrawing BTR. Once again, sparks shoot from the lower hull near its left, front tire, indicating at least one hit. The BTR turns to its left (Craig's right), backing quickly off of the road and out of sight behind some trees. (KPV -5 rounds)

On the north side of the 50, Drew props the bipod of the M240 on a folded-out piece of BMP hull and sets his sights on the Ural motorcyle/sidecar. The wounded enemy soldier makes no move to oppose or flee the Marine. He simply sits there pale-faced, continuing clumsily to try and bandage the ugly wound in his right calf. When the Ural crosses his sights, Drew pulls the trigger. There follows a loud CLICK but the weapon doesn't fire. The gun appears to have jammed.


Upated Tac-Map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...91,0.004812&z=18

Next Moves?


"MUTHERFUCKER!" Drew hisses as his hand makes the well practiced motion to rack the bolt to the rear recocking the weapon for another try.  He doesn't even remove his cheeck from the weapons stock.  His left hand moves to the belt of ammunition where it feeds into the weapon and he pushes it in making sure the belt hasn't dislodged from the feeder claws, his pushing should put the belt back in alignemnt if it did get pulled out of place.  When this is done Drew will firing the motorycle and humvee once more, just a little more pissed this time.  He is oblivious to any of the casualties the unit has suffered at this point.

  His vision is narrow, the sounds of battle are forced out.  They are there, but he has tunned them out.  He is barely aware of the wounded man near him, only because he is a possible threat he may have to eliminate.  But now, right now, Drews focus is on gettintg rounds on the two targets down range!

Sgt Drerw
M240 w/ 60-70 roundsClearing a jam and firing up the fleeing ural and humvee
Apel Avtomian
 player, 30 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 06:48
Re: Ambush!
"Are they--why are- are they firing?" asks Apel, dumbfounded.




Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
5 full magazines for his rifle, 1 mag -10 rounds
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
watching the retreating vehicles on the 801, talking to Dawid.

Minh Quyen
 player, 472 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 14:02
Re: Ambush!
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker tries to come in smiling and joke with her as he and Ondar try to get out of the smoky area.  "Hey!  If you wanted to be swept off your feet by a guy, there are other ways you could've done that you know?  WE're going to get you outta here so try and deal with it a little more Minh.  You OK Ondar?"


Quyen is still lying on her back with her injured leg raised and partially covered in frozen soil when Tucker arrives. Intense pain jolts through her body, causing her eyes to water. Quyen barely even comprehends what he says to her, hearing his words but with the meaning slipping past. When he crouches next to her, Quyen grits her teeth and gasps, "Giúp tôi nó đau!" then grabbing hold of his webbing she says again, "Nó đau!"

After being helped back to a safer spot, she lays back down on the freezing ground and stares upwards, wishing everything away, and barely reacting when Tucker shields her when the ammo truck explodes. It's only by the time Konrad arrives to help, she's finally been able to control her emotions and get her breathing back to normal.

Quyen
Out of it

This message was last edited by the player at 14:06, Thu 21 Jan 2010.

Jan Cerny
 player, 207 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 15:01
Re: Ambush!
Jan pulled himself up off the ground and exclaimed, "Merde! Stoner etait dedans!"

He glanced round quickly to gather what had happened.  Tomasz was bleeding and needed some attention.  "Jacek, pilnujcie Tomasz," he ordered in Polish as he reached for his radio.

Still rattled from what had just occurred he took a second to pull himself together before transmitting in Enlgish, "Konrad.  Jan here.  Stoner was in the Star when it blew.  I'm checking but I fear he's dead!"

He then cautiously moved towards the Star, his rifle braced against his shoulder and ready to fire some single shots if necessary.  His intention was firstly to confirm that Stoner was dead as he suspected and then to round up any prisoners that were still alive.  He wasn't going to get too close to the Star though, in case there was still something inside that might explode.

As he moved forwards he remembered back to when he'd first pulled Stoner out of the freezing river.  He'd liked the man but there would be time for thinking about that later.


Jan
Relaying information, checking that Stoner is dead and recovering any prisoners.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW


OOC translations
"Merde! Stoner etait dedans!" hopefully means "Shit!  Stoner was inside!" in French.
"Jacek, pilnujcie Tomasz," hopefully means "Jacek, look after Tomasz," in Polish.

This message was last edited by the player at 15:12, Thu 21 Jan 2010.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 740 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 17:11
Re: Ambush!
Minh Quyen:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker tries to come in smiling and joke with her as he and Ondar try to get out of the smoky area.  "Hey!  If you wanted to be swept off your feet by a guy, there are other ways you could've done that you know?  WE're going to get you outta here so try and deal with it a little more Minh.  You OK Ondar?"


Quyen is still lying on her back with her injured leg raised and partially covered in frozen soil when Tucker arrives. Intense pain jolts through her body, causing her eyes to water. Quyen barely even comprehends what he says to her, hearing his words but with the meaning slipping past. When he crouches next to her, Quyen grits her teeth and gasps, "Giúp tôi nó đau!" then grabbing hold of his webbing she says again, "Nó đau!"

After being helped back to a safer spot, she lays back down on the freezing ground and stares upwards, wishing everything away, and barely reacting when Tucker shields her when the ammo truck explodes. It's only by the time Konrad arrives to help, she's finally been able to control her emotions and get her breathing back to normal.

Quyen
Out of it
Not knowing what Minh is saying, Tucker has an idea that it might be 'don't let me die like this' or 'help me'.  It didn't matter, he was there to help her now.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1513 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 17:15
Re: Ambush!
In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #429):

"Jesus, I don't know!" Dawid replied. "I hope that's not MY fault..?"

Puzzled and worried, he considered their options. "What do you think, you want to abandon our weapons here, get the van and go see what's up? Or at least drive it closer to the fire and honk, maybe lead people out if they're lost in the smoke?"
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 628 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 18:40
Re: Ambush!
Mariusz blanced and crossed himself, "Holy Mary, God Bless their immortal souls and forgive us our trespasses."

He looked at his militia companions, "Go over to the Zil and cut away some of the canvas to help get the dead out of this charnel box."

He stared at the carnage within and felt his stomach heaving, it was a good job he'd had nothing to eat since breakfast, he turned to find Bayer and called, "Sir, permission to gather enemy bodies together for burial?"
Apel Avtomian
 player, 32 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 03:05
Re: Ambush!
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #429):

"Jesus, I don't know!" Dawid replied. "I hope that's not MY fault..?"


"No, no. You're fine. That's not..."

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:

Puzzled and worried, he considered their options. "What do you think, you want to abandon our weapons here, get the van and go see what's up? Or at least drive it closer to the fire and honk, maybe lead people out if they're lost in the smoke?"


"I don't think that's such a good idea.  I mean, adding to the shitstorm ... and all.  I think we should await orders" says Apel, looking into the distance.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1121 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 05:22
Re: Ambush!
Upon arriving at Tucker's position, Bayer doesn't say anything in response, giving him only a silent, affirming nod that he understood the American's distress. He then puts his hand firmly on the sergeant's shoulder and says, "Not now Robert. You've got people to take care of. Get them ready for evacuation with the Rapira's motor transport. Mariusz and HQ will cover your squad's duties. See what can be done about Jones' body as well."

Jan Cerny:
"Konrad.  Jan here.  Stoner was in the Star when it blew.  I'm checking but I fear he's dead!"


Kneeling next to the casualties, Bayer transmits a simple, unemotional reply "Sunray roger, out." He then curses quietly to himself. Things had started off so great, he imaged they might have been able to walk away from all of this unscathed.

Shaking his head in further disappointment as the Rapira failed to secure on final blow to the enemy, he speaks again into his radio, "Eagle. Sunray. Prep for immediate withdrawl. Have two wounded that need emergency transport out with you and the Rapira back to the tug. Begin extraction now over."

He then waits for Mariusz and Jan to send their report on the status of the enemy remains.

This message was last edited by the player at 05:24, Fri 22 Jan 2010.

Apel Avtomian
 player, 33 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 05:46
Re: Ambush!
Konrad Bayer:
Shaking his head in further disappointment as the Rapira failed to secure on final blow to the enemy, he speaks again into his radio, "Eagle. Sunray. Prep for immediate withdrawl. Have two wounded that need emergency transport out with you and the Rapira back to the tug. Begin extraction now over."


Apel speaks into the radio.  "Understood, Sunray.  Eagle out."  He turns to Dawid.  "That was Sunray.  We need to extract the Rapira and some wounded back to the tug.  Time to pull out."  Apel begins to quickly gather up his gear and to steer Dawid towards moving out.

This message was last edited by the player at 06:11, Fri 22 Jan 2010.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 38 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 05:52
Re: Ambush!

Craig grabs the fly wheel on the power assisted turret and rotates 90 degrees. As it’s moving he radios Konrad;

“King this is King one, believe BTR is damaged may have dismounts in the eastern woods. Request infantry detachment on my position to sweep for them”

He also shouts at Arkadiusz to keep watch for the BTR on the road.

Picking up the boxy outline of the OT-64 Craig aims then fires off a burst at the departing APC.


KPVT 14.5mmB ?/?, PKT 7.62mmB ?/?
HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (07/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel , 3 00,  11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
Jan’s Squad
Firing OT-64 weapons at BTR-70

This message was last edited by the player at 05:55, Fri 22 Jan 2010.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1123 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 07:15
Re: Ambush!
Craig Sutherland:
As it’s moving he radios Konrad; “King this is King one, believe BTR is damaged may have dismounts in the eastern woods. Request infantry detachment on my position to sweep for them”


Bayer stands and looks in the direction of the OT-64. He then replies, "King. Nobody available, work with what you have. Maintain security on the OT-64 while everyone else focuses on your immediate task with the howitzer."

He was then about to end the transmission and go collect the mines, when he gave it a second thought, as (to him) the possibility of a squad running lose in the woods was more pressing than salvaging some explosives. Bayer quickly adds the best compromise he could offer, "Correction, I'll moving up to support."

Before leaving, he hollers over to Mariusz, "Speed it up over there. I'm going to backup Jan's squad. Report by radio when you're done." Then as Bayer runs back to the east, he inserts an HE round into his launcher.

(Bayer won't cross the open until the Rapira takes its last shot - and once its fired, he'll also warn them to watch for infantry in the woods until they can pull out.)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1515 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 13:05
Re: Ambush!
In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #437):

"Understood. Arpel, get the van. We'll meet you on the road. Watch yourself, there could be some of the Baron's men in there, stragglers. And Arpel, I was impressed with your actions under fire. You are welcome to stand beside us!"


Moving back through the house, he began issuing instructions on dismantling the mortar. The four   men plus him would be enough to move the mortar, ammunition, and AGS-17.

"Let's get going, quick!"
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 629 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 14:20
Re: Ambush!
At Bayer's urging, Mariusz got into the BTR and started to push the unfortunate corpse off the box it lay on, there might be something in it. After examining the box he intended to see if there was anything else that a closer examinatio could uncover.
Apel Avtomian
 player, 34 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 22:11
Re: Ambush!
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #437):

"Understood. Arpel, get the van. We'll meet you on the road. Watch yourself, there could be some of the Baron's men in there, stragglers. And Arpel, I was impressed with your actions under fire. You are welcome to stand beside us!"


Apel begins trudging along the woods to the south of the house.  He'll then walk north along the trees bordering the 801 and then cross into the forest to retrieve the van (if he can remember exactly where it is.  He was focused on keeping his fear down when they arrived.)

He'll be on the lookout for more vehicles coming north or south along the 801.

OOC:  Where are the van's keys?  I'm assuming Dawid had them and gave them to me or they were left at the van.  Otherwise, before he leaves, Apel will ask "And the keys?"

This message was last edited by the player at 22:12, Fri 22 Jan 2010.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1630 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 00:08
Re: Ambush!

At the eastern edge of the ambush zone, all appears quiet. While Arkadiusz covers the woods to the east from the open side hatch of the APC, Craig watches the 50 east through the gunsight of the KPV. After a few seconds, thick red smoke begins pouring out onto the road. Craig just catches a glimpse of the the enemy BTR as it emerges from the trees, nose first, and pulls back on to the 50, eastbound, behind the smoke screen (target obscurred).

Across the 50, Drew and the wounded enemy pay each other no mind, each focussed on his own business. Drew clears the jam and aims just ahead of the speeding Ural motorcyle. He pulls the trigger and a second later, a stream of bullets intersects with the Ural. The motorcycle swerves left and tumbles off of the road, spilling its riders on the western edge of the highway. Just as Drew eases up on the trigger, the gun seizes up. After firing only five rounds, the M240 jams yet again. (Drew -5 rounds)

The unarmored Humvee continues on past its fallen comrades but the OT-64 slows. It's turret slews back and to its right and begins spraying coaxial machinegun fire towards the wreckage on the 50.

Radoslaw strains the Rapira's limited traverse in bringing the weapon to bear on the retreating OT-64 for a second time. As the OT-64 crosses its sights, Radoslaw engages the gun's firing mechanism. A cloud of dust blows up in front of the Rapira as another 100mm HEAT round hurtles towards its prey. Unfortunately, the result is another miss. The unexpected slowing of the OT-64 has thrown off Radoslaw's aim and the round streaks past it just a meter or two from its nose, exploding in the field at least one hundred meters west of the highway. One of the OT-64's back doors swings open and two men emerge, heading to where the motorcyle rider and passenger lie. One of them tosses a canister which starts bellowing thick red smoke, partially obscurring the OT-64. The APC gunner continues to spray bullets towards the carnage on the 50. Radoslaw screams at his gun crew to reload. The stationary target, nearly in the AT gun's sights, offers a unbelievable third chance at scoring a significant kill. (Rapira -1 100mm HEAT)

Jan confirms that Stoner is dead. The SEAL's head and torso are oddly misaligned-it's readily apparent that he likely broke his neck when he hit the asphalt. There's not a lot of blood but there's no pulse either. Tomasz is dazed and is having trouble seeing because of the blood in his eyes. A broken crate of mortar rounds rests on the roadbed right behind the tailgate of the truck which is now burning even more fiercely. It's ablaze from its shattered nose to about halfway down the flat bed. The stench of the corpses that have started to burn is almost unbearable. The mortar, which was knocked over by the blast which tossed Stoner to the pavement, is resting half in and half out of the flames.

Jacek yells "The prisoner! Do you see him?" A quick scan of the area does not immediately reveal his whereabouts. Jan picks up movement from the corner of his eye. Turning his head, he sees the ex-prisoner running for the BMP hulk on the north side of the road.

Konrad, on his way east to help Sutherland and Arkadiusz hold the right flank, also sees the ex-prisoner running north towards the derelict BMP. The runner doesn't seem to be aware that Drew is situated behind the BMP as well. He's probably just trying to escape in the confusion caused by the explosions aboard the Star.

While Pavel heads back to the Zil as instructed, Mariusz climbs into the warm, reeking interior of the BTR-152's open troop compartment. He tugs the charred corpse off of the large wooden crate and lifts its blackened lid. Inside are three large, smoke-stained artillery shells. Mariusz can't read the Cyrilic script ardorning the shells but the prominent red bands painted around each of their bases seem somewhat... ominous.

Tucker checks Minh's mud-smeared wound. The mud makes it hard to assess but it doesn't look that bad. It definitely hurts a lot worse than it looks. He douses it with water from his only canteen and Minh whinces in pain. Tucker tears open a personal med kit and begins bandaging the wound. Ondar is moaning softly a couple of meters away. His back is to Tucker and it's not clear whether he is conscious or not. Bullets from the enemy OT-64 buzz and snap all around the trio, exposed on the slightly raised and cover-free road. Fortunately, the enemy gunner has not quite found the range yet.

As the firefight to the north continues, Apel leaves the relative safety of the stone farmhouse and crosses the 801. The woods near the traffic circle are burning and the woodsmoke irritates his eyes and lungs. The white van is easy to find, even camouflaged as it is with branches and dead leaves. The keys are in the ignition. It starts up after a couple of tries.

Dawid has the militia crew pack up the mortar and its ammunition and begin moving it, along with the AGS-17, to the road for pickup.

UPDATED TAC-MAP:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 17:56, Sat 23 Jan 2010.

Apel Avtomian
 player, 35 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 02:21
Re: Ambush!
Apel is going to wait until he can see Dawid and company at the side of the road.  Then he will leave the van and look up the 801, to make sure the OT-64 is gone.  Then he will pick up Dawid and the mortar crew.

It's good to be out of harm's way, although he's beginning to shake slightly from the adrenaline in his system.

This message was last edited by the player at 02:23, Sat 23 Jan 2010.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 40 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 03:16
Re: Ambush!

With the rear of the BTR disappearing into the smoke screen Craig aims and let’s loose another burst at the APC.

“Eagle this is King Two, fire mission, APC, one round HE, Grid ****, Fire on my mark, over”

Craig waited for the confirmation from the mortar team before giving the order to fire.

“King this is King Two, BTR is still mobile, eastbound on route 50.

KPVT 14.5mmB ?/?, PKT 7.62mmB ?/?
HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (07/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel , 3 00,  11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
Jan’s Squad
Firing OT-64 weapons at BTR-70
Steven Drew
 player, 132 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 09:18
Re: Ambush!
Cap'n Rae:
At the eastern edge of the ambush zone, all appears quiet. While Arkadiusz covers the woods to the east from the open side hatch of the APC, Craig watches the 50 east through the gunsight of the KPV. After a few seconds, thick red smoke begins pouring out onto the road. Craig just catches a glimpse of the the enemy BTR as it emerges from the trees, nose first, and pulls back on to the 50, eastbound, behind the smoke screen (target obscurred).

Across the 50, Drew and the wounded enemy pay each other no mind, each focussed on his own business. Drew clears the jam and aims just ahead of the speeding Ural motorcyle. He pulls the trigger and a second later, a stream of bullets intersects with the Ural. The motorcycle swerves left and tumbles off of the road, spilling its riders on the western edge of the highway. Just as Drew eases up on the trigger, the gun seizes up. After firing only five rounds, the M240 jams yet again. (Drew -5 rounds)

"Sonofa..you gotta be kidding!"  as Drew astonished at his weapon going down yet again.

The unarmored Humvee continues on past its fallen comrades but the OT-64 slows. It's turret slews back and to its right and begins spraying coaxial machinegun fire towards the wreckage on the 50.

Next Moves?

UPDATED MAP TO FOLLOW. PROBABLY TOMORROW MORNING.



  "Piece of....OH SHI!" As Drew is racking back the bolt due to possibly bad ammo sees the armored personel carrier roll up and its turret traverse towards him.

  Drew drops behind the cover the burnt out hulk provides.  He will stay low and if he has to look peer around the side of the vehicle staying LOW rather than going high.

  He will look at the prisoner and wave him over to come his way motioning him to stay low and pointint to himself saying,

"MEDIC!"  taking no chances though, drew will reach behind him and pull out the Beretta he kept hidden there since he was trusted by the group to draw weapons of his own from the units limited arms locker.

Drew will continue to wave and call his prisoner to him

"Medic..come!" with some proding with the pistol pointed in the mans general direction.

  When the man gets close Drew will make a cursory search for weapons, then check and adjust his bandage and have him stay down, covering him with his Beretta.

Sgt Drew USMC
M240 at his side and pistol in hand
Clearing jam and checking/coverin g prisoner

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 630 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 09:21
Re: Ambush!
Mariusz stuck his head out of the back of the BTR and said, "Sir! There are artillery shells in here."
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1632 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 18:00
Re: Ambush!

Maciej's calm voice comes out of your radio handset. You can barely hear him over the din of the battle.

"Sunray, Rapira. There are some trees in the way of our shot at the OT. And people keep running across our path. Gunner says we have a 50% chance of hitting the target. Do you want us to try another shot or let it go? OVER."
Jan Cerny
 player, 213 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 23:29
Re: Ambush!
Jan dropped to a kneeling position, brought his rifle to his shoulder and fired a pair of single shots at the fleeing soldier.  The man had had his chance to surrender and had made his decision.  Even if Jan missed the shots were likely to keep the man running away from the battle and that was the key thing at the moment.

Jan then turned his attention to the burning Star truck.

"Get away from the truck," he yelled in Polish to the militia and wounded enemy soldier near him.  "It's likely to blow!"

He ignored his own orders though and ran towards Stoner's body, feeling the heat from the truck as he slung his rifle over his shoulder.  Grabbing Stoner by a webbing shoulder strap he pulled the SEAL further away from the burning truck.  Stoner deserved a decent burial and Jan wanted to ensure that he got one.

Once Stoner's body was far enough away from the Star, Jan then returned to the radio, his composure now restored.  "Sunray, King One," he transmitted in English while moving towards the Zil.  "Taking sporadic HMG fire from the OT to the North but the East seems quiet.  Star's burning and too dangerous to salvage from.  Am now moving to the Zil unless you've got other orders?"


Jan
Firing two single shots at the fleeing soldier, dragging Stoner's body clear of the Star and then reporting in to Konrad.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 741 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 23:37
Re: Ambush!
Cap'n Rae:
Tucker checks Minh's mud-smeared wound. The mud makes it hard to assess but it doesn't look that bad. It definitely hurts a lot worse than it looks. He douses it with water from his only canteen and Minh whinces in pain. Tucker tears open a personal med kit and begins bandaging the wound. Ondar is moaning softly a couple of meters away. His back is to Tucker and it's not clear whether he is conscious or not. Bullets from the enemy OT-64 buzz and snap all around the trio, exposed on the slightly raised and cover-free road. Fortunately, the enemy gunner has not quite found the range yet.

Next Moves?

Tuck does the best he can to make Minh as comfortable as he tries to also keep an eye on Ondar who isn't very far from them but, maybe be dangerously close to going into shock or worse, dying.  Hearing the rounds from the HMG coming in and going all over the place, Tucker does his best to cover up Minh with his body whispering near her ear to try and keep her clam, "I got you Minh.  Don't worry, I got you," Tucker tells her over and over while trying to figure out what to do with Ondar.

Tuck
Slung & Holstered weapons
Administering FAK to Minh and trying to provide her with some cover from incoming fire and trying to figure out what to do with Ondar

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1634 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 00:12
Re: Ambush!

Sutherland sends a series of parting shots after the BTR-70. Five more 14.5mm rounds race downrange, disappearing into the cloud of red smoke currently obscuring the road. They seemed to fly true, and Craig thinks he can see another flash through the smoke, indicating a hit, but there's no way to be sure. (KPV -5 rounds)

On his own initiative, Radoslaw decides to risk a third shot at the lead SKOT (OT-64). It's a tricky shot. The target is well within the Rapira's range and Radoslaw had squared it in his sights before it was hidden from Smoke. The couple of naked trees between the AT gun and the SKOT APC are more of a concern but Radoslaw knows they may not get another chance to take out one of the Baron's AFVs. He engages the trigger and the gun roars a third time. (Rapira -1 100mm HEAT)

The 100mm HEAT round threads the needle, passing between two tree trunks, and streaks into the smoke. There is a thunderous BANG and the red smoke is torn to shreds by the blast of the HEAT shell against the hull of the Polish SKOT APC. Soon, thick black smoke intermingles with the remains of the red smoke. It's a solid hit and the SKOT is clearly ablaze. It has ceased firing.

Jan raises his rifle and takes two quick shots at the running prisoner. Apparently unhit, the prisoner keeps on running and makes it to the safety (or so he thinks) of the BMP hull.

The prisoner runs right into drew, knocking the solid Marine over. Drew maintains a hold on his pistol. Both men recover almost simultaneously from their surprise. The desperate runner, his circulatory system pumped full of adrenaline, makes a play for the weapon, grapping with Drew and attempting to wrestle the pistol out of the Marine's strong grip. Drew's prisoner is clearly in shock and makes no effort to joing the fray. (Jan -2 rounds)

The STAR continues to burn. Small arms ammunition in the bed is now cooking off, adding a random but no less deadly danger to the violent chaos of the  battlefield. In addition to the crackling of the small arms ammo, there's also the danger that the fire in the woods will spread and one of Minh's IEDs (the westernmost) is dangerously close to the burning trees.

Aside from the random pop of small arms ammo cooking off in the bed of the STAR, the ambush kill zone is no longer under any incoming fire. There may still be some infantry alive near the lead SKOT, now burning, and the two dismounts from the rear SKOT (now occupied by Craig and Arkadiusz) are still unaccounted for.

Given their decisive defeat, it is likely that the Baron's forces have given up on this fight and that the survivors are in full retreat.

Next Moves?

OOC: Aside from Drew's life and death struggle with the enemy runner, the fight is effectively over. It's now time to consolidate, recover as much gear as possible, and plot out your next moves.

This message was last edited by the GM at 01:39, Mon 25 Jan 2010.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 742 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 02:35
Re: Ambush!
After Tucker preps Minh for transport, he will do the best he can for Ondar with his limited medical training.  He calls on the radio, "Where the fuck is Stoner?" not know ing that Stoner had been killed just less than a minute ago.
Apel Avtomian
 player, 38 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 05:13
Re: Ambush!
Apel begins searching the cab for cigarettes.  He doesn't smoke, but at this moment, thinks it's a capital idea.
Steven Drew
 player, 142 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 07:30
Re: Ambush!
Cap'n Rae:
On his own initiative, Radoslaw decides to risk a third shot at the lead SKOT
Jan raises his rifle and takes two quick shots at the running prisoner. Apparently unhit, the prisoner keeps on running and makes it to the safety (or so he thinks) of the BMP hull.

The prisoner runs right into Drew, knocking the solid Marine over. Drew maintains a hold on his pistol. Both men recover almost simultaneously from their surprise. The desperate runner, his circulatory system pumped full of adrenaline, makes a play for the weapon, grapping with Drew and attempting to wrestle the pistol out of the Marine's strong grip. Drew's prisoner is clearly in shock and makes no effort to joing the fray. (Jan -2 rounds)


  Drew has an equal amount of addrenaline flowing through his veins at the moment but he is to tired for this,

  Drew snarls,

"HALT!"

  As he struggles with the runner he will squeeze the trigger firing a round.  Drew will try to keep the muzzle of the pistol pointed low but away from himself.  He isn't in a mood to kill the guy but oh well, if he gets hit he'll take a round in the leg.  With luck the sound of the gunshot will give the guy a moment of pause.  And the recoil should slice and burn his hands as well as jerk the weapon out of his hands.  If that makes the guy pause Drew will with his free hand hit him in the throat.  <tap your adams apple gents you will cough,>   <IF at anytime Drew feels he is going to loose control of his pistol he will drop the magazine and fire the round in the chamber thus loosing an empty gun.>
Next Moves?

OOC: Aside from Drew's life and death struggle with the enemy runner, the fight is effectively over. It's now time to consolidate, recover as much gear as possible, and plot out your next moves.


  Drew will continue to shout to the dude to "STOP!" and "HALT!" as well as some choice words.  IF any of the above tricks work or don't work his next move will be to come down with all the force he can muster landing the heel of his boot on the top of the dudes foot in an attempt to break it.  If the guy keeps it up he will make Drew mad and then he will really start to get nasty!

Sgt Drew
M9 Beretta
Wrestling with the runner and about to put  whoop on!
Craig Sutherland
 player, 46 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 07:32
Re: Ambush!

With no reply from the mortar team Craig wondered whether the explosions that had rocked the APC he was in where from them. He suddenly felt very exposed.

Keeping his eye on the gun sight Craig asks Arkadiusz if he has seen any movement in the woods. He then waits for the smoke to dissipate and takes a quick look at the drivers area of the OT-64 to try and assess what Arkadiusz had meant when he first sent him forward to try and get the APC started. He then radios Konrad;


“King this is King Two, BTR has poped smoke and is moving eastbound on route 50. It took some hits but it looks like it soaked them up. No other contacts".

This message was last edited by the player at 08:58, Mon 25 Jan 2010.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1127 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 08:43
Re: Ambush!
Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz stuck his head out of the back of the BTR and said, "Sir! There are artillery shells in here."


"Secure them. Then carry on... vehicle servicibility, weapons, ammo, fuel... anything we can use." Bayer yells back. "Let me know if anything happens with that APC up the road once the smoke clears. And keep your men clear of that WP fire."

As Bayer makes his move towards the eastern side, he slows as it becomes aparent that the fight has effectively concluded. Raising the handset, he responds solemly to Tucker's call, "Tuck. Sunray. Stoner is gone... you're the medic for the moment. Do what you can until transport arrives. Out."

When Sutherland's call came in, Bayer sighed a breath of relief that things didn't turn to the worse like he feared. "Roger that." he replies. "What is the state of the vehicle you're in? Over."

When he arrived at Jan's squad's posiition, Bayer waved over to him and says, "Mostly everything here is under control now is it? Carry on with assessing the status of the vehicles and stores. Let me know what we can gain here, and in what kind of time frame. I can allocate additional help once we know what's available."

Standing amongst the wrecked convoy, Bayer looks to the south towards the Rapira and then over towards the concealed van. He then gets on the radio once again, "Eagle. Sunray. I need you to pick things up a notch and get moving off the position quickly. We've got wounded depending on you. Over."
Craig Sutherland
 player, 47 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 09:13
Re: Ambush!
Konrad Bayer:
When Sutherland's call came in, Bayer sighed a breath of relief that things didn't turn to the worse like he feared. "Roger that." he replies. "What is the state of the vehicle you're in? Over."


“King King two. Checking APC now, towable, not under it's own power. KPVT is operable, PKT is inoperable, will collect crew and dismounts gear and weapons. Out"

This message was last edited by the player at 09:14, Mon 25 Jan 2010.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 1516 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 12:17
Re: Ambush!
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #456):

Out of commo for the moment, Dawid continued to get the mortar/AGS element mobile and moved onto the road.

"Come on, let's move, move!"


He was mindful of the remaining AT mine, and tried to remember where it was located so they didn't drive over it.
Jan Cerny
 player, 218 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 14:36
Re: Ambush!
Cap'n Rae:
Jan raises his rifle and takes two quick shots at the running prisoner. Apparently unhit, the prisoner keeps on running and makes it to the safety (or so he thinks) of the BMP hull.

The prisoner runs right into drew, knocking the solid Marine over. Drew maintains a hold on his pistol. Both men recover almost simultaneously from their surprise. The desperate runner, his circulatory system pumped full of adrenaline, makes a play for the weapon, grapping with Drew and attempting to wrestle the pistol out of the Marine's strong grip. Drew's prisoner is clearly in shock and makes no effort to joing the fray. (Jan -2 rounds)


Konrad Bayer:
When he arrived at Jan's squad's posiition, Bayer waved over to him and says, "Mostly everything here is under control now is it? Carry on with assessing the status of the vehicles and stores. Let me know what we can gain here, and in what kind of time frame. I can allocate additional help once we know what's available."


"Putain de merde!"
Jan exclaimed when he realised that exactly what he'd wanted to avoid happening had happened - the escaping prisoner had jumped Drew!  Consequently, as Konrad started to talk to him, Jan sprinted off in the direction of Drew and the problematic prisoner, unfortunately missing most of his commander's instructions.

Arriving he levelled his rifle at the prisoner and yelled, "Surrender or die?" in Polish.

If the prisoner surrendered again then Jan planned to assist Drew in securing him.  If the prisoner continued to resist then Jan didn't plan to follow through with his threat as he was too close to Drew.  Instead he would plant a well placed kick on any vulnerable spot of the escaping prisoner that was available.


Jan
Assisting Drew in re-capturing the escaping prisoner.
AK-74 (28/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

Anneka Soleblume
 player, 1276 posts
 Major
 Israeli Medical Officer
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 15:00
Re: Ambush!
"Sunray this is Starlight. Request sitrep. Over."
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 632 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 17:32
Re: Ambush!
Mariusz tugged gamely at the ammunition crate but failed miserably to budge it. The combination of slippery footing and weight made him unable to shift the crate. He exited the passenger hold and moved to the front of the vehicle. He inspected the cab to see if the thing would still go.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 743 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 01:58
Re: Ambush!
Konrad Bayer:
As Bayer makes his move towards the eastern side, he slows as it becomes aparent that the fight has effectively concluded. Raising the handset, he responds solemly to Tucker's call, "Tuck. Sunray. Stoner is gone... you're the medic for the moment. Do what you can until transport arrives. Out."

Tucker pushes the button to transmit and only gets out of his mouth, "Uh, um, C-Copy!"  Tucker looks down to Ondar and tries to do the best he can to make him comfortable and treat him the best he can.  He strips his webbing and gear off too, making it into a small pile next to Minh's to be moved when the vehicles show.
Apel Avtomian
 player, 39 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 04:51
Re: Ambush!
Apel sits in the cab waiting for Dawid and the mortar crew to reach the opposite side of the road.

Then, as stated, he'll look north & south down the 801 to make sure it's clear.  Then he drive over, pick up the mortar crew, and then head north up the 801 to pick up the injured.

OOC:  Is there a radio in the van?
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 1635 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 18:46
Re: Ambush!

Mariusz climbs from the troop compartment into the driver's seat of the BTR-152. He doesn't have much experience driving but he's fairly certain that the old APC will still run. The 100mm hit the troop compartment and apparently didn't do any damage to any of the vehicle's automotive components. All of the damage (and carnage) appears to be limited to the troop compartment. How it stopped burning is somewhat of a mystery, although Tucker's hand grenade may have had something to do with it. With a start, Mariusz realizes that the BTR is currently idling.

At a glance, the Zil's chances of running look to be about 50-50. It's rear, left side tires are all flat and there are numerous bullet holes in the rail guards lining the open bed. There are also a few bullet holes in the driver's side door but only a couple in the area around the engine compartment. Pavel hops into the bed and partially disappears behind the tattered tarp. After a few seconds and a couple of gunshots, he tugs down the remains of the tarp and hops down shouting out the following report.

"Five enemy dead and a crate of shells for the gun!"

Tucker dresses Minh's wound and then sees to Ondar's. Tucker can see skull through the dime-sized hole burned into the Tuvan commando's skull. Ondar coughs and gives Tucker an awkward half-grin. He's conscious and alert and that's a good sign. Tucker glances over and sees that the BTR-152 driver has disappeared. No one saw him leave. He probably ran into the southern woods, a portion of which are still burning. With all of the smoke and flames over there, it's probably not a good idea to try to go after him.

Behind the BMP, Drew wrestles with the desperate enemy escapee while the enemy's dazed comrade looks on, seemingly quite disinterested. Drew stomps down on the man's foot just below the ankle as Jan arrives on the scene. The man cries out in pain as the delicate bones in his foot crack and Drew takes advantage of the moment to drag him roughly to the ground. Two guns sticking in his face (Drew's pistol and Jan's AK) finally subdue him and he goes completely limp.

Craig watches the red smoke drifting over the 50 East and decides that the enemy BTR has buggered off for good. He eases out of the cramped turret and heads forward. Arkadiusz wasn't kidding- the driver's compartment is a truly a mess. Jan's RPG warhead penetrated a few inches below the driver's forward vision port and cut the unfortunate driver in two. The man's upper torso, sans a rather large chuck, is slumped next to the seat; his scorched lower torso still sits in the remains of the partially melted seat. Most of the large steering wheel and some of the dials on the spartan dashboard have melted and cracked and the whole place stinks of badly charred meat. The damage looks bad but it may be little more than cosmetic in nature. It's possible that the vehicle can still run. Perhaps the only thing that stopped it dead was the evisceration of its driver. If so, the whole interior will need a good cleaning.

The Star continues to burn and small arms ammunition continues to crackle in its flaming bed. A small explosion tosses bits of flaming debris in the air. The 60mm mortar is now completely engulfed in flames. Human bodies sizzle and pop as the burning flesh and fat peels back in blackened ribbons.

Radios crackle to life as Radoslaw, his voice rich with pride, reports for the Rapira crew,

"All elements, Rapira. Target destroyed. Awaiting orders. OVER."

Apel doesn't hear this since there is no radio in the civilian van. He drives the van on to the 801 and noses south to pick up Dawid and the rest of the waiting mortar crew. As they load the 82mm mortar and 30mm AGL aboard, the van is shaken by a thunderous explosion (no one is hurt).

A tremendous explosion rocks the vicinity of the traffic circle. Mariusz is closest to the blast but is protected by the thin armor of the BTR-152's driver's compartment. He feels like he's in a large metal waste bin that someone's just kicked very hard. Adding insult to injury, bits of smoking wood rain down on Tucker's roadbed aid station (no one is hurt beyond a couple of light burns from falling cinders).

For a moment, you think that the enemy has called down artillery. Then, you realize that the explosion came from the spot where the first (westernmost) IED was planted. Apparently, flames from the forrest fire found it and detonated the dynamite charge attached to the 120mm mortar bomb. Thankfully, no one was near enough to the charge to have been more than shaken a bit by the concussion of the blast.

It's probably not very safe for the mortar team to head north towards the traffic circle. There's an AT mine planted somewhere on the road and the burning woods are dangerously close to the right lane.

The enemy OT-64 on the 801 continues to burn. If anyone survived the hit, they could have escaped through the smoke into the woods on the east side of the highway or to the open fields to the west. The Humvee is now out of sight behind the thickening trees to the north.

Next Moves?

OCC: Once you guys have had a chance to look around, IC, I'll post a list of the gear you've managed to recover. Scrounge checks may apply. Don't take recovery for granted or you might miss some good stuff.

This message was last edited by the GM at 20:45, Tue 26 Jan 2010.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 633 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 19:00
Re: Ambush!
Mariusz yelled loudly, his ears ringing from the blast and his voice cracking from the bellow, "The APC is still running. I think the IED just blew up!!!"

He moved to the back of the vehicle again and roared, "Shall I just shut the door and we can clean up when we reach the town? We can make sure we don't lose anything then."
Jan Cerny
 player, 220 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 22:13
Re: Ambush!
Jan continued to cover the two prisoners, holding his AK with just his right hand briefly while he pressed the transmit button on his radio with his left.  "Sunray, this is King One.  We have two prisoners and are continuing to sweep the area."

His call finished he then returned to holding his rifle correctly even though these two prisoners didn't seem to pose a threat any more.  He then glanced over his shoulder, assessing what was going on with the rest of his squad.

"Drew," he said to his compatriot beside him, "you OK guarding these two?  I need to check on the rest of the squad and see what gear we can gather up."

He paused briefly before continuing,  "Stoner was in the Star when it blew.  He died quickly at least."  He made a mental note to gather up all of Stoner's gear.  His medic bag and Steyr were important bits of equipment they couldn't afford to loose.
Apel Avtomian
 player, 41 posts
 1st. Lieutenant
 U.S. Army
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 03:22
Re: Ambush!
Cap'n Rae:
Apel doesn't hear this since there is no radio in the civilian van. He drives the van on to the 801 and noses south to pick up Dawid and the rest of the waiting mortar crew. As they load the 82mm mortar and 30mm AGL aboard, the van is shaken by a thunderous explosion (no one is hurt).


"Holy Shit!!! What the fuck was THAT!!" yells Apel, jumping out of his skin. "The OT-64 is coming back, we've got to move!!!"  Apel quickly puts the van in reverse and begins a messy, hurried 3 point turn.
Steven Drew
 player, 144 posts
 Sergeant
 USMC
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 04:24
Re: Ambush!
Jan Cerny:
Jan continued to cover the two prisoners, holding his AK with just his right hand briefly while he pressed the transmit button on his radio with his left.  "Sunray, this is King One.  We have two prisoners and are continuing to sweep the area."

His call finished he then returned to holding his rifle correctly even though these two prisoners didn't seem to pose a threat any more.  He then glanced over his shoulder, assessing what was going on with the rest of his squad.

"Drew," he said to his compatriot beside him, "you OK guarding these two?  I need to check on the rest of the squad and see what gear we can gather up."

Drew:
"Give me a minute ta secure this one incase he gets froggy again."

He paused briefly before continuing,  "Stoner was in the Star when it blew.  He died quickly at least."  He made a mental note to gather up all of Stoner's gear.  His medic bag and Steyr were important bits of equipment they couldn't afford to loose.


  Drew recovers himself and puts the newly restained prisoner face down in the dirt in a maner that is well practiced.  He nudges the mans arms out to his sides with his boot.

  Without taking his eyes from his prisoner he says to Jan,

"Let me search em just in case, then ties em up, okay?"

  Drew kneels with his knee on the mans neck and pistol in the mans temple and conducts a quick pat down search of the man, checking pockets, pulling up the short and checking the belt, first one side of the torso, then the other, then he will remove the mans belt and tie his hands behind his beck with his trouser belt.  Drew will keep any cigarettes he may find as well as any lighter, and any weapons, maps or notpads go into his lower right blouse pocket.  Any weapons or other equipment gets placed in Drew cargo pocket and the mans combat harness, helmet and gasmask if he has